UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20032004

o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                              to                              .

Commission File Number: 001-31251
Banknorth Group, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
   
Maine
01-0437984
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
 01-0437984
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
P.O. Box 9540
Two Portland Square
Portland, Maine
(Address of principal executive offices)
 04112-9540
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (207) 761-8500

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
   
Title of ClassName of Each Exchange on Which Registered


Common Stock, $.01 par value
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights
 New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Not Applicable

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). Yes þ No o

As of June 30, 2003,2004, the aggregate market value of the 160,842,923the172,545,567 shares of Common Stock of the Registrant issued and outstanding on such date, excluding the approximately 1,145,5332,772,906 shares held by all directors and executive officers of the Registrant as a group (which does not include unexercised stock options), was $4.1$5.5 billion. This figure is based on the last sale price of $25.52$32.48 per share of the Registrant’s Common Stock on June 30, 2003,2004, as reported inThe Wall Street Journalon July 1, 2003.2004. Although directors of the Registrant and executive officers of the Registrant and its subsidiaries were assumed to be “affiliates” of the Registrant for purposes of this calculation, the classification is not to be interpreted as an admission of such status.

      Number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of February 26, 2004: 162,830,806

11, 2005: 187,401,308

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

      List hereunder the following documents if incorporated by reference and the part of the Form 10-K into which the document is incorporated:

      Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 27, 2004in 2005 are incorporated by reference into Part III, Items 10-14 of this Form 10-K.




BANKNORTH GROUP, INC.
20032004 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT

TABLE OF CONTENTS
       
Page

PART I
 
PART I
   1 
    1 
    1 
  1
  2 
    2 
    3 
    34 
    34 
  7
  8 
    8 
   9 
   9 
 9
  109 
 PART II
   10 
   11 
   13 
   5054 
   5155 
   103109 
   103109
109 
 PART III
   103109 
   103109 
   103110 
   104110 
   104110 
PART IV
 
PART IV
   105110 
    108114 
 Ex-10.(A) Severance AgreementEX-10.(I) Retention Agmt. dated September 30, 2004
EX-10.(J)(2) Retirement Agmt. with William J. Ryan
 Ex-10.(B) Severance Agreement Executive OfficersEX-10.(K)(2) Retirement Agmt. with Peter J. Verrill
 Ex-10.(C)SupplementalEX-10.(L)(4) Retirement Agmnt (Ryan)Agmt. with John W. Fridlington
 Ex-10.(D)EX-10.(M)(2) Amendment to Supplemental Retirement Agmnt (Verrill)
Ex-10.(E)(3) Suppl. Retirement Agmnt (Fridlington)
Ex-10.(K) 1995 Stock Option Plan
 Ex-10.(L) 401 (K)EX-10(N)(2) Amended Deferred Compensation Plan
 Ex-21 ListEX-10(S)(2) First Amendment to the Amended and Restated 401(k) Plan
EX-21 Subsidiaries of SubsidiariesBanknorth Group, Inc.
 Ex-23 Consent of KPMG LLPIndependent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 Ex-31.1EX-31.1 Section 302 CEO CERTIFICATIONCertification
 Ex-31.2 CERTIFICATION OFEX-31.2 Section 302 CFO Certification
 Ex-32.1 CERTIFICATION OFEX-32.1 Section 906 CEO Certification
 EX-32.2 CERTIFICATION OFSection 906 CFO Certification

i


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

      In the normal course of business, we, in an effort to help keep our shareholders and the public informed about our operations, may from time to time issue or make certain statements, either in writing or orally, that are or contain forward-looking statements, as that term is defined in the U.S. federal securities laws. Generally, these statements relate to business plans or strategies, projected or anticipated benefits from acquisitions made by or to be made by us, projections involving anticipated revenues, earnings, profitability or other aspects of operating results or other future developments in our affairs or the industry in which we conduct business. Forward-looking statements may be identified by reference to a future period or periods or by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate” or similar expressions.

      Although we believe that the anticipated results or other expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions, we can give no assurance that those results or expectations will be attained. Forward-looking statements involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions (some of which are beyond our control), and as a result actual results may differ materially from those expressed in forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the following, as well as those discussed elsewhere herein:

 • our investments in our businesses and in related technology could require additional incremental spending, and might not produce expected deposit and loan growth and anticipated contributions to our earnings;
 
 • general economic or industry conditions could be less favorable than expected, resulting in a deterioration in credit quality, a change in the allowance for loan and lease losses or a reduced demand for credit or fee-based products and services;
 
 • changes in the domestic interest rate environment could reduce net interest income and could increase credit losses;
 
 • the conditions of the securities markets could change, which could adversely affect, among other things, the value or credit quality of our assets, the availability and terms of funding necessary to meet our liquidity needs and our ability to originate loans and leases;
 
 • changes in the extensive laws, regulations and policies governing financial holding companies and their subsidiaries could alter our business environment or affect our operations;
 
 • the potential need to adapt to industry changes in information technology systems, on which we are highly dependent, could present operational issues or require significant capital spending;
 
 • competitive pressures could intensify and affect our profitability, including as a result of continued industry consolidation, the increased availability of financial services from non-banks, technological developments such as the internet or bank regulatory reform;
 
 • acquisitions may result in large one-time charges to income, may not produce revenue enhancements or cost savings at levels or within time frames originally anticipated and may result in unforeseen integration difficulties; and
 
 • acts or threats of terrorism and actions taken by the United States or other governments as a result of such acts or threats, including possible military action, could further adversely affect business and economic conditions in the United States generally and in our principal markets, which could have an adverse effect on our financial performance and that of our borrowers and on the financial markets and the price of our common stock.

      You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we undertake no obligation to update them in light of new information or future events except to the extent required by federal securities laws.

ii


PART I.

Item 1.Business

General

      We, Banknorth Group, Inc., are a Maine corporation and a registered bank holding company and financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. We conduct business from our headquarters in Portland, Maine and, as of December 31, 2003, 3592004, 386 banking offices located in Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Vermont, New York and Connecticut. At December 31, 2003,2004, we had consolidated assets of $26.5$28.7 billion and consolidated shareholders’ equity of $2.5$3.2 billion. Based on total assets at that date, we are one of the 3530 largest commercial banking organizations in the United States.

      Our principal asset is all of the capital stock of Banknorth, NA, a national bank which was initially formed as a Maine-chartered savings bank in the mid-19th century. Effective January 1, 2002, we consolidated all eight of our other banking subsidiaries and our trust company subsidiary into Banknorth, NA, which was known as “Peoples Heritage Bank” prior to these consolidations. Banknorth, NA operates under the trade name “Peoples Heritage Bank” in Maine, “Bank of New Hampshire” in New Hampshire and “Evergreen Bank” in New York to take advantage of the strong brand identity associated with the names of these predecessor banks. Banknorth, NA operates under its name elsewhere in our market areas. Through Banknorth, NA we offer a full range of banking services and products to individuals, businesses and governments throughout our market areas, including commercial, consumer and trust and investment services.

Unless the context otherwise requires, the words “Banknorth,” “we,” “our” and “us” herein refer to Banknorth Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Pending Acquisition
      Banknorth, Banknorth Delaware Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Banknorth, The Toronto-Dominion Bank (“TD”), a Canadian-chartered bank, and Berlin Merger Co., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of TD, are parties to an Amended and Restated Merger Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2004 (the “Merger Agreement”). Subject to the terms and conditions in the Merger Agreement, Banknorth will merge with and into Banknorth Delaware, and immediately thereafter Berlin Merger Co. will merge with and into Banknorth Delaware. Upon completion of the transaction, each Banknorth shareholder will be entitled to receive, in exchange for the shares of Banknorth common stock owned by such shareholder, a package of consideration consisting of (1) a number of TD common shares equal to 0.2351, (2) an amount in cash equal to $12.24 and (3) a number of shares of Banknorth Delaware common stock equal to 0.49, in each case multiplied by the number of shares of Banknorth common stock owned by such shareholder, plus cash in lieu of any fractional share interests. Upon completion of the transaction, TD will hold 51% of the outstanding common stock of Banknorth Delaware, which will change its name to TD Banknorth Inc. The transaction is subject to all required regulatory approvals, approval of the shareholders of Banknorth and other customary conditions. Banknorth’s shareholders approved the Merger Agreement and related proposals at a special meeting of Banknorth shareholders held on February 18, 2005. The transaction is expected to be completed on or about March 1, 2005.
Business

      Our principal business consists of attracting deposits from the general public through our banking offices and using these deposits to originate loans secured by first mortgage liens on existing single-family (one-to-four units) residential real estate and existing multi-family (over four units) residential and commercial real estate, construction loans, commercial business loans and leases and consumer loans. We also provide various mortgage banking services and investment management services, as well as, through


subsidiaries of Banknorth, NA, engage in equipment leasing, investment planning, securities brokerage and insurance brokerageagency activities. We also invest in investment securities and other permitted investments.

      We derive our income principally from interest charged on loans and leases and, to a lesser extent, from interest and dividends earned on investments. We also increasingly derive income from non-interest sources such as fees received in connection with various lending services, deposit services, trust and investmentwealth management services, investment planning services and merchant and electronic banking services, as well as insurance brokerageagency commissions and, from time to time, gains on the sale of assets. Our principal expenses are interest expense on deposits and borrowings, operating expenses, provisions for loan and lease losses and income tax expense. Funds for activities are provided principally by deposits, advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank, securities sold under repurchase agreements, amortization and prepayments of outstanding loans, maturities and sales of investment securities and other sources.

      Through Banknorth, NA we provide extensive trust and investmentwealth management services to our customers. We offer employee benefit trust services in which we act as trustee, custodian, administrator and/or investment advisor, among other things, for employee benefit plans and for corporate, self-employed, municipal and not-for-profit employers located throughout our market areas. In addition, we serve as trustee of both living trusts and trusts under wills and in this capacity hold, account for and manage financial assets, real estate and special assets. Custody, estate settlement and fiduciary tax services, among others, also are offered by us. Assets held in a fiduciary capacity by us are not included in our consolidated balance sheet for financial reporting purposes.


We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision under federal and state banking laws. For additional information in this regard, see “Supervision and Regulation” below.

Acquisitions

Our profitability and market share have been enhanced in recent years through internal growth and acquisitions of both financial and nonfinancial institutions. We continually evaluate acquisition opportunities and frequently conduct due diligence in connection with possible acquisitions. As a result, acquisition discussions and, in some cases, negotiations frequently take place and future acquisitions involving cash, debt or equity securities can be expected. Acquisitions typically involve the payment of a premium over book and market values, and therefore, some pro forma dilution of our book value and net income per common share may occur in connection with any future transactions. Moreover, acquisitions commonly result in significant one-time charges against earnings, although cost-savings, especially incident to in-market acquisitions, frequently are anticipated, as are revenue enhancements.

Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments

      Our only direct subsidiaries at December 31, 20032004 were Banknorth, NA, Northgroup Realty, Inc., an acquired subsidiary which holds certain commercial real estate located in Burlington, Vermont, Northgroup Captive Insurance, Inc. and the following financing vehicles:vehicles Peoples Heritage Capital Trust I, Banknorth Capital Trust I, Banknorth Capital Trust II, and Ipswich Statutory Trust I and Cape Cod Capital Trust I. For additional information on these trusts, see Note 1412 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 hereof. Northgroup Captive Insurance, Inc. is a subsidiary formed in 2002 to self-insure against certain of our risks.

      Set forth below is a brief description of certain of our indirect non-banking subsidiaries and certain other equity investments.

     Insurance BrokerageAgency Activities.We conduct insurance brokerageagency activities through Banknorth Insurance Group, Inc., which holds all of the outstanding stock of Morse, Payson & Noyes Insurance, the largest insurance brokerage firmagency in Maine. Morse Payson & Noyes Insurance also conducts business in (i) Vermont, (ii) New Hampshire under the trade namenames A.D. Davis Insurance and Banknorth Insurance Agency, (iii) Massachusetts through Banknorth Insurance Agency, Inc./MA, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Morse,

2


Payson & Noyes Insurance, (iv) Connecticut under the trade name Banknorth Insurance Agency and (v) upstate New York under the trade name Community Insurance Agencies.

     Investment Planning and Securities Brokerage Activities.We conduct investment planning and securities brokerage activities, as well as offer investments in mutual funds and annuities, throughout our market areas through Primevest Financial Services,Bancnorth Investment Group, Inc., an unaffiliated company which uses the marketing name Bancnorth Investment Planning Group. Through Banknorth, NA, Bancnorth Investment Planning Group, Inc.,and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Primevest Financial Services, Inc. (“Primevest”). Through Banknorth NA and Primevest Financial Services,Bancnorth Investment Group, Inc., we offer these services to individuals and small businesses from an officeoffices located in Portland, Maine and from certain of our other locations in Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Vermont, New York and Connecticut. Insurance and fixed annuities commissions are received through Banknorth NA’s subsidiary Bancnorth Investment Planning Group, Inc. and its subsidiary Bancnorth Investment and Insurance Agency, Inc. Sales professionals at Banknorth, NA and Bancnorth Investment Planning Group, Inc. are registered representatives of Primevest Financial Services,Bancnorth Investment Group, Inc., a registered broker/dealer, and all securities brokerage activities are conducted through Primevest Financial Services, Inc., which also is a registered broker-dealer. The sales professionals receive referrals from our branch offices throughout our market areas.

      In addition to the foregoing, Bancnorth Investment Planning Group, Inc., conducts insurance sales activities directly in Maine, New Hampshire, Connecticut, Vermont and New York and indirectly, through its wholly-owned insurance agency, Bancnorth Investment and Insurance Agency, Inc., in Massachusetts. Bancnorth Investment Planning Group, Inc. either directly or through other agencies, offers life insurance and long-term care insurance products in conjunction with the sales of investments and annuities.

     Equipment Leasing Activities.We conduct equipment leasing activities through Banknorth Leasing Corp. This company engages in direct equipment leasing activities, primarily involving business and office equipment, in

2


the States of Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Vermont,England, New York Connecticut, Rhode Island and California.certain other states. At December 31, 2003,2004, Banknorth Leasing Corp. had $98.1$90.2 million of leases outstanding.

     Investment Activities. Northgroup Asset Management Company (formerly known as Northgroup (FM) Investment Company) is a Maine corporation which was formed for purposes of effectively managing assets and investments for the benefit of Banknorth, NA. Northgroup Asset Management Company employs staff in its offices in Portland, Maine who are engaged in the management of its assets. Banknorth, NA has contributed to this Company the stock of certain other subsidiaries and substantially all of the investment securities held by Banknorth, NA.

     Other Equity Investments.We hold certain other equity investments, primarily through Banknorth, NA and Four Eighty-One Corp., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Banknorth, NA. At December 31, 2003,2004, these investments consisted of (i) $59.4$61.3 million of interests in limited partnerships formed for the purpose of investing primarily in real estate for lower-income families in our market areas, plus commitments to invest up to an additional $25.0$22.7 million in such partnerships, and (ii) an aggregate of $20.5$30.2 million of interests in limited partnerships which invest primarily in small business investment companies in our market areas, plus commitments to invest up to an additional $17.7$17.1 million in such partnerships. For additional information about these investments see Note 1817 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 hereof.

Competition

      We are subject to vigorous competition in all aspects and areas of our business from banks and other financial institutions, including savings and loan associations, savings banks, finance companies, credit unions and other providers of financial services, such as money market mutual funds, brokerage firms, consumer finance companies and insurance companies. We also compete with non-financial institutions, including retail stores that maintain their own credit programs and governmental agencies that make available low-cost or guaranteed loans to certain borrowers. Certain of these competitors are larger financial institutions with substantially greater resources, lending limits, larger branch systems and a wider array of commercial banking services than us. Competition from both bank and non-bank organizations will continue.

The banking industry is experiencing rapid changes in technology. In addition to improving customer services, effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Technological advances are likely to enhance competition by enabling more companies to provide financial resources. As a result, our future success will depend in part on our ability to address our customers’ needs

3


by using technology. We cannot assure you that we will be able to effectively develop new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products to our customers. Many of our competitors have far greater resources than we have to invest in technology.

Employees

We had approximately 6,7007,200 full-time equivalent employees as of December 31, 2003.2004. None of these employees is represented by a collective bargaining agent, and we believe that we enjoy good relations with our personnel.

Supervision and Regulation

      The following discussion sets forth certain of the material elements of the regulatory framework applicable to bank holding companies and their subsidiaries and provides certain specific information relevant to Banknorth. The regulatory framework is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the insurance funds administered by the FDIC and not for the protection of security holders. To the extent that the following information describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions. A change in applicable statutes, regulations or regulatory policy may have a material effect on our business.

3


     General.Banknorth currently is registered as a bank holding company and a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. As such, we are subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve Board. We also are registered as a Maine financial institution holding company under Maine law and as such are subject to regulation and examination by the Superintendent of Financial InstitutionsInstitution of the State of Maine. Banknorth, NA is a national bank subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), its chartering authority, and by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), which insures Banknorth, NA’s deposits to the maximum extent permitted by law.

     Financial Modernization. The Bank Holding Company Act permits bank holding companies to become financial holding companies and thereby affiliate with securities firms and insurance companies and engage in other activities that are financial in nature and which are not authorized for bank holding companies. A bank holding company may become a financial holding company if each of its subsidiary banks is “well capitalized” under the prompt corrective action provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) and the applicable regulations thereunder, is “well managed” and has at least a satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act by filing a declaration with the Federal Reserve Board that the bank holding company seeks to become a financial holding company. Banknorth became a financial holding company effective January 25, 2002.

      No regulatory approval is required for a financial holding company to acquire a company, other than a bank or savings association, engaged in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to activities that are financial in nature, as determined by the Federal Reserve Board. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act defines “financial in nature” to include securities underwriting, dealing and market making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies; insurance underwriting and agency; merchant banking activities; and activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be closely related to banking. A national bank also may engage, subject to limitations on investment, in activities that are financial in nature, other than insurance underwriting, insurance company portfolio investment, real estate development and real estate investment, through a financial subsidiary of the bank, if the bank is well capitalized, well managed and has at least a “satisfactory” Community Reinvestment Act rating. Subsidiary banks of a financial holding company or national banks with financial subsidiaries must continue to be well capitalized and well managed in order to continue to engage in activities that are financial in nature without regulatory actions or restrictions, which could include divestiture of the financial in nature subsidiary or subsidiaries. In addition, a financial holding company or a bank may not acquire a company that is engaged in activities that are financial in nature unless each of the subsidiary banks of the financial holding company or the bank has a Community Reinvestment Act rating of “satisfactory” or better.

4


     Bank Acquisitions. Pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act, we are required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before acquiring more than 5% of any class of voting stock of any bank that is not already majority owned by us. Pursuant to the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (the “Interstate Banking and Branching Act”), a bank holding company became able to acquire banks in states other than its home state beginning September 29, 1995, without regard to the permissibility of such acquisitions under state law, but subject to any state requirement that the bank has been organized and operating for a minimum period of time, not to exceed five years, and the requirement that the bank holding company, prior to or following the proposed acquisition, controls no more than 10% of the total amount of deposits of insured depository institutions in the United States and less than 30% of such deposits in that state (or such lesser or greater amount set by state law).

      The Interstate Banking and Branching Act also authorizes banks to merge across state lines, subject to certain restrictions, thereby creating interstate branches. Pursuant to the Interstate Banking and Branching Act, a bank also may open new branches in a state in which it does not already have banking operations if the state enacts a law permitting such de novo branching.

     Capital and Operational Requirements. The Federal Reserve Board, the OCC and the FDIC have issued substantially similar risk-based and leverage capital guidelines applicable to U.S. banking organizations such as Banknorth and Banknorth, NA. In addition, those regulatory agencies may from time

4


to time require that a banking organization maintain capital above the minimum levels, whether because of its financial condition or actual or anticipated growth. The Federal Reserve Board risk-based guidelines define a three-tier capital framework. “Tier 1 capital” generally consists of common and qualifying preferred stockholders’ equity, less certain intangibles and other adjustments. “Tier 2 capital” and “Tier 3 capital” generally consist of subordinated and other qualifying debt, preferred stock that does not qualify as Tier 1 capital and the allowance for credit losses up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets.

      The sum of Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier 3 capital, less investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries, represents qualifying “total capital,” at least 50% of which must consist of Tier 1 capital. Risk-based capital ratios are calculated by dividing Tier 1 capital and total capital by risk-weighted assets. Assets and off-balance sheet exposures are assigned to one of four categories of risk weights, based primarily on relative credit risk. The minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio is 4% and the minimum total risk-based capital ratio is 8%. At December 31, 2003,2004, our Tier 1 risk-based capital and total risk-based capital ratios under these guidelines were 8.96%9.96% and 11.29%12.13%, respectively.

      The “leverage ratio” requirement is determined by dividing Tier 1 capital by adjusted average total assets. Although the stated minimum ratio is 3%, most banking organizations are required to maintain ratios of at least 100 to 200 basis points above 3%. At December 31, 2003,2004, our leverage ratio was 6.65%7.58%.

      Federal bank regulatory agencies require banking organizations that engage in significant trading activity to calculate a capital charge for market risk. Significant trading activity means trading activity of at least 10% of total assets or $1 billion, whichever is smaller, calculated on a consolidated basis for bank holding companies. Federal bank regulators may apply the market risk measure to other banks and bank holding companies as the agency deems necessary or appropriate for safe and sound banking practices. Each agency may exclude organizations that it supervises that otherwise meet the criteria under certain circumstances. The market risk charge will be included in the calculation of an organization’s risk-based capital ratios.

      FDICIA identifies five capital categories for insured depository institutions (“well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized”) and requires the respective U.S. federal regulatory agencies to implement systems for “prompt corrective action” for insured depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements within such categories. FDICIA imposes progressively more restrictive constraints on operations, management and capital distributions, depending on the category in which an institution is classified. Failure to meet the capital guidelines could also subject a banking institution to capital raising requirements. An “undercapitalized” bank must develop a capital restoration plan and its parent holding company must guarantee that bank’s compliance with the plan. The liability of the parent holding

5


company under any such guarantee is limited to the lesser of 5% of the bank’s assets at the time it became undercapitalized or the amount needed to comply with the plan. Furthermore, in the event of the bankruptcy of the parent holding company, such guarantee would take priority over the parent’s general unsecured creditors. In addition, FDICIA requires the various regulatory agencies to prescribe certain non-capital standards for safety and soundness related generally to operations and management, asset quality and executive compensation and permits regulatory action against a financial institution that does not meet such standards.

      The various federal bank regulatory agencies have adopted substantially similar regulations that define the five capital categories identified by FDICIA, using the total risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital and leverage capital ratios as the relevant capital measures. Such regulations establish various degrees of corrective action to be taken when an institution is considered undercapitalized. Under the regulations, a “well capitalized” institution must have a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6%, a total capital ratio of at least 10% and a leverage ratio of at least 5% and not be subject to a capital directive order. An “adequately capitalized” institution must have a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 4%, a total capital ratio of at least 8% and a leverage ratio of at least 4%, or 3% in some cases. Under these guidelines, Banknorth, NA is considered “well capitalized.”

5


      The Federal bank regulatory agencies also have adopted regulations which mandate that regulators take into consideration concentrations of credit risk and risks from non-traditional activities, as well as an institution’s ability to manage those risks, when determining the adequacy of an institution’s capital. That evaluation will be made as part of the institution’s regular safety and soundness examination. Banking agencies also have adopted final regulations requiring regulators to consider interest rate risk (when the interest rate sensitivity of an institution’s assets does not match the sensitivity of its liabilities or its off-balance sheet position) in the determination of a bank’s capital adequacy. Concurrently, banking agencies have proposed a methodology for evaluating interest rate risk. The banking agencies do not intend to establish an explicit risk-based capital charge for interest rate risk but will continue to assess capital adequacy for interest rate risk under a risk assessment approach based on a combination of quantitative and qualitative factors and have provided guidance on prudent interest rate risk management practices.

     Distributions. We derive funds for cash distributions to our stockholders primarily from dividends received from our banking subsidiary. Banknorth, NA is subject to various regulatory policies and requirements relating to the payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain capital above regulatory minimums. The appropriate U.S. federal regulatory authority is authorized to determine under certain circumstances relating to the financial condition of the bank or bank/financial holding company that the payment of dividends would be an unsafe or unsound practice and to prohibit payment thereof.

      In addition to the foregoing, the ability of us and Banknorth, NA to pay dividends may be affected by the various minimum capital requirements and the capital and non-capital standards established under FDICIA, as described above. Our right and the rights of our stockholders and creditors to participate in any distribution of the assets or earnings of our subsidiaries is further subject to the prior claims of creditors of such subsidiaries.

     “Source of Strength” Policy. According to Federal Reserve Board policy, bank/financial holding companies are expected to act as a source of financial strength to each subsidiary bank and to commit resources to support each such subsidiary. This support may be required at times when a bank/financial holding company may not be able to provide such support. Similarly, under the cross-guarantee provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, in the event of a loss suffered or anticipated by the FDIC — either as a result of default of a banking or thrift subsidiary of a bank/financial holding company such as Banknorth or related to FDIC assistance provided to a subsidiary in danger of default — the other banking subsidiaries of such bank/financial holding company may be assessed for the FDIC’s loss, subject to certain exceptions.

     Community Investment and Consumer Protection Laws. In connection with its lending activities, Banknorth, NA is subject to a variety of federal laws designed to protect borrowers and promote lending to various sectors of the economy and population. Included among these are the federal Home Mortgage

6


Disclosure Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, Truth-in-Lending Act, Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act and Community Reinvestment Act.

      The Community Reinvestment Act requires insured institutions to define the communities that they serve, identify the credit needs of those communities and adopt and implement a “Community Reinvestment Act Statement” pursuant to which they offer credit products and take other actions that respond to the credit needs of the community. The responsible federal banking regulator must conduct regular Community Reinvestment Act examinations of insured financial institutions and assign to them a Community Reinvestment Act rating of “outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs improvement” or “unsatisfactory.” In 2003, theThe current Community Reinvestment Act rating, which is from a 2001 examination, of Banknorth, NA wasis “outstanding.”

     Miscellaneous. Banknorth, NA is subject to certain restrictions on loans to Banknorth or its non-bank subsidiaries, on investments in the stock or securities thereof, on the taking of such stock or securities as collateral for loans to any borrower, and on the issuance of a guarantee or letter of credit on behalf of Banknorth or its non-bank subsidiaries. Banknorth, NA also is subject to certain restrictions on most types of transactions with Banknorth or its non-bank subsidiaries, requiring that the terms of such transactions be substantially equivalent to terms of similar transactions with non-affiliated firms.

6


     Regulatory Enforcement Authority. The enforcement powers available to federal banking regulators is substantial and includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease-and-desist or removal orders and to initiate injunctive actions against banking organizations and institution-affiliated parties, as defined. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. Other actions or inactions may provide the basis for enforcement action, including misleading or untimely reports filed with regulatory authorities.

     Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. On July 30, 2002, President George W. Bush signed into law the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which generally establishes a comprehensive framework to modernize and reform the oversight of public company auditing, improve the quality and transparency of financial reporting by those companies and strengthen the independence of auditors. CertainAmong other things, the new legislation (i) created a public company accounting oversight board which is empowered to set auditing, quality control and ethics standards, to inspect registered public accounting firms, to conduct investigations and to take disciplinary actions, subject to SEC oversight and review; (ii) strengthened auditor independence from corporate management by, among other things, limiting the scope of consulting services that auditors can offer their public company audit clients; (iii) heightened the responsibility of public company directors and senior managers for the quality of the financial reporting and disclosure made by their companies; (iv) adopted a number of provisions to deter wrongdoing by corporate management; (v) imposed a number of new legislation’s more significant reforms are noted below.

• The new legislation creates a public company accounting oversight board which is empowered to set auditing, quality control and ethics standards, to inspect registered public accounting firms, to conduct investigations and to take disciplinary actions, subject to SEC oversight and review. The new board is funded by mandatory fees paid by all public companies. The new legislation also improves the Financial Accounting Standards Board, giving it full financial independence from the accounting industry.
• The new legislation strengthens auditor independence from corporate management by, among other things, limiting the scope of consulting services that auditors can offer their public company audit clients.
• The new legislation heightens the responsibility of public company directors and senior managers for the quality of the financial reporting and disclosure made by their companies. Among other things, the new legislation provides for a strong public company audit committee that will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of the public company auditors.
• The new legislation contains a number of provisions to deter wrongdoing. CEOs and CFOs now have to certify that company financial statements fairly present the company’s financial condition. If a misleading financial statement later results in a restatement, the CEO and CFO must forfeit and return to the company any bonus, stock or stock option compensation received in the twelve months following the misleading financial report. The new legislation also prohibits any company officer or director from attempting to mislead or coerce an auditor. Among other reforms, the new legislation empowers the SEC to bar certain persons from serving as officers or directors of a public company; prohibits insider trades during pension fund “blackout periods;” directs the SEC to adopt rules requiring attorneys to report securities law violations; and requires that civil penalties imposed by the SEC go into a disgorgement fund to benefit harmed investors.
• The new legislation imposes a range of new corporate disclosure requirements. Among other things, the new legislation requires public companies to report all off-balance-sheet transactions and conflicts, as well as to present any pro forma disclosures in a way that is not misleading and in accordance with requirements established by the SEC. The new legislation also accelerated the required reporting of insider transactions, which now generally must be reported by the end of the second business day following a covered transaction; requires that annual reports filed with the SEC include a statement by management asserting that it is responsible for creating and maintaining adequate internal controls and assessing the effectiveness of those controls; and requires companies to disclose whether or not they have adopted an ethics code for senior financial officers, and, if not, why not, and whether the audit committee includes at least one “financial expert,” a term which has been defined by the SEC in accordance with specified requirements. The new legislation also requires the SEC, based on certain enumerated factors, to regularly and systematically review corporate filings.

7


• The new legislation contains provisions which generally seek to limit and expose to public view possible conflicts of interest affecting securities analysts.
• Finally, the new legislation imposes a range of new criminal penalties for fraud and other wrongful acts, as well as extends the period during which certain types of lawsuits can be brought against a company or its insiders.

corporate disclosure requirements; (vi) adopted provisions which generally seek to limit and expose to public view possible conflicts of interest affecting securities analysts; and (vii) imposed a range of new criminal penalties for fraud and other wrongful acts, as well as extended the period during which certain types of lawsuits can be brought against a company or its insiders.

Taxation

      We are subject to those rules of federal income taxation generally applicable to corporations under the Internal Revenue Code. Banknorth and its subsidiaries, as members of an affiliated group of corporations within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Internal Revenue Code, file a consolidated federal income tax return, which has the effect of eliminating or deferring the tax consequences of inter-company distributions, including dividends, in the computation of consolidated taxable income.

      We also are subject to various forms of state taxation under the laws of Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Vermont, New York and Connecticut as a result of the business which we conduct in these states. We are also subject to taxation in several other states related to business conducted by our leasing company.

7


Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies

      The following information, included under Items 6, 7 and 8 of this report, is incorporated by reference herein.

      Table 2 — Three-Year Average Balance Sheets, which presents average balance sheet amounts, related taxable equivalent interest earned or paid and related average yields earned and rates paid and is included in Item 7;

      Table 3 — Changes in Net Interest Income, which presents changes in taxable equivalent interest income and expense for each major category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and is included in Item 7;

      Table 1012 — Securities Available for Sale and Held to Maturity, which presents information regarding carrying values of investment securities by category of security and is included in Item 7;

      Table 1113 — Maturities of Securities, which presents information regarding the maturities and weighted average yield of investment securities by category of security and is included in Item 7;

      Table 1314 — Composition of Loan Portfolio, which presents the composition of loans and leases by category of loan and lease and is included in Item 7;

      Table 1415 — Scheduled Contractual Amortization of Certain Loans and Leases at December 31, 2003,2004, which presents maturities and sensitivities of loans and leases to changes in interest rates and is included in Item 7;

      Table 2022 — Five Year Schedule of Nonperforming Assets, which presents information concerning non-performing assets and accruing loans 90 days or more overdue and is included in Item 7;

      “Credit Risk Management” and Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which discuss our policies for placing loans on non-accrual status, as well as in the case of the former potential problem loans, which are included in Items 7 and 8, respectively;

      Table 2123 — Five-Year Table of Activity in the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses, included in Item 7;

      Table 2225 — Allocation of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses — Five Year Schedule, included in Item 7;

      Table 2123 — Net Charge-offs as a Percent of Average Loans and Leases Outstanding, included in Item 7;

8


      Table 2 — Three-Year Average Balance Sheets, which includes average balances of deposits by category of deposit and is included in Item 7;

      Table 1820 — Maturity of Certificates of Deposit of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2003,2004, included in Item 7;

      “Selected Financial Data,” which presents return on assets, return on equity, dividend payout and equity to assets ratios and is included in Item 6; and

      Note 1211 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which includes information regarding short-term borrowings and is included in Item 8.

For additional information regarding our business and operations, see “Selected Financial Data” in Item 6 hereof, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 hereof and the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 hereof.

Availability of Information

We make available on our web site, which is located athttp://www.banknorth.com, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K on the date which we

8


electronically file these reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Investors are encouraged to access these reports and the other information about our business and operations on our web site.

Item 2.     Properties

Item 2.Properties
      At December 31, 2003,2004, we conducted business from our executive offices at Two Portland Square, Portland, Maine and have 359386 banking offices located in Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Vermont, New York and Connecticut.

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our offices as of December 31, 2003.2004.
                  
Number of  Number of  
StateStateBanking OfficesDepositsState Banking Offices Deposits




    
(Dollars in Thousands)    (Dollars in Thousands)
MaineMaine 60 $2,801,185 Maine 60 $2,808,559 
New HampshireNew Hampshire 77 3,989,394 New Hampshire 76 4,190,703 
MassachusettsMassachusetts 115 5,906,579 Massachusetts 144 6,987,858 
VermontVermont 36 2,451,052 Vermont 36 1,672,390 
New YorkNew York 27 1,658,404 New York 27 1,157,935 
ConnecticutConnecticut 44 1,094,571 Connecticut 43 2,410,136 
 
 
       
Total 359 $17,901,185 Total 386 $19,227,581 
 
 
       

For additional information regarding our premises and equipment and lease obligations, see Notes 7 and 1817 respectively, to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 hereof.

Item 3.     Legal Proceedings

     We are involved in routine legal proceedings occurring in

Item 3.Legal Proceedings
      In the ordinary course of business, whichBanknorth and its subsidiaries are routinely defendants in or parties to a number of pending and threatened legal actions, including actions brought on behalf of various putitive classes of claimants. Certain of these actions assert claims for substantial monetary damages against Banknorth and its subsidiaries. Based on currently available information, advice of counsel, available insurance coverage and established reserves, management does not believe that the aggregate are believed by us to be immaterial to oureventual outcome of pending litigation against Banknorth and its subsidiaries will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition andposition, liquidity or results of operations.

9


operations of Banknorth. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting such matters, however, there can be no assurance that the outcome of any such action will not have a material adverse effect on Banknorth’s consolidated results of operations in any future reporting period.

Item 4.Item 4.     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

There were no matters submitted to a vote of our security holders in the fourth quarter of 2004.

9


PART II.
Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Stock, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market Information and Related Matters. Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc (“NYSE”). The following table sets forth the high and low prices of our common stock and the dividends declared per share of common stock for the periods indicated.
             
  Market Price  
    Dividends Declared
2004 High Low Per Share
       
First Quarter $34.45  $30.53  $0.195 
Second Quarter  34.75   30.25   0.195 
Third Quarter  36.10   30.49   0.200 
Fourth Quarter  36.71   34.49   0.200 
2003
            
          
 
First Quarter $24.02  $20.60  $0.160 
Second Quarter  26.68   21.09   0.160 
Third Quarter  29.70   25.43   0.190 
Fourth Quarter  33.57   27.58   0.190 
      As of December 31, 2004, there were 179,297,987 shares of common stock outstanding which were held by approximately 19,900 holders of record. Such number of record holders does not reflect the number of persons or entities holding stock in nominee name through banks, brokerage firms and other nominees.
      We have historically paid quarterly dividends on our common stock and currently intend to continue to do so in the foreseeable future. Our ability to pay dividends depends on a number of factors, however, including restrictions on the ability of Banknorth, NA to pay dividends under federal laws and regulations, and as a result there can be no assurance that dividends will be paid in the future.
Share Repurchases. The following table sets forth information with respect to any purchase made by or on behalf of Banknorth or any “affiliated purchaser,” as defined in §240.10b-18(a)(3) under the Exchange Act, of shares of Banknorth common stock during the indicated periods.
Total Number of
Shares Purchased asMaximum Number of
Total NumberAveragePart of PubliclyShares that May Yet Be
of SharesPrice PaidAnnounced Plans orPurchased Under the
PeriodPurchasedper ShareProgramsPlans or Programs(1)
October 1-31, 20042,853,200
November 1-30, 20042,853,200
December 1-31, 20042,853,200
Total2,853,200
(1) An 8,000,000 share repurchase program was approved by the Board of Directors in February 2002. For additional information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Recent Developments” in Item 7.

10


Item 6.Selected Consolidated Financial Data
                      
  2004 2003 2002 2001 2000
           
Condensed Income Statement
                    
Net interest income $933,382  $840,831  $796,517  $679,890  $603,550 
Provision for loan and lease losses  40,340   42,301   44,314   41,889   23,819 
                
Net interest income after loan and lease loss provision  893,042   798,530   752,203   638,001   579,731 
Noninterest income(1)  339,799   367,159   274,508   240,505   211,188 
Noninterest expense(2)  765,101   641,270   579,392   515,317   502,392 
                
Income before income taxes  467,740   524,419   447,319   363,189   288,527 
Income tax expense  163,097   173,660   148,681   124,104   96,793 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax           (290)   
                
Net income $304,643  $350,759  $298,638  $238,795  $191,734 
 
Per Common Share
                    
Basic earnings per share $1.78  $2.18  $2.01  $1.70  $1.33 
Diluted earnings per share  1.75   2.15   1.99   1.68   1.32 
Dividends per share  0.79   0.70   0.58   0.53   0.50 
Book value per share at year end  17.71   15.54   13.70   11.83   9.42 
Tangible book value per share at year end  9.82   8.37   9.09   8.75   8.11 
Stock price:                    
 High  36.71   33.57   27.22   24.39   21.13 
 Low  30.25   20.60   20.44   18.13   10.38 
 Close  36.60   32.53   22.60   22.52   19.94 
Period end common shares outstanding  179,298   162,188   150,579   151,221   141,245 
Weighted average shares outstanding — diluted  174,158   163,520   149,829   141,802   145,194 
 
Financial Ratios
                    
Return on average assets  1.08%  1.37%  1.39%  1.29%  1.05%
Return on average equity  10.63   14.51   16.25   16.48   15.69 
Net interest margin(3)  3.72   3.66   4.07   3.99   3.60 
Net interest rate spread(3)  3.47   3.41   3.69   3.43   3.05 
Average equity to average assets  10.17   9.44   8.56   7.82   6.66 
Efficiency ratio(4)  60.09   53.09   54.10   55.34   61.67 
Noninterest income as a percent of total income  26.69   30.39   25.63   26.13   25.92 
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio  7.58   6.65   7.13   7.14   7.02 
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio  9.98   8.96   9.66   9.59   10.56 
Total risk-based capital ratio  12.16   11.29   12.15   12.23   11.81 
Dividend payout ratio(5)  44.36   31.90   28.76   30.27   36.91 
 
Average Balance Sheet
                    
Assets $28,173,424  $25,616,347  $21,460,719  $18,545,709  $18,343,226 
Loans and leases(6)  17,734,537   15,633,207   13,236,803   11,246,007   10,485,289 
Deposits  18,877,811   17,302,983   14,566,644   12,529,630   11,891,481 
Shareholders’ equity  2,865,540   2,416,926   1,838,064   1,449,353   1,222,378 
 
Year End Balance Sheet Data
                    
Assets $28,687,810  $26,453,735  $23,418,941  $21,076,586  $18,233,810 
Loans and leases, net(7)  18,349,842   16,113,675   13,847,735   12,525,493   10,692,112 
Securities(8)  6,992,778   7,247,232   6,947,876   6,156,861   5,880,658 
Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets  1,416,156   1,163,054   695,158   466,633   185,520 
Deposits  19,227,581   17,901,185   15,664,601   14,221,049   12,107,256 
Borrowings  5,990,705   5,882,864   5,432,581   4,602,388   4,659,390 
Shareholders’ equity  3,176,114   2,520,519   2,063,485   1,789,115   1,330,857 
Nonperforming assets(9)  81,103   63,103   68,953   81,227   67,132 
 

11


(1) Noninterest income included net securities losses of $17.8 million and gains of $29.2 million in the fourth quarter of 2003.

PART II.

Item 5.     Market for Registrant’s Common Stock, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Securities2004 and second quarter of 2003, respectively, which were incurred as part of balance sheet deleveraging programs implemented during these periods.

Market Information

(2) Noninterest expense included prepayment penalties on borrowings of $61.5 million and Related Matters.Our common stock is traded on$28.5 million in the New York Stock Exchange, Inc (“NYSE”). The following table sets forth the high and low pricesfourth quarter of our common stock2004 and the dividends declared per sharesecond quarter of common stock for the periods indicated. Market price information for our common stock for periods prior to November 4, 2002 represents trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc.’s National Market, and market price information for this stock on and after that date represents trading on the NYSE.
             
Market Price

Dividends Declared
2003HighLowPer Share




First Quarter $24.02  $20.60  $0.160 
Second Quarter  26.68   21.09   0.160 
Third Quarter  29.70   25.43   0.190 
Fourth Quarter  33.57   27.58   0.190 
             
2002

First Quarter $26.80  $22.25  $0.135 
Second Quarter  27.45   24.96   0.145 
Third Quarter  27.40   20.71   0.150 
Fourth Quarter  24.58   20.68   0.150 

     As of December 31, 2003, there were 162,187,719 shares of common stock outstandingrespectively, which were heldincurred as part of balance sheet deleveraging programs implemented during these periods.

(3) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by approximately 19,750 holders of record. Such number of record holders does not reflectaverage interest-earning assets and net interest rate spread represents the number of persons or entities holding stock in nominee name through banks, brokerage firms and other nominees.

     We have historically paid quarterly dividends on our common stock and currently intend to continue to do so indifference between the foreseeable future. Our ability to pay dividends depends on a number of factors, however, including restrictions on the ability of Banknorth, NA to pay dividends under federal laws and regulations, and as a result there can be no assurance that dividends will be paid in the future.

Share Repurchases.During the year ended December 31, 2003, we repurchased 4.5 million shares at anweighted average price per share of $23.53.

     The following table sets forth information with respect to any purchase made by or on behalf of Banknorth or any “affiliated purchaser,” as defined in §240.10b-18(a)(3) under the Exchange Act, of shares of Banknorth common stock during the indicated periods.

                 
Total Number of
Shares Purchased asMaximum Number of
Total NumberAveragePart of PubliclyShares that May Yet Be
of SharesPrice PaidAnnounced Plans orPurchased Under the
PeriodPurchasedPer ShareProgramsPlans or Programs(1)





October 1-31, 2003  50,000  $28.15   50,000   2,853,200 
November 1-30, 2003            
December 1-31, 2003            


(1) An 8,000,000 share repurchase program was approved by the Board of Directors in February 2002.

10


Item 6.     Selected Consolidated Financial Data
                      
20032002200120001999





Condensed Income Statement
                    
Net interest income $840,831  $796,517  $679,890  $603,550  $614,395 
Provision for loan and lease losses  42,301   44,314   41,889   23,819   23,575 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net interest income after loan and lease loss provision  798,530   752,203   638,001   579,731   590,820 
Noninterest income  367,159   274,508   240,505   211,188   191,795 
Noninterest expense  641,270   579,392   515,317   502,392   488,308 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Income before income taxes  524,419   447,319   363,189   288,527   294,307 
Income tax expense  173,660   148,681   124,104   96,793   97,349 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax        (290)      
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net income $350,759  $298,638  $238,795  $191,734  $196,958 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Per Common Share
                    
Basic earnings per share $2.18  $2.01  $1.70  $1.33  $1.35 
Diluted earnings per share  2.15   1.99   1.68   1.32   1.34 
Dividends per share  0.70   0.58   0.53   0.50   0.47 
Book value per share at year end  15.54   13.70   11.83   9.42   8.22 
Tangible book value per share at year end  8.37   9.09   8.75   8.11   6.95 
Stock price:                    
 High  33.57   27.22   24.39   21.13   20.25 
 Low  20.60   20.44   18.13   10.38   14.31 
 Close  32.53   22.60   22.52   19.94   15.06 
Period end common shares outstanding  162,188   150,579   151,221   141,245   144,974 
Weighted average shares outstanding — Diluted  163,520   149,829   141,802   145,194   147,428 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Financial Ratios
                    
Return on average assets  1.37%  1.39%  1.29%  1.05%  1.12%
Return on average equity  14.51   16.25   16.48   15.69   16.42 
Net interest margin(1)  3.66   4.07   3.99   3.60   3.80 
Net interest rate spread(1)  3.41   3.69   3.43   3.05   3.33 
Average equity to average assets  9.44   8.56   7.82   6.66   6.81 
Efficiency ratio  53.09   54.10   55.34   61.67   60.57 
Noninterest income as a percent of total income  30.39   25.63   26.13   25.92   23.79 
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio  6.65   7.13   7.14   7.02   6.75 
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio  8.96   9.66   9.59   10.56   10.76 
Total risk-based capital ratio  11.29   12.15   12.23   11.81   12.02 
Dividend payout ratio(2)  31.90   28.76   30.27   36.91   33.19 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Average Balance Sheet
                    
Assets $25,616,347  $21,460,719  $18,545,709  $18,343,226  $17,607,344 
Loans and leases(3)  15,633,207   13,236,803   11,246,007   10,485,289   9,908,177 
Deposits  17,302,983   14,566,644   12,529,630   11,891,481   11,784,103 
Shareholders’ equity  2,416,926   1,838,064   1,449,353   1,222,378   1,199,496 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Year End Balance Sheet Data
                    
Assets $26,453,735  $23,418,941  $21,076,586  $18,233,810  $18,508,264 
Loans and leases, net(4)  16,113,675   13,847,735   12,525,493   10,692,112   9,699,608 
Securities(5)  7,247,232   6,947,876   6,156,861   5,880,658   6,873,182 
Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets  1,163,054   695,158   466,633   185,520   184,381 
Deposits  17,901,185   15,664,601   14,221,049   12,107,256   11,710,501 
Borrowings  5,882,864   5,432,581   4,602,388   4,659,390   5,466,253 
Shareholders’ equity  2,520,519   2,063,485   1,789,115   1,330,857   1,192,274 
Nonperforming assets(6)  63,103   68,953   81,227   67,132   69,192 
   
   
   
   
   
 

11



(1) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets and net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average rate earnedyield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, in each case calculated on a fully-taxable equivalent basis.
(2) Cash dividends paid divided by net income.
(3) Includes loans and leases held for sale.
(4) Excludes loans and leases held for sale.
(5) Includes securities held to maturity.
(6) Nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans, other real estate owned, repossessed assets and investment securities placed on non-accrual status.

12


Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (In thousands, except per share data and as noted)

     The discussion and analysis that follows focuses on the results of operations of Banknorth Group, Inc. during 2003, 2002 and 2001 and its financial condition at December 31, 2003 and 2002. The Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes should be read in conjunction with this review. Certain amounts in years prior to 2003 have been reclassified to conform to the 2003 presentation.

General

     Banknorth Group, Inc. is a Maine corporation and a registered bank holding company and financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. At December 31, 2003, we had consolidated assets of $26.5 billion and consolidated shareholders’ equity of $2.5 billion. Based on total assets at that date, we are one of the 35 largest commercial banking organizations in the United States.

     Our principal asset is all of the capital stock of Banknorth, NA (the “Bank”), a national bank which was initially formed as a Maine-chartered savings bank in the mid-19th century. The Bank operates banking divisions in Connecticut (Banknorth Connecticut), Maine (Peoples Heritage Bank), Massachusetts (Banknorth Massachusetts) New Hampshire (Bank of New Hampshire), New York (Evergreen Bank) and Vermont (Banknorth Vermont). At December 31, 2003, Banknorth NA had 359 banking offices in these states and we served approximately 1.3 million households and commercial customers. Through the Bank and its subsidiaries, we offer a full range of banking services and products to individuals, businesses and governments throughout our market areas, including commercial banking, consumer banking, investment management, investment planning and insurance brokerage services.

We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision under federal and state banking laws. See “Regulation and Supervision” under Item 1.

Business Strategy

     Our primary business segment is Community Banking which represents over 90% of our consolidated income and consists of attracting deposits from the general public and using such deposits and other sources of funds to originate commercial business loans and leases, commercial real estate loans, residential mortgage loans and a variety of consumer loans. In addition to keeping loans for our own portfolio, we sell residential mortgage loans into the secondary market. We also invest in mortgage-backed securities and securities issued by the United States Government and agencies thereof, as well as other securities. In addition to Community Banking, we have Insurance Brokerage, Investment Planning and Investment Management each of which represents less than 10% of our consolidated net income and consolidated assets. Our Insurance Brokerage business earns commissions on insurance brokerage activities, our Investment Planning business earns commissions from the sale of third party mutual funds, annuities, stocks and bonds and our Investment Management business reflects fees from trust and investment management operations.

     Our goal is to sustain profitable, controlled growth by focusing on increasing our loan and deposit market share in New England and upstate New York; developing new financial products, services and delivery channels; closely managing yields on earning assets and rates on interest-bearing liabilities; increasing noninterest income through, among other things, expanded investment management, investment planning and insurance brokerage services, and controlling the growth of noninterest expenses. It is also part of our business strategy to supplement internal growth with targeted acquisitions of other financial institutions and insurance agencies in our current or contiguous market areas. See “Acquisitions” below and under Item 1.

     We strive to maintain a diversified loan and deposit mix and strong asset quality. We are focused on improving efficiencies as we integrate all of our acquisitions. We will continue to evaluate our operations and organizational structures to ensure they are closely aligned with our goal of increasing earnings per share growth.

13


Acquisitions

     We completed four acquisitions in 2003 (including two insurance agency acquisitions) and at December 31, 2003, our proposed acquisitions of Foxborough Savings Bank and CCBT Financial Companies, Inc. were pending. The following table sets forth certain information regarding our acquisitions in 2003, 2002 and 2001. All acquisitions were accounted for as purchases and as such, were included in our results of operations from the date of acquisition.

Table 1 — Acquisitions 2001 – 2003

                                 
Transaction-Related Items
Balance at
Acquisition DateOtherTotal
Acquisition
IdentifiableCashSharesPurchase
DateAssetsEquityGoodwillIntangiblesPaidIssuedPrice








(Dollars and shares in millions)
First & Ocean Bancorp  12/31/2003  $274.4  $15.6  $33.8  $1.8  $49.7     $49.7 
American Financial Holdings, Inc.  2/14/2003   2,690.3   408.2   426.3   9.3   328.5   13.4   711.4 
Insurance agency acquisitions  2003   1.2   0.1   2.4   0.7   3.2      3.2 
Warren Bancorp, Inc.  12/31/2002   466.1   45.3   91.8   2.7   59.8   2.7   136.6 
Bancorp Connecticut, Inc.  8/31/2002   661.7   61.4   97.0   8.7   161.2      161.2 
Ipswich Bancshares, Inc.  7/26/2002   318.0   13.9   22.2   4.8   19.9   0.9   40.1 
Insurance agency acquisitions  2002   2.5      5.7   2.2      0.2   7.4 
Andover Bancorp, Inc.  10/31/2001   1,796.0   162.9   188.5   13.2      16.5   340.0 
Metrowest Bank  10/31/2001   907.7   62.0   96.5   5.0   164.8      164.8 

     For additional information regarding our acquisitions in 2003, see Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Executive Overview

     Our net income increased by $52.1 million in 2003 as compared to 2002, an increase of 17%. Our diluted earnings per share was $2.15 in 2003 as compared to $1.99 in 2002, an increase of $0.16 per diluted share, or 8%. The following were significant factors related to 2003 results as compared to 2002:

• Acquisitions continue to be an important part of our long-term strategy for growth. We completed the acquisition of Warren Bancorp, Inc. on December 31, 2002 and American Financial Holdings, Inc. on February 14, 2003 and completed the related systems conversions shortly thereafter. The results of these acquired companies have been included in our operations from the date of acquisition. We completed the acquisition of First & Ocean Bancorp on December 31, 2003.
• The net interest margin declined by 41 basis points in 2003 versus 2002 due primarily to low interest rates which resulted in rapid prepayments of mortgage-related earning assets.
• In anticipation of the continuing margin compression in 2003, we implemented a balance sheet deleveraging program that benefited our net interest margin, mitigated interest rate risk and reduced the level of assets subject to prepayment risk. Under this deleveraging program, we sold $901 million of investment securities and used the proceeds to prepay $853 million of borrowings. The gain on sale of these securities totaled $29.2 million, while the prepayment charges on the borrowings totaled $28.5 million. The deleveraging program benefited our net interest margin by 0.06%.
• The effects of the decline in net interest margin were offset by asset growth, increased non-interest income and good expense control.
• As a result of the low interest rate environment, we expanded our covered call premium program. Call options were written on securities we owned which generated $10.9 million of fee income in

14


2003. Call options were also written on securities we had committed to buy which generated $16.9 million of fee income in 2003.
• During 2003, we recorded strong loan growth in commercial real estate loans, commercial business loans and leases and consumer loans and leases. During this year, commercial real estate loans increased 15%, commercial business loans and leases increased 11% and consumer loans increased 23%. Excluding the effects of acquisitions, during 2003 commercial real estate loans increased 12%, commercial business loans and leases increased 6% and consumer loans and leases increased 9%.
• Asset quality remained very good. Even though total assets increased by 13% during 2003, nonperforming assets declined by 8% during this period.
• Total deposits increased by 14% during 2003. Excluding acquisitions, core deposits (deposits excluding certificates of deposit and brokered deposits) increased by 9%.

     Our financial condition and liquidity remain strong. The following are important factors in understanding our financial condition and liquidity:

• using the definitions of banking regulators, we continue to be “well-capitalized”;
• we issued $150 million of senior notes in 2003;
• the Moody’s rating of our senior notes was Baa-1 at December 31, 2003;
• we repurchased 4.5 million shares at an average price of $23.53 during 2003;
• we increased our annual dividend by 21% in 2003 compared to 2002; and
• all liquidity measures at December 31, 2003 met or exceeded the same measures at December 31, 2002.

Results of Operations

Comparison of 2003 and 2002
Summary

     Our net income increased $52.1 million, or 17%, during 2003. The increase was attributable in part to acquisitions in 2003 and 2002 and were diminished by the effects of merger and consolidation costs of $8.1 million and $14.7 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively. Return on average assets and return on average equity were 1.37% and 14.51%, respectively, in 2003 compared to 1.39% and 16.25%, respectively, in 2002. The decline in the return on average equity related primarily to the intangible equity resulting from the acquisition of American in February 2003.

     Net interest income and noninterest income increased 6% and 34%, respectively, during 2003. The increase in net interest income was primarily attributable to increased earning asset levels (from organic growth and acquisitions in 2003 and 2002), which more than offset the effects of a 41 basis point decline in the net interest margin. The margin declined primarily due to the effect of prepayments and repricing on loans, securities, deposits and borrowings in a declining rate environment and, to a lesser extent, the effects of acquisitions.

     The provision for loan and lease losses of $42.3 million in 2003 decreased 5% compared to 2002 due mainly to lower net charge-offs and continued strong asset quality. The coverage ratio (allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans) was 389% at December 31, 2003 compared to 319% at December 31, 2002.

     Noninterest income increased due to higher deposit services income, net securities gains and other noninterest income (primarily covered call premium income and mortgage banking services income).

15


Noninterest expense increased 11% in 2003 due primarily to higher compensation and employee benefits expense and increased occupancy expense, primarily as a result of our acquisitions, as well as prepayment penalties on borrowings.

Net Interest Income

     Net interest income is the difference between interest income on earning assets such as loans, leases and securities, and interest expense paid on liabilities such as deposits and borrowings, and continues to be our largest source of net revenue. Net interest income is affected by changes in interest rates and by changes in the amount and composition of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

16


Table 2 — Three-Year Average Balance Sheets

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information regarding (i) the total dollar amount of interest income on interest-earning assets and the resultant average yields; (ii) the total dollar amount of interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities and the resultant average cost; (iii) net interest income; (iv) interest rate spread; and (v) net interest margin. For purposes of the table and the following discussion, (i) income from interest-earning assets and net interest income is presented on a fully-taxable equivalent basis primarily by adjusting income and yields earned on tax-exempt interest received on loans to qualifying borrowers and on certain of our securities to make them equivalent to income and yields earned on fully-taxable investments, assuming a federal income tax rate of 35%, and (ii) unpaid interest on nonaccrual loans has not been included for purposes of determining interest income. Information is based on average daily balances during the indicated periods.

                                     
Year Ended December 31,

200320022001



AverageYield/AverageYield/AverageYield/
BalanceInterestRateBalanceInterestRateBalanceInterestRate









Loans and leases(1)                                    
Residential real estate mortgages $2,839,969  $159,215   5.61% $2,635,952  $177,837   6.75% $2,290,968  $169,962   7.42%
Commercial real estate mortgages  5,162,413   312,681   6.06%  4,293,816   298,412   6.95%  3,216,865   265,280   8.25%
Commercial business loans and leases  3,153,293   160,761   5.10%  2,665,973   158,260   5.94%  2,342,009   180,705   7.72%
Consumer loans and leases  4,477,532   251,347   5.61%  3,641,062   250,971   6.89%  3,396,165   280,180   8.25%
   
   
       
   
       
   
     
Total loans and leases  15,633,207   884,004   5.65%  13,236,803   885,480   6.69%  11,246,007   896,127   7.97%
Investment securities  7,464,162   314,701   4.22%  6,403,807   353,576   5.52%  5,924,001   372,788   6.29%
Federal funds sold and other short-term investments  11,004   160   1.46%  60,257   1,064   1.77%  34,620   1,168   3.37%
   
   
       
   
       
   
     
Total earning assets  23,108,373   1,198,865   5.19%  19,700,867   1,240,120   6.30%  17,204,628   1,270,083   7.38%
       
           
           
     
Bank-owned life insurance  465,446           359,994           311,990         
Noninterest-earning assets  2,042,528           1,399,858           1,029,091         
   
           
           
         
Total assets $25,616,347          $21,460,719          $18,545,709         
   
           
           
         
Interest-bearing deposits:                                    
Regular savings $2,399,179   10,994   0.46% $1,743,501   15,444   0.89% $1,439,551   18,921   1.31%
Now and money market accounts  6,652,030   59,193   0.89%  5,463,179   79,384   1.45%  4,257,428   109,998   2.58%
Certificates of deposit  5,027,739   118,649   2.36%  4,693,518   149,028   3.18%  4,512,284   226,437   5.02%
Brokered deposits        0.00%  43,311   792   1.83%  151,980   8,618   5.67%
   
   
       
   
       
   
     
Total interest-bearing deposits  14,078,948   188,836   1.34%  11,943,509   244,648   2.05%  10,361,243   363,974   3.51%
Borrowed funds  5,693,420   163,302   2.87%  4,870,795   193,952   3.98%  4,406,017   219,925   4.99%
   
   
       
   
       
   
     
Total interest-bearing liabilities  19,772,368   352,138   1.78%  16,814,304   438,600   2.61%  14,767,260   583,899   3.95%
       
           
           
     
Non-interest bearing deposits  3,224,035           2,623,135           2,168,387         
Other liabilities  203,018           185,216           160,709         
Shareholders’ equity  2,416,926           1,838,064           1,449,353         
   
           
           
         
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $25,616,347          $21,460,719          $18,545,709         
   
           
           
         
Net earning assets $3,336,005          $2,886,563          $2,437,368         
   
           
           
         
Net interest income (fully-taxable equivalent)      846,727           801,520           686,184     
Less: fully-taxable equivalent adjustments      (5,896)          (5,003)          (6,294)    
       
           
           
     
Net interest income     $840,831          $796,517          $679,890     
       
           
           
     
Net interest rate spread (fully-taxable equivalent)          3.41%          3.69%          3.43%
Net interest margin (fully-taxable equivalent)          3.66%          4.07%          3.99%


(1) Loans and leases include portfolio loans and leases, loans held for sale and nonperforming loans, but unpaid interest on nonperforming loans has not been included for purposes of determining interest income.

17


Table 3 — Changes in Net Interest Income

The following table presents certain information on a fully-taxable equivalent basis regarding changes in our interest income and interest expense for the periods indicated. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided with respect to changes attributable to (1) changes in rate (change in rate multiplied by prior year volume), (2) changes in volume (change in volume multiplied by prior year rate) and (3) changes in rate/ volume (change in rate multiplied by change in volume).

                                  
Year Ended December 31, 2003 vs. 2002Year Ended December 31, 2002 vs. 2001
Increase (Decrease) Due toIncrease (Decrease) Due to


Rate andTotalRate andTotal
Volume(1)RateVolume(2)ChangeVolume(1)RateVolume(2)Change








Interest income:                                
Loans and leases $160,319  $(137,663) $(24,132) $(1,476) $158,666  $(143,949) $(25,364) $(10,647)
Investment securities  58,532   (83,249)  (14,158)  (38,875)  30,180   (45,615)  (3,777)  (19,212)
Federal funds sold and other short-term investments  (872)  (187)  155   (904)  864   (554)  (414)  (104)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total interest income  217,979   (221,099)  (38,135)  (41,255)  189,710   (190,118)  (29,555)  (29,963)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Interest expense:                                
Interest-bearing deposits                                
 Regular savings  5,836   (7,497)  (2,789)  (4,450)  3,982   (6,046)  (1,413)  (3,477)
 NOW and money market accounts  17,238   (30,594)  (6,835)  (20,191)  31,108   (48,109)  (13,613)  (30,614)
 Certificates of deposit  10,628   (38,487)  (2,520)  (30,379)  9,098   (83,026)  (3,481)  (77,409)
 Brokered deposits  (793)  (793)  794   (792)  (6,162)  (5,836)  4,172   (7,826)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total interest-bearing deposits  32,909   (77,371)  (11,350)  (55,812)  38,026   (143,017)  (14,335)  (119,326)
Borrowed funds  32,740   (54,066)  (9,324)  (30,650)  23,192   (44,501)  (4,664)  (25,973)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total interest expense  65,649   (131,437)  (20,674)  (86,462)  61,218   (187,518)  (18,999)  (145,299)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net interest income (fully taxable equivalent) $152,330  $(89,662) $(17,461) $45,207  $128,492  $(2,600) $(10,556) $115,336 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 


(1) Volume increases include the effects of the acquisitions of Andover Bancorp, Inc. and MetroWest Bank on October 31, 2001, Ipswich Bancshares, Inc. on July 26, 2002, Bancorp Connecticut, Inc. on August 31, 2002, Warren Bancorp, Inc. on December 31, 2002 and American Financial Holdings, Inc. on February 14, 2003.
(2) Includes changes in interest income and expense not due solely to volume or rate changes.

     Net interest income on a fully taxable-equivalent basis increased by $45.2 million, or 6%, during 2003. This increase reflects the combined effects of increases in the average balances of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as an $86.5 million, or 20%, decrease in interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities as a result of decreases in interest rates in a declining interest rate environment. The weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, decreased from 2.61% during 2002in each case calculated on a fully-taxable equivalent basis.

(4) Represents noninterest expenses as a percentage of net interest income and noninterest income including net securities gains.
(5) Cash dividends paid divided by net income.
(6) Includes loans and leases held for sale.
(7) Excludes loans and leases held for sale.
(8) Includes securities held to 1.78%maturity.
(9) Nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans, other real estate owned, repossessed assets and investment securities placed on non-accrual status.

12


Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (In thousands, except per share data and as noted)
      The discussion and analysis that follows focuses on the results of operations of Banknorth Group, Inc. during 2004, 2003, and 2002 and its financial condition at December 31, 2004 and 2003. The Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes should be read in conjunction with this review. Certain amounts in years prior to 2004 have been reclassified to conform to the 2004 presentation.
General
      Banknorth Group, Inc. is a Maine corporation and a registered bank holding company and financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. At December 31, 2004, we had consolidated assets of $28.7 billion and consolidated shareholders’ equity of $3.2 billion. Based on total assets at that date, we are one of the 30 largest commercial banking organizations in the United States.
      Our principal asset is all of the capital stock of Banknorth, NA (the “Bank”), a national bank which was initially formed as a Maine-chartered savings bank in the mid-19th century. Banknorth, NA operates under the trade name “Peoples Heritage Bank” in Maine, “Bank of New Hampshire” in New Hampshire and “Evergreen Bank” in New York. Banknorth, NA operates under its name elsewhere in our market areas. At December 31, 2004, Banknorth, NA had 386 banking offices in these states and we served approximately 1.3 million households and commercial customers. Through the Bank and its subsidiaries, we offer a full range of banking services and products to individuals, businesses and governments throughout our market areas, including commercial banking, consumer banking, investment management, investment planning and insurance agency services.
      We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision under federal and state banking laws. See “Regulation and Supervision” under Item 1.
Business Strategy
      Our primary business segment is Community Banking, which represents over 90% of our consolidated net income and consolidated assets and consists of attracting deposits from the general public and using such deposits and other sources of funds to originate commercial business loans and leases, commercial real estate loans, residential mortgage loans and a variety of consumer loans. In addition to keeping loans for our own portfolio, we sell residential mortgage loans into the secondary market. We also invest in mortgage-backed securities and securities backed by the United States Government and agencies thereof, as well as other securities. In addition to Community Banking, we have Insurance Agency, Investment Planning and Wealth Management segments, each of which represents less than 5% of our consolidated net income and consolidated assets and in the aggregate represent less than 10% of our consolidated net income and consolidated assets. Our Insurance Agency business earns commissions on insurance agency activities, our investment planning business earns fees on the sales of mutual funds and third party fixed annuities and our Wealth Management business reflects fees from wealth management operations.
      Our goal is to sustain profitable, controlled growth by focusing on increasing our loan and deposit market share in New England and upstate New York; developing new financial products, services and delivery channels; closely managing yields on earning assets and rates on interest-bearing liabilities; increasing noninterest income through, among other things, expanded wealth management, investment planning and insurance agency services, controlling the growth of noninterest expenses and maintaining strong asset quality. It is also part of our business strategy to supplement internal growth with targeted acquisitions of other financial institutions and insurance agencies in our current or contiguous market areas. See “Acquisitions” below and under Item 1.
      We strive to maintain a diversified loan and deposit mix and strong asset quality. We are focused on improving efficiencies as we integrate all of our acquisitions. We will continue to evaluate our operations

13


and organizational structure to ensure they are closely aligned with our goal of increasing earnings per share.
Executive Overview
      Our net income was $304.6 million in 2004 as compared to $350.8 million in 2003, a decrease of 13%. Our diluted earnings per share was $1.75 in 2004 as compared to $2.15 in 2003, a decrease of $0.40 per diluted share, or 18%. The decline was attributable to costs to implement our balance sheet deleveraging program in the fourth quarter of 2004 ($0.30 per diluted share) and certain merger and consolidation costs ($0.23 per diluted share), including those associated with the pending acquisition of 51% of Banknorth by The Toronto-Dominion Bank (“TD”). Return on average assets and return on average equity were 1.08% and 10.63%, respectively, in 2004 compared to 1.37% and 14.51%, respectively, in 2003. In addition to the impact of the deleveraging, the decline in the return on average equity was also impacted by the intangible equity resulting from our acquisitions. The following were significant factors related to 2004 results as compared to 2003.
• In October 2004, we implemented a deleveraging program under which we sold approximately $1.2 billion of securities with a weighted average yield of 2.77% and prepaid a similar amount of borrowings with a weighted average rate of 4.77%, both of which had a duration of approximately 3.5 years. A $51.6 million after-tax loss was incurred in connection with this program in the fourth quarter. This program is expected to improve our annual net interest margin by approximately 28 basis points.
• We completed the acquisitions of CCBT Financial Companies, Inc. and Foxborough Savings Bank on April 30, 2004 and an insurance agency on July 1, 2004. Acquisitions continue to be an important part of our long-term strategy for growth.
• Net interest income increased 11% in 2004 compared to 2003, primarily due to a decrease of 83$2.1 billion increase in average earning assets. The net interest margin increased by 6 basis points or 32%. This decrease more that offset a $3.0 billion, or 18%,in 2004 versus 2003 primarily due to the 9% increase in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities during 2003, as compared to 2002. Average interest-bearing depositsearning assets.
• Noninterest income from deposit services, insurance agency commissions, merchant and electronic banking services, wealth management services and investment planning services increased by $2.1 billion, or 18%,$36.9 million (or 16%) in 2003, as comparedthe aggregate, due in part to 2002. Excluding acquisitions, average deposits increased by $232 million, or 1.4%, as strong growth in demand and money market accountsacquisitions. This aggregate increase was offset by declines in higher-costing certificates of deposit. Average borrowings increased $823 million, or 17%, in 2003 compared to 2002, primarily due to acquisitions.

     Thea decrease in interest expense in 2003 more than offsetnet securities gains of $50.2 million (primarily related to the balance sheet deleveraging program) and a $41.3 million, or 3.3%, decrease in tax-equivalent interestother noninterest income as a result of a 111 basis point, or 18%, decrease in the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets in 2003 as compared to 2002, which reflected the declining interest rate environment. The decrease in the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets during 2003 offset the effects of a substantial increase in average interest-earning assets in this period. Average interest-earning assets increased $3.4 billion, or 17%, during 2003 compared to 2002, primarily as a result of an increase in

18


average loans and leases due to internal$14.5 million. SeeTable 6for details.
• During 2004, we recorded strong growth and acquisitions. Average loans and leases increased $2.4 billion, or 18%, during 2003 as compared to 2002. Excluding acquisitions, average loans and leases increased $260.8 million, or 2%, in 2003 as compared to 2002. These increases were attributable to increases in commercial real estate loans, commercial business loans and leases and consumer loans and leases.

     Interest rate spread, which represents During the difference between the yield earned on our interest-earning assets and the rate paid on our interest-bearing liabilities, decreased from 3.69% to 3.41% on a fully-taxable equivalent basis during 2003 and 2002, respectively, because the 111 basis point decrease in the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets exceeded the 83 basis point decrease in the weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, reflecting our asset sensitivity during the year. See “Asset-Liability Management” below.

     The net interest margin decreased 41 basis points during 2003. The primary reasons for this margin compression were the effects of acquisitions (8 basis points, including cash paid and lower margins at acquired banks), a heavier weighting of U.S. agency securities in our investment portfolio versus mortgage-backed securities (9 basis points) and the impact of prepayments and repricing on loans, securities, deposits and borrowings in a declining rate environment (24 basis points). The margin compression was mitigated somewhat by the positive impact of the deleveraging program completed in the second quarter of 2003. The change in the investment portfolio from mortgage-backed securities to U.S. agency securities reduced the exposure to the loan prepayments inherent in mortgage-related assets.

     Our net interest margin in 2003 benefited from interest rate swap agreements that synthetically converted fixed rate debt to variable rate debt. In 2003, we entered into $566.5 million of notional amount swap agreements on fixed rate debt, pursuant to which we pay a variable rate (based on LIBOR plus a margin) and receive a fixed rate. The combined effect of these interest rate swaps was to lower interest expense by $6.5 million during 2003. See “Asset-Liability Management” for more detailed discussion.

     Provision and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

     The provision for loan and lease losses is recorded to bring the allowance for loan and lease losses to a level deemed appropriate by management based on factors discussed in the “Analysis and Determination of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” in the “Risk Management” section. Although we utilize judgment in providing for losses, for the reasons discussed under the “Risk Management” section, there can be no assurance that we will not have to increase the amount of our provision for loans and lease losses in future periods. We recorded a provision for loan and lease losses in 2003 of $42.3 million, as compared to a $44.3 million provision in 2002. The decline in the provision for loan and lease losses of $2.0 million was due to lower net-charge-offs, a higher coverage ratio of the allowance to non-performing loans and leases and lower delinquency ratios. As shown in Table 18, nonperforming assets amounted to $63.1 million at December 31, 2003 compared to $69.0 million at December 31, 2002. At December 31, 2003, the allowance for loan and lease losses amounted to $232.3 million, or 1.42% of total portfolio loans and leases, as compared to $208.3 million, or 1.48%, at December 31, 2002. The ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans was 389% at December 31, 2003, as compared to 319% at December 31, 2002, due primarily to a decrease of $5.5 million in nonperforming loans.

     See “Risk Management” below for further information on the provision for loan and lease losses, net charge-offs, nonperforming assets and other factors we consider in assessing the credit quality of the loan portfolio and establishing the allowance for loan and lease losses.

19


Noninterest Income

Table 4 — Noninterest Income

The following table presents noninterest income for the periods indicated.

                                 
Change

Year Ended December 31,2003-20022002-2001



200320022001AmountPercentAmountPercent







Noninterest income:                            
 Deposit services $97,323  $82,139  $72,634  $15,184   18% $9,505   13%
 Insurance brokerage commissions  45,714   44,439   39,360   1,275   3%  5,079   13%
 Merchant and electronic banking income, net  41,778   37,643   32,115   4,135   11%  5,528   17%
 Trust and investment management services  31,956   32,453   34,060   (497)  (2)%  (1,607)  (5)%
 Bank-owned life insurance  22,930   20,002   18,392   2,928   15%  1,610   9%
 Investment planning services  15,692   11,572   8,286   4,120   36%  3,286   40%
 Net securities gains  42,460   7,282   1,329   35,178   483%  5,953   448%
 Other noninterest income:                            
  Covered call premiums  27,756   7,279   3,251   20,477   281%  4,028   124%
  Loan fee income  24,831   21,893   14,501   2,938   13%  7,392   51%
  Mortgage banking services income  10,212   8,539   11,130   1,673   20%  (2,591)  (23)%
  Venture capital write-downs  (592)  (2,753)  (1,514)  2,161   78%  (1,239)  (82)%
  Miscellaneous income  7,099   4,020   6,961   3,079   77%  (2,941)  (42)%
   
   
   
   
       
     
   Total other noninterest income  69,306   38,978   34,329   30,328   78%  4,649   (14)%
   
   
   
   
       
     
    Total $367,159  $274,508  $240,505  $92,651   34% $34,003   14%
   
   
   
   
       
     

     Deposit services income increased 18% in 2003, primarily as a result of increases in deposit accounts and cash management and overdraft fees. Acquisitions in 2003 and 2002 accounted for a significant portion of the increased volume.

     Merchant and electronic banking income increased 11% in 2003 due to increases in the volume of transactions processed and increased market share from acquisitions. This increase was net of the impact of decreased debit card fee revenue due to the reductions in interchange rates resulting from the settlement of antitrust litigation brought against VISA and Mastercard by Wal-Mart, Sears and other retailers. Merchant and electronic banking income represents fees and interchange income generated by the use of our ATMs and debit cards issued by us, along with charges to merchants for credit card transactions processed, net of third-party costs directly attributable to handling these transactions.

     Income from bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) increased 15% during 2003. BOLI represents life insurance on the lives of certain employees who have consented to allowing the Bank to be the beneficiary of such policies. The increase in BOLI income in 2003 reflected BOLI purchased in 2002 and $85.6 million of BOLI acquired in the American merger in the first quarter of 2003. The cash surrender value of BOLI was $488.8 million at December 31, 2003 compared to $380.4 million at December 31, 2002. Most of our BOLI is invested in the “general account” of quality insurance companies. Standard and Poors rated all such general account carriers AA- or better at December 31, 2003. The BOLI investment provides a means to mitigate increasing employee benefit costs. The average carrying value of BOLI in 2003 was $465 million compared to $360 million in 2002.

20


     Investment planning services income increased 36% during 2003. This increase was primarily attributable to commissions earned from increased sales of third party mutual funds and annuities, which benefited from the rise in investor confidence in the stock market as well as the impact of our acquisition of American in 2003.

     Net securities gains increased $35.2 million during 2003. This increase included $29.2 million recorded as part of the deleveraging program related to the sale of $901 million in securities. Gains from the sale of securities are subject to market and economic conditions and, as a result, there can be no assurance that gains reported in prior periods will be achieved in the future.

     Other noninterest income increased 78% during 2003. Covered call premium income included income resulting from call options written on securities we own as well as securities we had committed to buy. The $20.5 million increase in 2003 was primarily due to the increased volume of call options written as well as historically high premium rates related to high interest rate volatility. Loan fee income included $4.6 million and $897 thousand of fees to arrange for interest rate swap agreements between commercial borrowers and third parties in 2003 and 2002, respectively. See “Asset-Liability Management — Derivative Instruments” below. The commercial swap program began in the fourth quarter of 2002.

Noninterest Expense

Table 5 — Noninterest Expense

The following table presents noninterest expense during the periods indicated.

                                 
Change

Year Ended December 31,2003-20022002-2001



200320022001AmountPercentAmountPercent







Noninterest expense                            
 Compensation and employee benefits $326,621  $311,385  $261,317  $15,236   5% $50,068   19%
 Occupancy  59,200   52,422   45,921   6,778   13%  6,501   14%
 Equipment  47,459   40,933   34,572   6,526   16%  6,361   18%
 Data processing  40,940   40,702   38,670   238   1%  2,032   5%
 Advertising and marketing  22,000   17,239   11,907   4,761   28%  5,332   45%
 Amortization of goodwill        11,061         (11,061)  (100)%
 Amortization of identifiable intangible assets  8,946   6,492   11,023   2,454   38%  (4,531)  (41)%
 Merger and consolidation costs  8,104   14,691   7,614   (6,587)  (45)%  7,077   93%
 Prepayment penalties on borrowings  30,490      5,995   30,490   100%  (5,995)  (100)%
 Write-off of branch automation project     6,170      (6,170)  (100)%  6,170   100%
 Other noninterest expense:                            
  Telephone  12,858   13,396   11,574   (538)  (4)%  1,822   16%
  Office supplies  10,513   10,736   9,106   (223)  (2)%  1,630   18%
  Postage and freight  11,187   9,707   9,366   1,480   15%  341   4%
  Miscellaneous loan costs  5,984   4,290   7,380   1,694   39%  (3,090)  (42)%
  Deposits and other assessments  3,752   3,541   3,460   211   6%  81   2%
  Collection and carrying costs of non-performing assets  2,694   2,713   3,511   (19)  (1)%  (798)  (23)%
  Miscellaneous  50,522   44,975   42,840   5,547   12%  2,135   5%
   
   
   
   
       
     
   Total other noninterest expense  97,510   89,358   87,237   8,152   9%  2,121   2%
   
   
   
   
       
     
    Total $641,270  $579,392  $515,317  $61,878   11% $64,075   12%
   
   
   
   
       
     

21


     Noninterest expense increased $61.9 million, or 11%, during 2003. Included in this increase was $30.5 million of prepayment penalties on borrowings related to the aforementioned deleveraging program in the second quarter. This amount represented 49% of the total increase of $61.9 million and was offset by a related gain on the sale of securities of $29.2 million. It was recorded as net securities gains in noninterest income. The efficiency ratio improved to 53.09% during 2003 from 54.10% in 2002 primarily as a result of the efficiencies created by the integration of recent acquisitions, as well as internal operating improvements.

     Compensation and employee benefits expense increased 5% during 2003 primarily due to the effects of additional employees from acquisitions and higher benefits expense, which were partially offset by lower incentive compensation. The total number of full-time equivalent employees approximated 6,700 at December 31, 2003 compared to 6,600 at December 31, 2002. Pension expense (which is included in compensation and employee benefits expense) was $12.9 million and $5.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. It increased primarily due to a lower discount rate, a lower expected rate of return on plan assets and additional employees from purchase acquisitions. The fair value of plan assets as of December 31, 2003 was $237.5 million as compared to $154.9 million at December 31, 2002.

     Occupancy expense in 2003 increased 13%. The $6.8 million increase was primarily due to the cost of additional facilities from acquisitions and a new back-office facility in West Falmouth, Maine. Equipment expense increased $6.5 million or 16% in 2003 compared to 2002 primarily due to depreciation expense on new technology equipment and software (e.g., check imaging and e-commerce) and additional depreciation and maintenance of equipment obtained through acquisitions.

     Advertising and marketing expense increased 28% in 2003. The $4.8 million increase was primarily attributable to new advertising promotions and corporate sponsorships (such as for the Boston Bruins and “Win a day with Ray” promotions) and additional expenses incurred in connection with the introduction of our products in new market areas.

     Amortization of identifiable intangible assets increased 38% during 2003 due to core deposit intangibles and other amortizing intangible assets recorded in connection with our 2003 and 2002 acquisitions.

     Merger and consolidation costs decreased $6.6 million, or 45%, during 2003. Merger and consolidation costs include expenses related to acquisitions, charter consolidation costs, branch closing costs and certain asset write-downs. The decrease in 2003 was due to lower acquisition expenses and the completion of our charter consolidation in 2002. For a tabular analysis of our merger and consolidation costs, see Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

     During 2002, we wrote off $6.2 million in connection with a branch automation project. These were costs incurred during the early phases of a multi-phase project to update all teller and platform workstations and software in our branch network. These costs included direct vendor fees, capitalized salaries, hardware and project specific software. Design concerns and cost overruns prompted a thorough review of the long-term viability of the project in its current form. We determined it was not prudent to continue development and decided to abandon the project. A total of $9.1 million had been capitalized on this project. The impairment charge was determined based on a review of all costs incurred. Management concluded that $6.2 million should be written-off related to the abandonment of that project and that $2.9 million of hardware and off-the-shelf software programs were of on-going value and could be redeployed throughout the Bank.

     Other noninterest expense, which is comprised primarily of general and administrative expenses, increased $8.2 million, or 9%, in 2003.

     The increase in miscellaneous expenses during 2003 was largely due to increased insurance and consulting expenses.

22


Taxes

     Our effective tax rate was 33% in 2003 and 2002. We expect the effective tax rate to be approximately 33% during 2004.

Comprehensive Income

     Our comprehensive income amounted to $241.8 million and $373.0 million during 2003 and 2002, respectively. Comprehensive income differed from our net income in 2003 because of a $110.1 million net unrealized loss on securities, a $1.6 million net unrealized gain on cash flow hedges and a $446 thousand unrealized loss on a minimum pension liability. For additional information, see the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

     Our available for sale investment portfolio had net unrealized gains of $11.8 million, $181.3 million and $62.0 million ($7.7 million, $117.5 million and $40.3 million net of applicable income tax effects, respectively) at December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The changes from year, to year are due mainly to changes in prevailing interest rates and, to a lesser degree, the size of the available for sale investment portfolio. For additional information, see Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The change in fair value of our interest-bearing liabilities, which would tend to offset the change in fair value of available for sale securities, is not included in other comprehensive income.

Segment Reporting

     Our primary business segment is Community Banking. During 2003 and 2002, the Community Banking segment represented over 90% of the combined revenues and income of the consolidated group and, thus, this is the only reporting segment as defined by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information.” Insurance Brokerage, Investment Planning and Investment Management each represented less than 10% of our combined revenues in 2003 and 2002 and consolidated assets at December 31, 2003 and 2002. Insurance Brokerage reflects commissions on insurance brokerage activities, Investment Planning reflects commissions from the sale of third party mutual funds, annuities, stocks and bonds and Investment Management reflects fees from trust and investment management operations.

23


Table 6 — Business Segment Information

The following tables set forth selected operating data for our business segments in 2003 and 2002, which are included for information purposes only.

                     
Year Ended December 31, 2003

CommunityInsuranceInvestmentInvestment
BankingBrokeragePlanningManagementTotal





Net interest income (expense) $842,058  $(367) $10  $(870) $840,831 
Provision for loan and lease losses  42,301            42,301 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net interest income (expense) after provision for loan and lease losses  799,757   (367)  10   (870)  798,530 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Noninterest income  271,975   46,687   15,692   32,805   367,159 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Noninterest expense:                    
Salaries and benefits  271,395   29,506   10,305   15,415   326,621 
Occupancy and equipment  100,632   3,755   684   1,588   106,659 
Data processing  34,960   473   1,301   4,206   40,940 
Advertising and marketing  21,262   448   95   195   22,000 
Amortization of intangibles  8,642   304         8,946 
Merger and consolidation costs  8,104             8,104 
Other  118,638   5,316   1,173   2,873   128,000 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total non-interest expense  563,633   39,802   13,558   24,277   641,270 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Pre-tax income $508,099  $6,518  $2,144  $7,658  $524,419 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total assets $26,352,435  $69,664  $4,622  $27,013  $26,453,734 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net interest income and noninterest income as a percent of total income  92.3%  3.8%  1.3%  2.6%  100.0%
Percent of pre-tax income to total pre-tax income  96.9%  1.2%  0.4%  1.5%  100.0%
Percent of assets to total consolidated assets  99.6%  0.3%  0.0%  0.1%  100.0%

24


                     
Year Ended December 31, 2002

CommunityInsuranceInvestmentInvestment
BankingBrokeragePlanningManagementTotal





Net interest income (expense) $796,859  $(341) $(12) $11  $796,517 
Provision for loan and lease losses  44,314            44,314 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net interest income (expense) after provision for loan and lease losses  752,545   (341)  (12)  11   752,203 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Noninterest income  184,802   44,840   11,571   33,295   274,508 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Noninterest expense:                    
Salaries and benefits  260,948   27,285   8,021   15,131   311,385 
Occupancy and equipment  87,727   3,587   494   1,547   93,355 
Data processing  35,039   635   742   4,286   40,702 
Advertising and marketing  16,436   287   200   316   17,239 
Amortization of intangibles  6,360   132         6,492 
Merger and consolidation costs  14,691            14,691 
Other  87,158   4,861   917   2,592   95,528 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total non-interest expense  508,359   36,787   10,374   23,872   579,392 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Pre-tax income $428,988  $7,712  $1,185  $9,434  $447,319 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total assets $23,327,921  $69,385  $2,411  $19,224  $23,418,941 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net interest income and noninterest income as a percent of total income  91.6%  4.2%  1.1%  3.1%  100.0%
Percent of pre-tax income to total pre-tax income  95.9%  1.7%  0.3%  2.1%  100.0%
Percent of assets to total consolidated assets  99.6%  0.3%  0.0%  0.1%  100.0%

25


Fourth Quarter Summary

     The following table presents operating results for the quarters ended December 31, 2003 and 2002.

Table 7 — Fourth Quarter Summary

                 
Three Months Ended
December 31,Change


20032002AmountPercent




Condensed Income Statement
                
Net interest income $213,288  $199,563  $13,725   6.88%
Provision for loan and lease losses  10,400   10,829   (429)  (3.96)%
   
   
   
     
Net interest income after loan and lease losses provision  202,888   188,734   14,154   7.50%
Noninterest income  84,435   84,441   (6)  (0.01)%
Noninterest expense  155,676   158,126   (2,450)  (1.55)%
   
   
   
     
Income before income taxes  131,647   115,049   16,598   14.43%
Income tax expense  40,085   37,911   2,174   5.73%
   
   
   
     
Net income $91,562  $77,138  $14,424   18.70%
   
   
   
     
Per Common Share
                
Basic earnings per share $0.56  $0.52  $0.04   8.51%
Diluted earnings per share $0.55  $0.52  $0.03   6.52%
Financial Ratios
                
Return on average assets(1)  1.39%  1.35%  0.04bp    
Return on average equity(1)  14.72%  15.75%  (1.03)bp    
Net interest margin (fully-taxable equivalent)(1)  3.65%  3.86%  (0.21)bp    
Noninterest income as a percent of total income  28.36%  29.73%  (1.37)bp    
Efficiency ratio(2)  52.29%  55.68%  (3.39)bp    


bp — denotes basis points; 100 bp = 1%

(1) Annualized.
(2) Represents noninterest expenses as a percentage of net interest income and noninterest income.

     Results for the fourth quarter of 2003 improved over the fourth quarter of 2002 due primarily to increased net interest income, which increased by 7% as a result of acquisitions and, to a lesser extent, internal growth. The net interest margin for the quarter ended December 31, 2003 was 3.65%, a decrease of 21 basis points from the fourth quarter last year. The primary reasons for this decrease were the effects of acquisitions (9 basis points, including cash paid and lower margins at acquired banks), a heavier weighting of U.S. agency securities in our investment portfolio versus mortgage-backed securities (8 basis points) and the impact of prepayments and repricing on loans, securities, deposits and borrowings in a declining rate environment (14 basis points). These factors were partially offset by the positive impact of the deleveraging program of approximately 10 basis points.

     Noninterest income totaled $84.4 million for the fourth quarters ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, which included $2.7 million and $6.7 million of net securities gains, respectively. Increases in 2003 in deposit services and investment planning services income were partially offset by lower other noninterest income. Included in other noninterest income was $6.4 million and $2.2 million of covered call premium income for the fourth quarters ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Noninterest expense decreased by 2% in the fourth quarter of 2003, as compared to the fourth quarter of 2002, due primarily to lower merger and consolidation costs (which include merger-related costs, branch consolidation costs and branch closings) and the write-down of a branch automation project which was abandoned in December 2002. The efficiency ratio was 52.29% in the fourth quarter of 2003 compared to

26


55.68% in the comparable period last year. See Note 24 in the Consolidated Financial Statements for selected quarterly data for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002.

     The effective tax rate was 30% in the fourth quarter of 2003 compared to 33% in the fourth quarter of 2002. The lower effective tax rate resulted primarily from the results of an IRS audit.

     Annualized return on average equity and return on average assets were 14.72% and 1.39%, respectively, for the quarter ended December 31, 2003 and were 15.75% and 1.35%, respectively, for the comparable quarter last year. The decline in return on average equity related primarily to the intangible equity created in the acquisition of American in February 2003.

Comparison of 2002 and 2001

     Our consolidated total assets increased by $2.3 billion, or 11%, from $21.1 billion at December 31, 2001 to $23.4 billion at December 31, 2002. This increase was primarily attributable to three banking acquisitions and one insurance agency acquisition in 2002. Shareholders’ equity totaled $2.1 billion and $1.8 billion at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The increase was primarily attributable to net income in 2003 and the issuance of stock for acquisitions in 2002.

     We reported net income of $298.6 million for 2002, or $1.99 per diluted share, compared with net income of $238.8 million, or $1.68 per diluted share, for 2001. Return on average assets and return on average equity were 1.39% and 16.25%, respectively, for 2002 and 1.29% and 16.48%, respectively, for 2001.

     Net interest income on a fully taxable-equivalent basis totaled $801.5 million during 2002, as compared with $686.2 million in 2001. The $115.3 million, or 17%, increase in 2002 was primarily attributable to the combined effects of increases in the average balances of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. In 2002, the net interest margin increased 8 basis points to 4.07%, compared to 3.99% in 2001.

     The provision for loan and lease losses amounted to $44.3 million in 2002 compared to $41.9 million in 2001. Net charge-offs were $38.7 million in 2002 compared to $36.9 million in 2001. The ratio of the allowance to nonperforming loans at December 31, 2002 was 319% compared to 252% at December 31, 2001. The allowance for loan and lease losses represented 1.48% of total loans at December 31, 2002 compared to 1.49% at December 31, 2001. Nonperforming assets decreased $12.3 million from $81.2 million, or 0.39% of total assets, at December 31, 2001 to $68.9 million, or 0.29% of total assets, at December 31, 2002. This decrease was primarily due to a $7.6 million decrease in nonperforming commercial business loans and leases and a $2.5 million decrease in nonperforming residential real estate loans.

     Noninterest income amounted to $274.5 million and $240.5 million in 2002 and 2001, respectively. The increase was primarily due to increases of $9.5 million in deposit services income, $5.9 million in net securities gains and $5.7 million in merchant and electronic banking income. Deposit services income of $82.1 million reflected 8% growth from 2001. The increases were due in part to acquisitions.

     Noninterest expense amounted to $579.4 million in 2002 compared with $515.3 million for 2001. The $64.1 million increase included an increase of $7.1 million in merger and consolidation costs and a $6.2 million write-off of a branch automation project, which were partially offset by the cessation of the amortization of goodwill in 2002 (which had amounted to $11.1 million in 2001.) The increase in noninterest expense in 2002 was primarily due to increases in compensation and employee benefits expense, equipment expense and occupancy expense. The efficiency ratio improved to 54.10% during 2002 from 55.34% in 2001 primarily as a result of the integration of recent acquisitions, as well as internal operating improvements.

     Our comprehensive income amounted to $373.0 million and $313.9 million during 2002 and 2001, respectively. Comprehensive income differed from our net income in 2002 primarily because of a $77.3 million net unrealized gain on securities, a $2.1 million net unrealized loss on cash flow hedges and

27


an $825 thousand unrealized loss on a minimum pension liability. For additional information, see the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Financial Condition

Our consolidated total assets increased by $3.0 billion, or 13%, from $23.4 billion at December 31, 2002 to $26.5 billion at December 31, 2003. Total average assets were $25.6 billion and $21.5 billion in 2003 and 2002, respectively. These increases were primarily due to acquisitions and internal growth in 2003 and 2002. See the acquisitions table under “General — Acquisitions.” Total liabilities increased by $2.6 billion in 2003, primarily due to a growth in total deposits. Shareholders’ equity totaled $2.5 billion and $2.1 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Investment Securities

     The securities portfolio is utilized for several purposes. It serves as a vehicle to manage interest rate and prepayment risk, generates interest and dividend income from the investment of excess funds, provides liquidity to meet liquidity requirements and is used as collateral for public deposits and wholesale funding sources.

     The average balance of the securities portfolio, which consists of securities available for sale and securities held to maturity, was $7.5 billion in 2003 and $6.4 billion in 2002, an increase of $1.1 billion. This increase was primarily due to acquisitions. The securities portfolio consists primarily of mortgage-backed securities and U.S. Government and agency securities. Other securities in the portfolio are collateralized mortgage obligations, which include securitized residential real estate loans held in REMICS, and asset-backed securities. The majority of securities available for sale are rated AAA or equivalently rated. In 2003, we invested more heavily in U.S. Government and federal agency securities to reduce exposure to the loan prepayment risk inherent in mortgage-related assets. Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations comprised 58% of the securities portfolio at December 31, 2003 compared to 65% at December 31, 2002. The average yield on securities was 4.22% during 2003, compared to 5.52% during 2002, which reflects declines in interest rates during 2003 and 2002.

Table 8 — Investment Securities

The following table sets forth our investment securities at the dates indicated.

                          
December 31,

200320022001



% of% of% of
AmountTotalAmountTotalAmountTotal






Securities available for sale:                        
U.S. Government and federal agencies $2,359,347   33.18% $1,539,447   23.50% $531,256   9.23%
Tax-exempt bonds and notes  138,280   1.94%  95,332   1.46%  112,845   1.96%
Other bonds and notes  365,109   5.13%  356,551   5.44%  560,090   9.73%
Mortgage-backed securities  3,834,958   53.93%  3,659,334   55.86%  3,577,405   62.16%
Collateralized mortgage obligations  264,545   3.72%  581,357   8.88%  681,366   11.84%
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 Total debt securities  6,962,239   97.90%  6,232,021   95.14%  5,462,962   94.92%
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Federal Home Loan Bank stock  104,397   1.47%  275,768   4.21%  264,943   4.61%
Federal Reserve Bank stock  37,666   0.53%  35,250   0.54%  23,159   0.40%
Other equity securities  6,868   0.10%  7,177   0.11%  4,183   0.07%
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 Total equity securities  148,931   2.10%  318,195   4.86%  292,285   5.08%
   
   
   
   
   
   
 

28


                         
December 31,

200320022001



% of% of% of
AmountTotalAmountTotalAmountTotal






Total securities available for sale  7,111,170   100.00%  6,550,216   100.00%  5,755,247   100.00%
Net unrealized gain  11,822       181,251       61,991     
   
       
       
     
Fair value of securities available for sale $7,122,992      $6,731,467      $5,817,238     
   
       
       
     
Securities held to maturity:                        
Collateralized mortgage obligations $124,240      $216,409      $339,623     
   
       
       
     
Amortized cost of securities held to maturity $124,240      $216,409      $339,623     
   
       
       
     
Fair value of securities held to maturity $124,344      $221,571      $340,737     
   
       
       
     
Excess of fair value over recorded value $104      $5,162      $1,114     
   
       
       
     
Fair value as a % of amortized cost  100.1%      102.4%      100.3%    

Table 9 — Maturities of Debt Securities

The following table sets forth the contractual maturities and fully-taxable equivalent weighted average yields of our debt securities at December 31, 2003. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

                                         
Amortized Cost Maturing in

Less ThanMore than 5 toMore than
1 Year1 to 5 Years10 Years10 YearsTotal





AmountYieldAmountYieldAmountYieldAmountYieldAmountYield










Available for Sale:                                        
U.S. Government and federal agencies $18,508   3.66% $1,966,576   2.95% $374,263   3.13% $   0.00% $2,359,347   2.98%
Tax-exempt bonds and notes  67,921   3.04%  7,810   4.32%  4,384   4.67%  58,165   4.41%  138,280   3.74%
Other bonds and notes  29,925   4.43%  113,464   5.59%  22,356   6.38%  199,364   6.15%  365,109   5.85%
Mortgage-backed securities  3,369   6.26%  27,192   5.49%  423,179   5.36%  3,381,218   4.71%  3,834,958   4.79%
Collateralized mortgage obligations     0.00%  6,313   6.49%  50,310   4.45%  207,922   4.55%  264,545   4.57%
   
       
       
       
       
     
Total $119,723   3.57% $2,121,355   3.13% $874,492   4.37% $3,846,669   4.77% $6,962,239   4.20%
   
       
       
       
       
     
Held to Maturity:                                        
Collateralized mortgage obligations                   $124,240   5.96% $124,240   5.96%
                           
       
     

     Securities available for sale are carried at fair value and had net unrealized gains of $11.8 million and $181.3 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. These unrealized gains do not impact net income or regulatory capital but are recorded as adjustments to shareholders’ equity, net of related deferred income taxes. Unrealized gains, net of related

29


deferred income taxes, are a component of our “Comprehensive Income” contained in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity.
Loans

     Total loans and leases (including loans held for sale) averaged $15.6 billion during 2003 compared to $13.2 billion during 2002, an increase of $2.4 billion, or 18%. Excluding acquisitions, total loans and leases increased $260.8 million. Average loans as a percent of average earning assets amounted to 68% and 67% in 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Table 10 — Average Loans and Leases

The following table presents average loans and leases during the periods indicated.

                  
Year Ended December 31,Change


20032002AmountPercent




Residential real estate mortgages $2,839,969  $2,635,952  $204,017   7.74%
Commercial real estate mortgages  5,162,413   4,293,816   868,597   20.23%
Commercial business loans and leases  3,153,293   2,665,973   487,320   18.28%
Consumer loans and leases  4,477,532   3,641,062   836,470   22.97%
   
   
   
     
 Total average loans and leases $15,633,207  $13,236,803  $2,396,404   18.10%
   
   
   
     

Table 11 — Composition of Loan and Lease Portfolio

The following table presents the composition of our loan and lease portfolio at the dates indicated.

                                          
December 31,

20032002200120001999





% of% of% of% of% of
AmountLoansAmountLoansAmountLoansAmountLoansAmountLoans










Residential real estate loans $2,710,483   16.58% $2,382,197   16.95% $2,627,125   20.66% $2,248,714   20.73% $2,270,417   23.04%
Commercial real estate loans:                                        
 Permanent first mortgage loans  4,696,428   28.73%  4,151,674   29.54%  3,509,311   27.60%  2,663,775   24.56%  2,493,492   25.30%
 Construction and development loans  832,434   5.09%  640,375   4.55%  584,728   4.60%  291,388   2.69%  202,825   2.06%
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 Total  5,528,862   33.82%  4,792,049   34.09%  4,094,039   32.20%  2,955,163   27.25%  2,696,317   27.36%
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Commercial business loans and leases  3,287,094   20.11%  2,968,474   21.12%  2,462,653   19.37%  2,308,904   21.29%  1,924,201   19.53%
Consumer loans and leases  4,819,523   29.49%  3,913,288   27.84%  3,531,513   27.77%  3,332,881   30.73%  2,963,721   30.07%
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total loans receivable $16,345,962   100.00% $14,056,008   100.00% $12,715,330   100.00% $10,845,662   100.00% $9,854,656   100.00%
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 

30


Table 12 — Scheduled Contractual Amortization of Certain Loans and Leases at December 31, 2003

The following table sets forth the scheduled contractual amortization of our construction and development loans and commercial business loans and leases at December 31, 2003, as well as the amount of such loans which are scheduled to mature after one year which have fixed or adjustable interest rates.

              
Commercial
Real Estate
ConstructionCommercial
and DevelopmentBusiness Loans
Loansand LeasesTotal



Amounts due:            
 Within one year $299,079  $1,634,808  $1,933,887 
 After one year through five years  328,165   1,179,902   1,508,067 
 Beyond five years  205,190   472,384   677,574 
   
   
   
 
 Total $832,434  $3,287,094  $4,119,528 
   
   
   
 
Interest rate terms on amounts due after one year:            
 Fixed $71,033  $747,399  $818,432 
 Adjustable  462,322   904,887   1,367,209 

     Residential real estate loans (including loans held for sale) averaged $2.8 billion and $2.6 billion in 2003 and 2002, respectively. Excluding acquisitions, average residential loans decreased approximately $896 million, or 24%, as a result of increased refinancing activity and prepayments in a low interest rate environment. Residential mortgage loans held for sale amounted to $41.7 million and $128.6 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. This decrease was due primarily to lower origination volumes in the fourth quarter of 2003. We are currently selling substantially all 30-year conforming fixed-rate loans that we originate.

     Commercial real estate loans averaged $5.2 billion in 2003 and $4.3 billion in 2002, a 20% increase. Excluding acquisitions, average commercial real estate loans increased $532 million, or 11%, in 2003. Although most of our markets reflected increases, the largest increases were in Massachusetts and Connecticut. The average yield on commercial real estate loans during 2003 was 6.06%, as compared to 6.95% in 2002, a decrease of 89 basis points. The lower yield reflects the effect of the downward repricing of variable-rate loans, the refinancing of fixed-rate loans at lower rates and the origination of new loans at the lower prevailing rates.

     Commercial business loans and leases averaged $3.2 billion in 2003 and $2.7 billion in 2002, an increase of 18%. Excluding acquisitions, average commercial business loans and leases increased $29120%, commercial real estate loans increased 13% and consumer loans increased 11%. Excluding the effects of acquisitions, total average loans and leases increased 8%.

• Asset quality remained strong despite an increase in nonperforming assets of $18 million or 10%,at December 31, 2004 as compared to December 31, 2003, which was attributable to increases in 2003. Massachusetts reflected the greatest amount of growth. The yield oncommercial real estate and commercial business loans and leases.
• Total deposits increased by 7% during 2004. Excluding acquisitions, total average deposits increased $554 million, or 3%, as average checking deposits increased 16% and savings and money market deposits increased 6%, while certificates of deposit declined 11%.
      Our financial condition and liquidity rating remain strong. The following are important factors in understanding our financial condition and liquidity:
• using the definitions of banking regulators, we continue to be “well-capitalized”;
• the Moody’s rating of our senior notes was “A3” at December 31, 2004;

14


• we increased our annual dividend by 13% in 2004 compared to 2003; and
• our liquidity measures at December 31, 2004 continue to meet our policy guidelines.
Recent Developments
      Our board of directors has authorized us to repurchase in the coming months up to 15.3 million shares of Banknorth common stock, or 8% of the outstanding shares (which amount is inclusive of prior authorizations). Approximately 8 million of the repurchased shares will cover shares issued to our employees in the last six months upon the exercise of stock options. Repurchases are authorized to be made by Banknorth from time to time in open-market or privately-negotiated transactions as, in the opinion of management, market and business conditions warrant following completion of the acquisition of a majority interest in us by The Toronto-Dominion Bank. The repurchased shares will be held as treasury stock and may be reserved for issuance pursuant to our stock benefit plans. Shares will be purchased with cash obtained from internal resources.
      Our board of directors also has authorized us to take certain actions to reduce our interest rate risk and more effectively use our capital. In this regard, our board has authorized an additional deleveraging program in the first quarter of 2005, pursuant to which we have sold or intend to sell certain medium to long-term assets and prepay certain short-term borrowings with the proceeds from such sales. Specifically, we have sold or intend to sell an aggregate of approximately $3.0 billion of assets, consisting of approximately $500 million of single-family residential loans, approximately $2.0 billion of mortgage-backed securities and approximately $500 million of fixed-rate securities of U.S. federal agencies. We will use the proceeds from the sale of these assets to prepay approximately $3.0 billion of short-term borrowings, consisting of repurchase agreements and FHLB advances.
      In addition, in order to hedge the future cash flow of certain variable rate loans with interest rates tied to a designated prime rate or LIBOR, Banknorth, NA intends to enter into interest rate swap agreements which have an aggregate notional amount of $2.2 billion. We will pay a variable rate and receive a fixed rate pursuant to these agreements, which synthetically will convert variable rate assets to fixed-rate assets.
      The foregoing actions will reduce the sensitivity of our operations to changes in interest rates because the assets to be sold have primarily fixed-rates and a weighted average duration of approximately 3.8 years and the borrowings to be prepaid have floating rates and are short-term. As a result, the maturities and interest rate sensitivity of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities will be better matched. Moreover, we will sell over $2.5 billion of assets which are subject to prepayment risk.
      The excess capital from the reduced asset levels resulting from the deleveraging program can be used by us to repurchase shares of Banknorth common stock or to support future growth, both internally and through acquisitions, which could result in a reduction in the capital available for repurchases. Investment securities as a percentage of our assets is expected to be approximately 19% in the first quarter as a result of purchases in the quarter to date, securities acquired in connection with the acquisition of Boston Fed Bancorp, Inc. and normal balance sheet growth.
      We will incur a one-time loss of approximately $38 million after tax, or $0.21 per diluted share, in connection with the new deleveraging program, which will be included in our operations for the first quarter of 2005. Because the weighted average yield on the assets to be sold currently is approximately 4.03% and the weighted average rate on the borrowings to be prepaid currently is approximately LIBOR plus 23 basis points, the deleveraging program also will adversely affect our net income in future periods.
      We estimate that the net effect of these actions on our diluted earnings per share for 2005 and future periods on an operating basis, exclusive of the one-time loss from the new deleveraging program, will not be significant.
      We will remain a “well capitalized” institution for regulatory purposes upon completion of the new deleveraging program and the repurchase of shares pursuant to the new share repurchase program.

15


Acquisitions
      We completed three acquisitions in 2004 and on January 21, 2005, we completed the acquisition of BostonFed Bancorp, Inc. The following table sets forth certain information regarding our bank acquisitions in 2004, 2003 and 2002. All acquisitions were accounted for as purchases and as such, were included in our results of operations from the date of acquisition.
Table 1 — Acquisitions 2002 – 2004
                                 
      Transaction-Related Items
    Balance at  
    Acquisition Date   Other   Total
  Acquisition     Identifiable Cash Shares Purchase
  Date Assets Equity Goodwill Intangibles Paid Issued Price
                 
  (Dollars and shares in millions)
CCBT Financial Companies, Inc.   4/30/2004  $1,292.9  $108.5  $178.2  $19.4  $   9.2  $298.1 
Foxbrough Savings Bank  4/30/2004   241.8   22.8   62.2   2.2   88.9      88.9 
First & Ocean Bancorp  12/31/2003   274.4   15.6   35.1   1.8   49.7      49.7 
American Financial Holdings, Inc.   2/14/2003   2,690.3   408.2   422.2   9.3   328.5   13.4   711.4 
Warren Bancorp, Inc.   12/31/2002   466.1   45.3   90.5   2.7   59.8   2.7   136.6 
Bancorp Connecticut, Inc.   8/31/2002   661.7   61.4   96.9   8.7   161.2      161.2 
Ipswich Bancshares, Inc.   7/26/2002   318.0   13.9   22.0   4.8   19.9   0.9   40.1 
      In addition to the bank acquisitions in the above table, we acquired four insurance agencies from 2002 to 2004. The total purchase price for these agencies was $16.8 million. For additional information regarding our bank acquisitions, see Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Results of Operations
Comparison of 2004 and 2003
Net Interest Income
      Net interest income is the difference between interest income on earning assets such as loans, leases and securities and interest expense paid on liabilities such as deposits and borrowings, and continues to be our largest source of net revenue. Net interest income is affected by changes in interest rates and by changes in the amount and composition of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

16


Table 2 — Three-Year Average Balance Sheets
      The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information regarding (i) the total dollar amount of interest income on interest-earning assets and the resultant average yields; (ii) the total dollar amount of interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities and the resultant average cost; (iii) net interest income; (iv) interest rate spread; (v) net interest margin. For purposes of the table and the following discussion, (i) income from interest-earning assets and net interest income is presented on a fully-taxable equivalent basis primarily by adjusting income and yields earned on tax exempt interest received on loans to qualifying borrowers and on certain securities to make them equivalent to income and yields earned on fully-taxable investments, assuming a federal income tax rate of 35%, and (ii) unpaid interest on nonaccrual loans has not been included for purposes of determining interest income. Information is based on average daily balances during the indicated periods.
                                     
  Year Ended December 31,
   
  2004 2003 2002
       
  Average   Yield/ Average   Yield/ Average   Yield/
  Balance Interest Rate Balance Interest Rate Balance Interest Rate
                   
Loans and leases(1):                                    
Residential real estate mortgages $2,997,572  $150,245   5.01%  $2,839,969  $159,215   5.61%  $2,635,952  $177,837   6.75% 
Commercial real estate mortgages  5,959,510   345,147   5.79%   5,162,413   312,681   6.06%   4,293,816   298,412   6.95% 
Commercial business loans and leases  3,686,919   181,437   4.92%   3,153,293   160,761   5.10%   2,665,973   158,260   5.94% 
Consumer loans and leases  5,090,536   261,358   5.13%   4,477,532   251,347   5.61%   3,641,062   250,971   6.89% 
                            
Total loans and leases  17,734,537   938,187   5.29%   15,633,207   884,004   5.65%   13,236,803   885,480   6.69% 
Investment securities  7,501,956   325,199   4.33%   7,464,162   314,701   4.22%   6,403,807   353,576   5.52% 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell  419   7   1.75%         0.00%         0.00% 
Federal funds sold and other short-term investments  9,567   83   0.86%   11,004   160   1.46%   60,257   1,064   1.77% 
                            
Total earning assets  25,246,479   1,263,476   5.00%   23,108,373   1,198,865   5.19%   19,700,867   1,240,120   6.30% 
                            
Bank-owned life insurance  503,957           465,446           359,994         
Noninterest-earning assets  2,422,988           2,042,528           1,399,858         
                            
Total assets $28,173,424          $25,616,347          $21,460,719         
                            
Interest-bearing deposits:                                    
Regular savings $2,563,838   7,513   0.29%  $2,399,179   10,994   0.46%  $1,743,501   15,444   0.89% 
Now and money market accounts  7,678,644   62,336   0.81%   6,652,030   59,193   0.89%   5,463,179   79,384   1.45% 
Certificates of deposit  4,647,746   91,149   1.96%   5,027,739   118,649   2.36%   4,693,518   149,028   3.18% 
Brokered deposits  272   6   2.03%         0.00%   43,311   792   1.83% 
                            
Total interest-bearing deposits  14,890,500   161,004   1.08%   14,078,948   188,836   1.34%   11,943,509   244,648   2.05% 
Borrowed funds  6,245,995   162,619   2.60%   5,693,420   163,302   2.87%   4,870,795   193,952   3.98% 
                            
Total interest-bearing liabilities  21,136,495   323,623   1.53%   19,772,368   352,138   1.78%   16,814,304   438,600   2.61% 
                            
Non-interest bearing deposits  3,987,311           3,224,035           2,623,135         
Other liabilities  184,078           203,018           185,216         
Shareholders’ equity  2,865,540           2,416,926           1,838,064         
                            
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $28,173,424          $25,616,347          $21,460,719         
                            
Net earning assets $4,109,984          $3,336,005          $2,886,563         
                            
Net interest income (fully-taxable equivalent)      939,853           846,727           801,520     
Less: fully-taxable equivalent adjustments      (6,471)          (5,896)          (5,003)    
                            
Net interest income     $933,382          $840,831          $796,517     
                            
Net interest rate spread (fully-taxable equivalent)          3.47%           3.41%           3.69% 
Net interest margin (fully-taxable equivalent)          3.72%           3.66%           4.07% 
(1) Loans and leases decreased to 5.10% in 2003 from 5.94% in 2002. The decrease in the yield was primarily due to lower rates on new loans and the repricing of variable-rate loans.

31


Table 13 — Commercial Loans by State

The following table presents commercial loans by geographical area at the dates indicated.

                                  
Commercial Real Estate LoansCommercial Business Loans and Leases


December 31,ChangeDecember 31,Change




20032002AmountPercent20032002AmountPercent








Massachusetts $2,565,064  $2,174,534  $390,530   17.96% $1,173,803  $982,078  $191,725   19.52%
Maine  885,791   868,091   17,700   2.04%  658,902   640,258   18,644   2.91%
New Hampshire  732,249   703,743   28,506   4.05%  494,811   461,079   33,732   7.32%
Vermont  645,608   594,849   50,759   8.53%  438,483   419,291   19,192   4.58%
Connecticut  504,624   286,658   217,966   76.04%  332,749   265,503   67,246   25.33%
New York  195,526   164,174   31,352   19.10%  188,346   200,265   (11,919)  (5.95%)
   
   
   
       
   
   
     
 Total $5,528,862  $4,792,049  $736,813   15.38% $3,287,094  $2,968,474  $318,620   10.73%
   
   
   
       
   
   
     

     Consumerinclude portfolio loans and leases averaged $4.5 billion in 2003 and $3.6 billion in 2002, an increase of 23%. Acquisitions accountedloans held for approximately $502 millionsale.

17


Table 3 — Changes in Net Interest Income
      The following table presents certain information on a fully-taxable equivalent basis regarding changes in our interest income and interest expense for the periods indicated. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided with respect to changes attributable to (1) changes in rate (change in rate multiplied by prior year volume), (2) changes in volume (change in volume multiplied by prior year rate) and (3) changes in rate/volume (change in rate multiplied by change in volume).
                                  
  Year Ended December 31, 2004 vs. 2003 Year Ended December 31, 2003 vs. 2002
  Increase (Decrease) Due to Increase (Decrease) Due to
     
    Rate and Total   Rate and Total
  Volume(1) Rate Volume(2) Change Volume(1) Rate Volume(2) Change
                 
Interest income:                                
Loans and leases $118,725  $(56,280) $(8,262) $54,183  $160,319  $(137,663) $(24,132) $(1,476)
Investment securities  1,595   8,211   692   10,498   58,532   (83,249)  (14,158)  (38,875)
Securities purchased under agreements to resell        7   7             
Federal funds and other short-term investments  (21)  (66)  10   (77)  (872)  (187)  155   (904)
                         
Total interest income  120,299   (48,135)  (7,553)  64,611   217,979   (221,099)  (38,135)  (41,255)
                         
Interest expense:                                
Interest-bearing deposits                                
 Regular savings  757   (4,079)  (159)  (3,481)  5,836   (7,497)  (2,789)  (4,450)
 NOW and money market accounts  9,137   (5,322)  (672)  3,143   17,238   (30,594)  (6,835)  (20,191)
 Certificates of deposit  (8,968)  (20,111)  1,579   (27,500)  10,628   (38,487)  (2,520)  (30,379)
 Brokered deposits        6   6   (793)  (793)  794   (792)
                         
Total interest-bearing deposits  926   (29,512)  754   (27,832)  32,909   (77,371)  (11,350)  (55,812)
Borrowed funds  15,859   (15,372)  (1,170)  (683)  32,740   (54,066)  (9,324)  (30,650)
                         
Total interest expense  16,785   (44,884)  (416)  (28,515)  65,649   (131,437)  (20,674)  (86,462)
                         
Net interest income (fully taxable equivalent) $103,514  $(3,251) $(7,137) $93,126  $152,330  $(89,662) $(17,461) $45,207 
                         
(1) Volume increases include the effects of the $836 million increase. The growth in consumer loans was primarily in home equity loansacquisitions of American Financial Holdings, Inc. on February 14, 2003, First and indirect automobile loans. The average yieldOcean Bancorp on consumer loans and leases decreased to 5.61% in 2003 from 6.89% in 2002.

Table 14 — Composition of Consumer Loans and Leases

The following table presents the composition of consumer loans and leases at the dates indicated.

                  
December 31, 2003December 31, 2002


% of% of
AmountTotalAmountTotal




Home equity $2,274,793   47.20% $1,572,816   40.19%
Automobile  1,596,504   33.13%  1,478,228   37.77%
Mobile home  141,407   2.93%  171,715   4.39%
Vision, dental, and orthodontia fee plan  120,694   2.50%  172,861   4.42%
Education  234,226   4.86%  135,386   3.46%
Other  451,899   9.38%  382,282   9.77%
   
   
   
   
 
 Total $4,819,523   100.00% $3,913,288   100.00%
   
   
   
   
 

Deposits

     Total deposits averaged $17.3 billion during 2003 compared to $14.6 billion during 2002, an increase of 19%. Acquisitions accounted for approximately $2.5 billion of the $2.7 billion increase. Excluding acquisitions, average core deposits (deposits excluding certificates of deposit and brokered deposits) increased $1.0 billion as compared to last year, or 9%. Excluding acquisitions, the average balances of certificates of deposit and brokered deposits decreased $790 million from 2002, or 14%.

32


Table 15 — Change in Average Deposit Balances by Category of Deposit

The following table presents the changes in the average balances of deposits during the periods indicated.

                   
Year Ended December 31,Change


20032002AmountPercent




Noninterest-bearing deposits $3,224,035  $2,623,135  $600,900   22.91%
Interest-bearing deposits:                
 Money market access/ NOW accounts  6,652,030   5,463,179   1,188,851   21.76%
 Savings accounts  2,399,179   1,743,501   655,678   37.61%
 Certificates of deposit  5,027,739   4,693,518   334,221   7.12%
 Brokered deposits     43,311   (43,311)  (100.00%)
   
   
   
     
  Total interest-bearing deposits  14,078,948   11,943,509   2,135,439   17.88%
   
   
   
     
  Total average deposits $17,302,983  $14,566,644  $2,736,339   18.78%
   
   
   
     

     Average noninterest-bearing deposits increased 23% in 2003 to $3.2 billion from $2.6 billion in 2002. Acquisitions accounted for approximately $194 million of the $601 million increase. The remainder of the increase reflected strong growth in commercial, government and personal accounts.

     Average interest-bearing deposits increased $2.1 billion during 2003 to $14.1 billion. Excluding acquisitions, average money market and NOW deposits increased $458 million and average regular savings deposits increased $157 million, while average certificates of deposit and brokered deposits declined $790 million in the aggregate. The decline in certificates of deposits resulted from our decision to allow deposits priced above alternate funding costs to run off. The average rates paid on NOW and money market accounts decreased 56 basis points from 1.45% in 2002 to 0.89% in 2003 due largely to lower prevailing interest rates. The average rates paid on all interest-bearing deposits decreased by 71 basis points from 2.05% in 2002 to 1.34% in 2003, reflecting the decline in prevailing interest rates.

Table 16 — Maturity of Certificates of Deposits of $100,000 or more

The following table presents the scheduled maturities of certificates of deposits of $100,000 or more at the date indicated.

         
December 31, 2003

BalancePercent


3 months or less $222,759   22%
Over 3 to 6 months  196,982   20%
Over 6 to 12 months  223,822   22%
More than 12 months  354,983   36%
   
   
 
  $998,546   100%
   
   
 

Included within the deposit categories are government banking deposits, which averaged $1.2 billion in 2003 and $1.1 billion in 2002. Government banking deposits include deposits received from state and local governments, school districts, public colleges/ universities, utility districts, public housing authorities and court systems in our market area. Many of these deposits exceed the FDIC insurance coverage amounts and require us to pledge specific collateral or maintain private insurance.

Other Funding Sources

     We use both short-term and long-term borrowings to balance earning asset growth. Short-term borrowings, which include federal funds purchased, retail securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings, amounted to $1.5 billion at December 31, 2003, up $246 million, or 19%, from $1.3 billion at December 31, 2002. See Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

33


     At December 31, 2003, we also had a $110 million unsecured line of credit. The line is renewable every 364 days and, if used, carries interest at LIBOR plus 0.625%. We did not draw on this line during 2003 and we continue to meet the financial covenants required for the line of credit.

     Long-term debt includes FHLB advances, senior notes, subordinated notes, capital trust securities, wholesale securities sold under agreements to repurchase, capital lease obligation and other debt with original terms greater than one year. Long-term debt amounted to $4.4 billion at December 31, 2003, up from $4.2 billion at December 31, 2002. The increase in long-term debt was primarily due to borrowings assumed in acquisitions.

     At December 31, 2003, and 2002, FHLB borrowings amountedCCBT Financial Companies, Inc. and Foxborough Savings Bank on April 30, 2004.

(2) Includes changes in interest income and expense not due solely to $1.5 billion and $2.5 billion, respectively. FHLB collateral consists primarily of first mortgage loans secured by single-family properties, certain unencumbered securities and other qualified assets. These borrowings had an average cost of 4.36% during 2003 as compared to 4.50% during 2002. Our additional borrowing capacity with the FHLB at December 31, 2003 was approximately $2.5 billion. See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

     In April 2003, we issued $150 million of 5-year senior notes carrying a fixedvolume or rate of 3.75%. These securities were rated Baa-1 by Moody’s at December 31, 2003.

     Subordinated notes consisted of $200 million of 7.625% subordinated notes due 2011 issued by our banking subsidiary in 2001. The notes qualify as Tier 2 capital for regulatory purposes.

     At December 31, 2003 and 2002, wholesale securities sold under repurchase agreements amounted to $2.2 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively, and were collateralized by mortgage-backed securities and U.S. Government obligations. See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

     At December 31, 2003, through subsidiary trusts, we had outstanding $295.3 million of capital securities which currently qualify as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes. See “Capital” below.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Table 17 — Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations and other commitments at December 31, 2003.

                      
Payments Due By Period

Less thanAfter
Contractual Obligations(1)Total1 Year1-3 Years4-5 Years5 Years






Long-term debt $2,139,882  $38,677  $801,607  $178,313  $1,121,285 
Capital lease obligations  6,035   57   197   875   4,906 
Repurchase agreements — wholesale  2,214,650   914,650   1,200,000   100,000    
   
   
   
   
   
 
 Total long-term debt  4,360,567   953,384   2,001,804   279,188   1,126,191 
Operating lease obligations  160,740   24,658   43,026   31,043   62,013 
Pension plan contribution  20,000   20,000          
Other benefit plan payments  35,022   3,130   6,196   5,955   19,741 
Other vendor obligations  35,431   10,123   20,246   5,062    
   
   
   
   
   
 
 Total contractual obligations $4,611,760  $1,011,295  $2,071,272  $321,248  $1,207,945 
   
   
   
   
   
 
changes.

18


Table 4 — Analysis of Net Interest Income
                      
  Year Ended December 31, Change
     
  2004 2003 2002 2004-2003 2003-2002
           
Components of net interest income
                    
 Income on earning assets (fully-taxable equivalent) $1,263,476  $1,198,865  $1,240,120  $64,611  $(41,255)
 Expenses on interest-bearing liabilities  323,623   352,138   438,600   (28,515)  (86,462)
                
 Net interest income (fully-taxable equivalent)  939,853   846,727   801,520   93,126   45,207 
 Less: fully-taxable equivalent adjustments  (6,471)  (5,896)  (5,003)  575   893 
                
 Net interest income, as reported $933,382  $840,831  $796,517  $92,551  $44,314 
                
Average yields and rates paid
                    
 Earning assets yield (fully-taxable equivalent)  5.00%  5.19%  6.30%  (0.19)%  (1.11)%
 Rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities  1.53%  1.78%  2.61%  (0.25)%  (0.83)%
                
 Net interest rate spread (fully-taxable equivalent)  3.47%  3.41%  3.69%  0.06%  (0.28)%
                
Net interest margin (fully-taxable equivalent)
  3.72%  3.66%  4.07%  0.06%  (0.41)%
                
Average balances
                    
 Loans $17,734,537  $15,633,207  $13,236,803  $2,101,330  $2,396,404 
 Investment securities  7,501,956   7,464,162   6,403,807   37,794   1,060,355 
 Securities purchased under agreements to resell  419         419    
 Fed funds sold and other short term investments  9,567   11,004   60,257   (1,437)  (49,253)
                
 Total earning assets  25,246,479   23,108,373   19,700,867   2,138,106   3,407,506 
 Total interest-bearing liabilities  21,136,495   19,772,368   16,814,304   1,364,127   2,958,064 
                
 Net earning assets $4,109,984  $3,336,005  $2,886,563  $773,979  $449,442 
                
      Fully-taxable equivalent net interest income for 2004 increased $93.1 million, or 11%, compared to 2003. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in net earning assets and, to a lesser extent, a decrease in the weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. The decrease in funding costs was attributable in part to noninterest-bearing deposits comprising a larger share of the funding base, which allows us to be less reliant on higher-costing certificates of deposit. Together, these factors more than offset the effects of lower prevailing interest rates.
      Fully-taxable equivalent interest income increased by $64.6 million in 2004, as compared to 2003, as a result of a $2.1 billion increase in total earning assets. This increase was offset in part by a decrease in the weighted average yield on earning assets from 5.19% in 2003 to 5.00% in 2004, respectively, a decline of 4%. The increases in earning assets, primarily average balances of commercial real estate loans, consumer loans and leases and commercial business loans and leases, resulted from acquisitions and, to a lesser extent, internal growth.
      Interest expense decreased by $28.5 million during 2004, as compared to 2003, as a result of a decrease in the weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities from 1.78% to 1.53% during 2003 and 2004, respectively, a decline of 14%. Year over year, the weighted average cost of deposits declined by 26 basis points and the weighted average cost of borrowings declined by 27 basis points. However, during the last half of 2004, funding costs began to rise. The favorable effect of lower funding costs was offset in part by a $1.4 billion, or 7%, increase in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities during 2004, as compared to 2003, resulting from acquisitions and, to a lesser extent, internal growth. Average deposits increased by $1.6 billion, of which approximately $1.0 billion came from acquisitions. Excluding acquisitions, average deposits increased by $554 million, or 3%, as growth in demand and money market accounts more than offset a decline in higher-costing certificates of deposit. Average borrowings increased $553 million, or 10%, in 2004 compared to 2003 due, in part, to acquisitions.
      Interest rate spread, which represents the difference between the yield earned on our interest-earning assets and the rate on our interest-bearing liabilities, increased to 3.47% from 3.41% on a fully-taxable equivalent basis during 2004 and 2003, respectively, because the 25 basis point decrease in the weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities was more than the 19 basis point decrease in the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets, reflecting our liability sensitivity during the year. See “Asset-Liability Management” below.

19


      The net interest margin increased six basis points during 2004, of which approximately 2 basis points related to the deleveraging program in the fourth quarter of 2004.
      Our net interest margin in 2004 benefited from interest rate swap agreements that synthetically convert fixed rate debt to variable rate debt. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, we had entered into $566.5 million and $216.5 million, respectively, notional amount of interest rate swap agreements on fixed-rate debt, pursuant to which we pay a variable rate (based on LIBOR plus a margin) and receive a fixed rate. The combined effect of these interest rate swap agreements was to lower interest expense by $8.4 million and $6.5 million during 2004 and 2003, respectively. See “Asset-Liability Management” for more detailed discussion.
     Provision and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
Table 5 — Provision for Loan and Lease Losses
                             
        Change
         
  Year Ended December 31, 2004-2003 2003-2002
       
  2004 2003 2002 Amount Percent Amount Percent
               
Provision for loan and lease losses $40,340  $42,301  $44,314  $(1,961)  (5)% $(2,013)  (5)%
                      
      The provision for loan and lease losses is recorded to bring the allowance for loan and lease losses to a level deemed appropriate by management based on factors discussed in the “Analysis and Determination of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” in the “Risk Management” section. Although we use judgment in providing for losses, for the reasons discussed under the “Risk Management” section, there can be no assurance that we will not have to increase the amount of our provision for loan and lease losses in future periods. Since 2001, management has implemented numerous procedures to analyze the loan and lease portfolio, including the use of a corporate risk rating migration analysis and a charge-off history analysis, an industry analysis and a stress-testing analysis. As a result, our loan and lease portfolio has performed better with lower classified and criticized asset ratios. The provision in 2004 exceeded net charge-offs of $36.5 million. The provision for loan and lease losses declined slightly from the prior year as charge-offs were lower, asset quality trends remain good and the allowance was trending towards the upper end of the range. The coverage ratio (ratio of the allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans) was 322% at December 31, 2004 compared to 389% at December 31, 2003. At December 31, 2004 the allowance for credit losses amounted to $249.8 million, or 1.34% of total portfolio loans and leases, as compared to $232.3 million, or 1.42% at December 31, 2003. As shown in Table 22, nonperforming assets amounted to $81.1 million at December 31, 2004 compared to $63.1 million at December 31, 2003.
      See “Risk Management” below for further information on the provision for loan and lease losses, net charge-offs, nonperforming assets and other factors we consider in assessing the credit quality of the loan portfolio and establishing the allowance for loan and lease losses.

20


Noninterest Income
Table 6 — Noninterest Income
      The following table presents noninterest income for the periods indicated.
                                 
        Change
         
  Year Ended December 31, 2004-2003 2003-2002
       
  2004 2003 2002 Amount Percent Amount Percent
               
Noninterest income:                            
 Deposit services $109,321  $97,323  $82,139  $11,998   12% $15,184   18%
 Insurance brokerage commissions  50,311   45,714   44,439   4,597   10%  1,275   3%
 Merchant and electronic banking income, net  50,564   41,778   37,643   8,786   21%  4,135   11%
 Wealth management services  39,788   31,956   32,453   7,832   25%  (497)  (2)%
 Bank-owned life insurance  23,282   22,930   20,002   352   2%  2,928   15%
 Investment planning services  19,418   15,692   11,572   3,726   24%  4,120   36%
 Net securities (losses) gains  (7,701)  42,460   7,282   (50,161)  (118)%  35,178   483%
 Other noninterest income:                            
  Covered call option premiums  18,024   27,756   7,279   (9,732)  (35)%  20,477   281%
  Loan fee income  26,453   24,831   21,893   1,622   7%  2,938   13%
  Mortgage banking services income  6,562   10,212   8,539   (3,650)  (36)%  1,673   20%
  Venture capital write-downs  (2,880)  (592)  (2,753)  (2,288)  (386)%  2,161   78%
  Miscellaneous income  6,657   7,099   4,020   (442)  (6)%  3,079   77%
                      
   Total other noninterest income  54,816   69,306   38,978   (14,490)  (21)%  30,328   78%
                      
    Total $339,799  $367,159  $274,508  $(27,360)  (7)% $92,651   34%
                      
      Deposit services income increased 12% in 2004, primarily as a result of volume and fee increases in deposit accounts and an increase in the volume of overdraft fees. This increase was partially offset by a decline in service charge income on business accounts resulting from the introduction of “Free Business Checking” in 2004. Acquisitions in 2004 and 2003 accounted for a significant portion of the increased volume.
      Insurance agency commissions increased 10% in 2004, primarily as a result of increases in renewals and new business in 2004 as well as from agency acquisitions.
      Merchant and electronic banking income represents fees and intercharge income generated by the use of our ATMs and debit cards issued by us, along with charges to merchants for credit card transactions processed, net of third-party costs directly attributable to handling these transactions. Merchant and electronic banking income increased 21% in 2004 due to increases in the volume of transactions processed and increased market share from acquisitions.
      Wealth management services income increased 25% in 2004. This increase was primarily due to an increase in assets under management, which increased to $10.3 billion at December 31, 2004 from $8.9 billion at December 31, 2003, an increase of $1.4 billion. Improvement in the stock market performance and the acquisition of CCBT accounted for the increase in assets under management in 2004. The acquisition of CCBT in April 2004 accounted for approximately $4.5 million of the $7.8 million increase in revenue.

21


      Income from bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) increased $352 thousand during 2004. BOLI represents life insurance on the lives of certain employees who have consented to allowing Banknorth, NA to be the beneficiary of such policies. The cash surrender value of BOLI was $523.1 million at December 31, 2004 compared to $488.8 million at December 31, 2003. The $34.3 million increase was primarily comprised of amounts from acquisitions and increases in the cash surrender value of policies, which were partially offset by death claims. Most of our BOLI is invested in the “general account” of quality insurance companies. Standard and Poors rated all such general account carriers AA- or better at December 31, 2004. The average carrying value of BOLI in 2004 was $504 million, compared to $465 million in 2003.
      Investment planning services income increased 24% during 2004. This increase was primarily attributable to commissions earned from increased sales of mutual funds and third party fixed annuities.
      Net securities losses amounted to $7.7 million during 2004 and included a $17.8 million loss recorded as part of the deleveraging program related to the sale of $1.2 billion in securities. Net securities gains in 2003 included a $29.2 million gain as part of a deleveraging program related to the sale of $901 million of securities. Gains and losses from the sale of securities are subject to market and economic conditions and, as a result, there can be no assurance that gains reported in prior periods will be achieved in the future.
      Other noninterest income decreased 21% during 2004. This decrease was primarily due to lower income from covered call option premiums, mortgage banking services income and venture capital investments. Premiums received on covered call options declined by $9.7 million during 2004. The covered call option program is managed in conjunction with the fixed income securities portfolio to provide revenue opportunities in addition to the interest income earned on the securities. Covered call activity will vary from year to year as interest rates, levels of market volatility and our strategic objectives for the fixed income securities portfolio change. Reduced market volatility in 2004 compared to the same period last year reduced the income opportunities related to covered call options. Mortgage banking services income declines were due largely to reduced volumes of residential loan originations and loan sales to the secondary market. Venture capital write-downs increased primarily due to lower earnings of a publicly traded bio-science company included in the portfolio of one of our venture capital funds.

22


Noninterest Expense
Table 7 — Noninterest Expense
      The following table presents noninterest expense during the periods indicated.
                                 
        Change
         
  Year Ended December 31, 2004-2003 2003-2002
       
  2004 2003 2002 Amount Percent Amount Percent
               
Noninterest expense Compensation and employee benefits $356,611  $326,621  $311,385  $29,990   9% $15,236   5%
 Occupancy  63,892   59,200   52,422   4,692   8%  6,778   13%
 Equipment  48,480   47,459   40,933   1,021   2%  6,526   16%
 Data processing  43,141   40,940   40,702   2,201   5%  238   1%
 Advertising and marketing  25,550   22,000   17,239   3,550   16%  4,761   28%
 Amortization of identifiable intangible assets  8,627   8,946   6,492   (319)  (4)%  2,454   38%
 Merger and consolidation costs  49,635   8,104   14,691   41,531   512%  (6,587)  (45)%
 Prepayment penalties on borrowings  61,546   30,490      31,056   102%  30,490   100%
 Write-off of branch automation project        6,170         (6,170)  (100)%
 Other noninterest expense:                            
  Telephone  14,717   12,858   13,396   1,859   14%  (538)  (4)%
  Office supplies  10,638   10,513   10,736   125   1%  (223)  (2)%
  Postage and freight  10,657   11,187   9,707   (530)  (5)%  1,480   15%
  Miscellaneous loan costs  4,930   5,984   4,290   (1,054)  (18)%  1,694   39%
  Deposits and other assessments  3,756   3,752   3,541   4   0%  211   6%
  Collection and carrying costs of non-performing assets  2,717   2,694   2,713   23   1%  (19)  (1)%
  Miscellaneous  60,204   50,522   44,975   9,682   19%  5,547   12%
                      
   Total other noninterest expense  107,619   97,510   89,358   10,109   10%  8,152   9%
                      
    Total $765,101  $641,270  $579,392  $123,831   19% $61,878   11%
                      
      Compensation and employee benefits expense increased 9% during 2004 due primarily to merit increases and the effects of additional employees from acquisitions. The total number of full-time equivalent employees approximated 7,200 at December 31, 2004 compared to 6,700 at December 31, 2003. These increases were slightly offset by reduced expense associated with our self-funded medical plan resulting from a $3.2 million benefit related to favorable claims experience covering the period July 2002 (plan inception) through June 30, 2004. Pension expense (which is included in compensation and employee benefits expense) was $11.4 million and $12.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The decline was primarily due to the increased return on plan assets. The fair value of plan assets as of December 31, 2004 was $263.9 million compared to $237.5 million at December 31, 2003. The increase in plan assets was primarily due to a $47 million contribution in December 2003.
      Occupancy expense in 2004 increased 8%. The $4.7 million increase was due primarily to the cost of additional facilities from acquisitions. Equipment expense increased $1.0 million, or 2%, in 2004 primarily due to additional maintenance cost of equipment (including ATMs) and increased security expenses.

23


      Advertising and marketing expense increased 16% in 2004. The $3.6 million increase was primarily attributable to expenses incurred to identify and attract customers who were looking for new banking opportunities following Bank of America Corporation’s acquisition of FleetBoston Financial Corporation. The increases in this expense included additional media campaigns (television and radio), new advertising promotions and corporate sponsorships (such as for the Boston Bruins, “Win a day with Ray” promotions and Tobin Bridge sponsorships), as well as expense associated with the development of a new comprehensive product catalogue for use in all of our branches.
      Merger and consolidation costs increased $41.5 million during 2004 primarily due to costs incurred in connection with our proposed transaction with TD and, to a lesser extent, our acquisitions of CCBT and Foxborough in April 2004 and our pending acquisition of BostonFed Bancorp, Inc. Merger and consolidation costs relating to the transaction with TD amounted to $38.9 million in 2004, which was principally comprised of $33.2 million of long-term incentive payments pursuant to the change-in-control provision of our Executive Incentive Plan. These non-refundable payments were paid in December 2004 in advance of completion of this transaction, which constitutes a change-in-control for purposes of the Executive Incentive Plan. For a tabular analysis of our merger and consolidation costs, see Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
      Other noninterest expense increased $10.1 million, or 10%, in 2004. This increase was largely due to a $3.4 million increase in professional (audit and legal) fees, due in part to additional expense incurred for compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley requirements, a $2.7 million increase in consulting fees and a $2.3 million increase in travel and entertainment expenses.
Taxes
Table 8 — Income Tax Expense
                             
        Change
         
  Year Ended December 31, 2004-2003 2003-2002
       
  2004 2003 2002 Amount Percent Amount Percent
               
Income tax expense $163,097  $173,660  $148,681  $(10,563)  (6)% $24,979   17%
                      
      Our effective tax rate was 35% in 2004 and 33% in 2003. The increase in the effective tax rate to 35% was primarily due to nondeductible compensation and transaction expenses relating to the merger with TD. We expect the effective tax rate to be approximately 35% in 2005.
      We are subject to examinations by various federal and state governmental tax authorities from time to time regarding tax returns we have filed. Currently, certain state income tax returns filed by us in recent years are under examination. In June 2004, the Vermont Department of Taxes assessed three Vermont-based banks, previously acquired by us, for taxes, interest and penalties for the years 2000 and 2001 on the basis that subsidiary investment companies established by these banks pursuant to Vermont law should be considered part of our banking subsidiary for purposes of calculating taxes due the State of Vermont. We believe that we have substantial defenses to this assessment and are in the process of appealing it in accordance with administrative procedures. Although not considered reasonably probable, there can be no assurance that Vermont will not ultimately prevail on this matter. Our estimate of the range of reasonably possible exposure above established reserves on this matter is from $0 to $2.0 million, after federal tax benefits.

24


Comprehensive Income
Table 9 — Comprehensive Income
                             
        Change
         
  Year Ended December 31, 2004-2003 2003-2002
       
  2004 2003 2002 Amount Percent Amount Percent
               
Net income $304,643  $350,759  $298,638  $(46,116)  (13)% $52,121   17%
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities, net of reclassification adjustment and taxes  (7,231)  (110,068)  77,257   102,837   93%  (187,325)  (242)%
Unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, net net of reclassification adjustment and taxes  146   1,575   (2,054)  (1,429)  (91)%  3,629   177%
Minimum pension liability, net of tax  (1,079)  (446)  (825)  (633)  (142)%  379   46%
                      
Comprehensive income $296,479  $241,820  $373,016  $54,659   23% $(131,196)  (35)%
                      
      Our available for sale investment portfolio had net unrealized gains of $669 thousand, $11.8 million and $181.3 million ($435 thousand, $7.7 million and $117.5 million net of applicable income tax effects, respectively) at December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The changes from year to year reflect changes in prevailing interest rates and, to a lesser degree, the size of the available for sale investment portfolio. For additional information, see Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The change in fair value of our interest-bearing liabilities, which would tend to offset the change in fair value of available for sale securities, is not included in other comprehensive income.
      For additional information, see the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Segment Reporting
      Our primary business segment is Community Banking. During 2004 and 2003, the Community Banking segment represented over 90% of the combined revenues and income of the consolidated group and, thus, this is the only reporting segment as defined by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information.” Insurance Agency, Investment Planning and Wealth Management each represented less than 5% of our combined revenues in 2004 and 2003 and consolidated assets at December 31, 2004 and 2003. Insurance Agency reflects commissions on insurance agency activities, Investment Planning reflects commissions from the sale of third party mutual funds, annuities, stocks and bonds and Wealth Management reflects fees from wealth management operations.

25


Table 10 — Business Segment Information
      The following tables set forth selected operating data for our business segments in 2004 and 2003.
                      
  Year Ended December 31, 2004
   
  Community Insurance Investment Wealth  
  Banking Agency Planning Management Total
           
Net interest income (expense) $934,244  $(574) $55  $(343) $933,382 
Provision for loan and lease losses  40,340            40,340 
                
Net interest income (expense) after provision for loan and lease losses  893,904   (574)  55   (343)  893,042 
                
Noninterest income  227,787   51,389   19,418   41,205   339,799 
                
Noninterest expense:                    
Compensation and employee benefits  290,970   32,624   13,269   19,748   356,611 
Occupancy and equipment  105,966   4,695   765   946   112,372 
Data processing  35,721   492   1,758   5,170   43,141 
Advertising and marketing  24,878   275   45   352   25,550 
Amortization of intangibles  8,263   364         8,627 
Merger and consolidation costs  49,635            49,635 
Other  159,170   5,026   1,601   3,368   169,165 
                
 Total non-interest expense  674,603   43,476   17,438   29,584   765,101 
                
Pre-tax income $447,088  $7,339  $2,035  $11,278  $467,740 
                
Total assets $28,536,436  $77,179  $7,110  $67,085  $28,687,810 
                
Net interest income and noninterest income as a percent of total income  91.3%  4.0%  1.5%  3.2%  100.0%
Percent of pre-tax income to total pre-tax income  95.6%  1.6%  0.4%  2.4%  100.0%
Percent of assets to total consolidated assets  99.5%  0.3%  0.0%  0.2%  100.0%

26


                      
  Year Ended December 31, 2003
   
  Community Insurance Investment Wealth  
  Banking Agency Planning Management Total
           
Net interest income (expense) $842,058  $(367) $10  $(870) $840,831 
Provision for loan and lease losses  42,301            42,301 
                
Net interest income (expense) after provision for loan and lease losses  799,757   (367)  10   (870)  798,530 
                
Noninterest income  271,975   46,687   15,692   32,805   367,159 
                
Noninterest expense:                    
Compensation and employee benefits  271,395   29,506   10,305   15,415   326,621 
Occupancy and equipment  100,632   3,755   684   1,588   106,659 
Data processing  34,960   473   1,301   4,206   40,940 
Advertising and marketing  21,262   448   95   195   22,000 
Amortization of intangibles  8,642   304         8,946 
Merger and consolidation costs  8,104            8,104 
Other  118,638   5,316   1,173   2,873   128,000 
                
 Total non-interest expense  563,633   39,802   13,558   24,277   641,270 
                
Pre-tax income $508,099  $6,518  $2,144  $7,658  $524,419 
                
Total assets $26,352,435  $69,664  $4,622  $27,013  $26,453,734 
                
Net interest income and noninterest income as a percent of total income  92.3%  3.8%  1.3%  2.6%  100.0%
Percent of pre-tax income to total pre-tax income  96.9%  1.2%  0.4%  1.5%  100.0%
Percent of assets to total consolidated assets  99.6%  0.3%  0.0%  0.1%  100.0%

27


Fourth Quarter Summary
      The following table presents operating results for the quarters ended December 31, 2004 and 2003.
Table 11 — Fourth Quarter Summary
                 
  Three Months Ended  
  December 31, Change
     
  2004 2003 Amount Percent
         
Condensed Income Statement
                
Net interest income $246,063  $213,288  $32,775   15%
Provision for loan and lease losses  10,670   10,400   270   3%
             
Net interest income after loan and lease losses provision  235,393   202,888   32,505   16%
Noninterest income(1)  70,591   84,435   (13,844)  (16)%
Noninterest expense(2)  267,359   155,676   111,683   72%
             
Income before income taxes  38,625   131,647   (93,022)  (71)%
Income tax expense  17,927   40,085   (22,158)  (55)%
             
Net income $20,698  $91,562  $(70,864)  (77)%
             
Per Common Share
                
Basic earnings per share $0.12  $0.56  $(0.45)  (79)%
Diluted earnings per share $0.12  $0.55  $(0.43)  (78)%
Financial Ratios
                
Return on average assets(3)  0.29%  1.39%  (1.11)bp    
Return on average equity(3)  2.66%  14.72%  (12.06)bp    
Net interest margin (fully-taxable equivalent)(3)  3.87%  3.65%  0.22bp    
Noninterest income as a percent of total income  22.29%  28.36%  (6.07)bp    
Efficiency ratio(4)  84.43%  52.29%  32.14bp    
bp — denotes basis points; 100 bp = 1%
(1) Noninterest income included net securities losses of $17.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2004 incurred as part of the deleveraging program.
(2) Noninterest expense included prepayment penalties on borrowings of $61.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2004 incurred as part of the deleveraging program.
(3) Annualized.
(4) Represents noninterest expense as a percentage of net interest income and noninterest income.
      Results for the fourth quarter of 2004 were impacted by our balance sheet deleveraging program ($0.29 per diluted share) and certain merger and consolidation costs ($0.17 per diluted share) including those associated with the pending acquisition of 51% of Banknorth by TD. The deleveraging included the sale of approximately $1.2 billion of securities with a weighted average yield of 2.77% and prepayment of a similar amount of borrowings with a weighted average rate of 4.77%, both of which had a duration of approximately 3.5 years. As a result, a $51.6 million after-tax loss was incurred. Net interest income increased 15% as a result of acquisitions and, to a lesser extent, internal growth. The net interest margin for the quarter ended December 31, 2004 was 3.87%, an increase of 22 basis points from the fourth quarter last year. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in net earning assets of $1.0 billion along with an increase of 17 basis points in the interest rate spread.
      Noninterest income totaled $70.6 million and $84.4 million for the fourth quarters ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, which included a loss of $17.8 million and a gain of $2.7 million of net securities gains (losses), respectively. The net securities losses in the fourth quarter of

28


2004 was part of a deleveraging program mentioned above. Increases in 2004 in deposit services income, merchant and electronic banking income and wealth management services income were partially offset by lower other noninterest income. Included in other noninterest income was $4.0 million and $6.4 million of covered call option premium income and $6.9 million and $5.4 million of loan fee income for the fourth quarters ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
      Noninterest expense increased by $111.7 million in the fourth quarter of 2004, as compared to the fourth quarter of 2003, due primarily to prepayment penalties on borrowings of $61.5 million and an increase in merger and consolidation costs of $37.0 million. The prepayment penalties were incurred as part of a deleveraging program implemented in the fourth quarter of 2004, and the increase in merger and consolidation costs was attributable to costs incurred in connection with the pending transaction with TD, in each case as discussed above. The efficiency ratio was 84.43% in the fourth quarter of 2004 compared to 52.32% in the comparable period last year. See Note 24 in the Consolidated Financial Statements for selected quarterly data for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003.
      The effective tax rate was 46% in the fourth quarter of 2004 compared to 30% in the fourth quarter of 2003. The increase in 2004 in the tax rate was primarily attributable to nondeductible compensation and transaction expenses relating to the transaction with TD. The 30% effective tax rate in the fourth quarter of 2003 was lower than the annual effective tax rate of 33% due primarily to a favorable IRS audit settlement occurring in the fourth quarter. We expect the tax rate to be approximately 35% in 2005.
      Annualized return on average equity and return on average assets were 2.66% and .029%, respectively, for the quarter ended December 31, 2004 and were 14.72% and 1.39%, respectively, for the comparable quarter last year. The declines in the ratios were attributable to the lower net income resulting from the balance sheet deleveraging and additional merger and consolidation costs mentioned above.
Comparison of 2003 and 2002
      Our consolidated total assets increased by $3.0 billion, or 13%, from $23.4 billion at December 31, 2002 to $26.5 billion at December 31, 2003. This increase was primarily attributable to two banking acquisitions and two insurance agency acquisitions in 2003. Shareholders’ equity totaled $2.5 billion and $2.1 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The increase was primarily attributable to net income and the issuance of our stock for acquisitions in 2003.
      We reported net income of $350.8 million during 2003, or $2.15 per diluted share, compared with net income of $298.6 million, or $1.99 per diluted share, for 2002. Return on average assets and return on average equity were 1.37% and 14.51%, respectively, for 2003 and 1.39% and 16.25%, respectively, for 2002.
      Net interest income on a fully taxable-equivalent basis totaled $846.7 million during 2003, as compared with $801.5 million in 2002. The $45.2 million, or 6%, increase in 2003 was primarily attributable to the combined effects of increases in the average balances of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities as well as an $86.5 million, or 20%, decrease in interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities as a result of decreases in interest rates in a declining interest rate environment. In 2003, the net interest margin decreased 41 basis points to 3.66% from to 4.07% in 2002.
      The provision for loan and lease losses amounted to $42.3 million in 2003 compared to $44.3 million in 2002. The decline in the provision for loan and lease losses of $2.0 million was due to lower net charge-offs, a higher coverage ratio of the allowance to nonperforming loans and leases and lower delinquency ratios. Nonperforming assets decreased $5.9 million from $69.0 million at December 31, 2002 to $63.1 million at December 31, 2003. The ratio of the allowance to nonperforming loans at December 31, 2003 was 389% compared to 319% at December 31, 2002. The allowance for loan and lease losses represented 1.42% of total loans at December 31, 2003 compared to 1.48% at December 31, 2002.
      Noninterest income amounted to $367.2 million and $274.5 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively. The $92.7 million increase was primarily due to increases of $15.2 million in deposit services income, $35.2 million in net securities gains and $20.5 million in covered call option premium income. Deposit

29


services income of $97.3 million reflected 18% growth from 2002 as a result of increased volume, due in part to acquisitions. Net securities gains included $29.2 million recorded as part of a deleveraging program implemented in the second quarter of 2003, which included the sale of $901 million in securities. The increase in covered call option premium income was primarily due to the increased volume of call options written, as well as historically high premium rates related to high interest rate volatility.
      Noninterest expense amounted to $641.3 million in 2003 compared with $579.4 million in 2002. The $61.9 million increase included $30.5 million of prepayment penalties on borrowings incurred as part of the deleveraging program in 2003 and was offset by a related gain on the sale of securities of $29.2 million recorded in noninterest income. The remaining $31.4 million increase in noninterest expense in 2003 was primarily due to increases in compensation and employee benefits expense, occupancy expense and equipment expense. The efficiency ratio improved to 53.09% during 2003 from 54.10% in 2002 primarily as a result of the integration of recent acquisitions, as well as internal operating improvements.
      Our comprehensive income amounted to $241.8 million and $373.0 million during 2003 and 2002, respectively. Comprehensive income differed from our net income in 2003 primarily because of a $110.1 million net unrealized loss on securities, a $1.6 million net unrealized loss on cash flow hedges and an $446 thousand unrealized loss on a minimum pension liability. For additional information, see the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Financial Condition
      Our consolidated total assets increased by $2.2 billion, or 8%, from $26.5 billion at December 31, 2003 to $28.7 billion at December 31, 2004. Total average assets were $28.2 billion and $25.6 billion in 2004 and 2003, respectively. These increases were primarily due to acquisitions in 2004 and 2003. See “General — Acquisitions” above and Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Total liabilities increased by $1.6 billion in 2004, primarily due to acquisitions. The increases in assets and liabilities were offset in part by the deleveraging program in 2004, under which $1.2 billion of securities were sold and a similar amount of borrowings were prepaid. Shareholders’ equity totaled $3.2 billion and $2.5 billion at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
Investment Securities
      The securities portfolio is utilized for several purposes. It serves as a vehicle to manage interest rate and prepayment risk, generates interest and dividend income from the investment of excess funds, provides liquidity to meet liquidity requirements and is used as collateral for public deposits and wholesale funding sources.
      The average balance of the securities portfolio, which consists of securities available for sale and securities held to maturity, was $7.5 billion in 2004 and 2003. The securities portfolio consists primarily of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations which include securitized residential real estate loans held in a REMIC. Other securities in the portfolio are U.S. Government and agency securities and other bonds and notes. Included in U.S. Government and federal agency securities at December 31, 2004 were $475.1 million of Federal National Mortgage Association and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corp. securities. The majority of securities available for sale are rated AAA or equivalently rated. Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations comprised 83% of the securities available for sale at December 31, 2004 compared to 58% at December 31, 2003. The average yield on securities was 4.33% during 2004, compared 4.22% during 2003.

30


Table 12 — Investment Securities
      The following table sets forth our investment securities at the dates indicated.
                          
  December 31,
   
  2004 2003 2002
       
    % of   % of   % of
  Amount Total Amount Total Amount Total
             
Securities available for sale:                        
U.S. Government and federal agencies $528,973   7.66% $2,359,347   33.18% $1,539,447   23.50%
Tax-exempt bonds and notes  166,901   2.42%  138,280   1.94%  95,332   1.46%
Other bonds and notes  285,742   4.14%  365,109   5.13%  356,551   5.44%
Mortgage-backed securities  5,130,478   74.30%  3,834,958   53.93%  3,659,334   55.86%
Collateralized mortgage obligations  599,304   8.68%  264,545   3.72%  581,357   8.88%
                   
 Total debt securities  6,711,398   97.20%  6,962,239   97.90%  6,232,021   95.14%
                   
Federal Home Loan Bank stock  116,904   1.69%  104,397   1.47%  275,768   4.21%
Federal Reserve Bank stock  60,338   0.87%  37,666   0.53%  35,250   0.54%
Other equity securities  16,456   0.24%  6,868   0.10%  7,177   0.11%
                   
 Total equity securities  193,698   2.80%  148,931   2.10%  318,195   4.86%
                   
Total securities available for sale  6,905,096   100.00%  7,111,170   100.00%  6,550,216   100.00%
Net unrealized gain  669       11,822       181,251     
                   
Fair value of securities available for sale $6,905,765      $7,122,992      $6,731,467     
                   
Securities held to maturity:                        
Collateralized mortgage obligations $87,013      $124,240      $216,409     
                   
Amortized cost of securities held to maturity $87,013      $124,240      $216,409     
                   
Fair value of securities held to maturity $87,507      $124,344      $221,571     
                   
Excess of fair value over recorded value $494      $104      $5,162     
                   
Fair value as a % of amortized cost  100.6%      100.1%      102.4%    

31


Table 13 — Maturities of Debt Securities
      The following table sets forth the contractual maturities and fully-taxable equivalent weighted average yields on our debt securities at December 31, 2004. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
                                         
  Amortized Cost Maturing in
   
  Less Than   More than 5 to More than  
  1 Year 1 to 5 Years 10 Years 10 Years Total
           
  Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield
                     
Available for Sale:                                        
U.S. Government and federal agencies $15,157   5.03%  $463,816   3.08%  $50,000   3.40%  $   0.00%  $528,973   3.16% 
Tax-exempt bonds and notes  89,036   1.89%   8,386   4.24%   11,538   4.44%   57,941   4.42%   166,901   3.06% 
Other bonds and notes  49,195   5.54%   45,315   4.91%   8,382   6.18%   182,850   5.97%   285,742   5.74% 
Mortgage-backed securities  38   5.86%   35,589   5.63%   306,335   5.76%   4,788,516   4.60%   5,130,478   4.68% 
Collateralized mortgage obligations     0.00%   3,773   6.35%   13,994   4.06%   581,537   4.27%   599,304   4.28% 
                               
Total $153,426   3.37%  $556,879   3.43%  $390,249   5.37%  $5,610,844   4.61%  $6,711,398   4.53% 
                               
Held to Maturity:                                        
Collateralized mortgage obligations $118   7.23%  $5,315   6.53%  $26,703   6.22%  $54,877   5.98%  $87,013   6.09% 
                               
      Securities available for sale are carried at fair value and had net unrealized gains of $669 thousand at December 31, 2004 and $11.8 million at December 31, 2003. See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. These unrealized gains and losses do not impact net income or regulatory capital but are recorded as adjustments to shareholders’ equity, net of deferred income taxes. Unrealized gains and losses, net of related deferred income taxes, are a component of our Comprehensive Income. See the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Loans
      Total loans and leases (including loans held for sale) averaged $17.7 billion during 2004 compared to $15.6 billion during 2003, an increase of $2.1 billion, or 13%. Excluding acquisitions, total loans and leases increased $1.3 billion. Average loans as a percent of average earning assets amounted to 70% and 68% in 2004 and 2003, respectively.

32


Table 14 — Composition of Loan and Lease Portfolio
      The following table presents the composition of our loan and lease portfolio at the dates indicated.
                                          
  December 31,
   
  2004 2003 2002 2001 2000
           
    % of   % of   % of   % of   % of
  Amount Loans Amount Loans Amount Loans Amount Loans Amount Loans
                     
Residential real estate loans $3,081,217   16.57% $2,710,483   16.58% $2,382,197   16.95% $2,627,125   20.66% $2,248,714   20.73%
Commercial real estate loans:                                        
 Permanent first mortgage loans  5,297,812   28.49%  4,696,428   28.73%  4,151,674   29.54%  3,509,311   27.60%  2,663,775   24.56%
 Construction and development loans  951,701   5.12%  832,434   5.09%  640,375   4.55%  584,728   4.60%  291,388   2.69%
                               
 Total  6,249,513   33.61%  5,528,862   33.82%  4,792,049   34.09%  4,094,039   32.20%  2,955,163   27.25%
                               
Commercial business loans and leases                                        
 Commercial business loans  3,838,366   20.64%  3,188,504   19.51%  2,865,617   20.39%  2,353,933   18.51%  2,244,648   20.70%
 Commercial business leases  90,228   0.49%  98,590   0.60%  102,857   0.73%  108,720   0.86%  64,256   0.59%
                               
 Total  3,928,594   21.13%  3,287,094   20.11%  2,968,474   21.12%  2,462,653   19.37%  2,308,904   21.29%
                               
Consumer loans and leases                                        
 Consumer loans  5,333,448   28.69%  4,816,217   29.47%  3,898,638   27.74%  3,494,979   27.48%  3,251,268   29.98%
 Consumer leases  222   0.00%  3,306   0.02%  14,650   0.10%  36,534   0.29%  81,613   0.75%
                               
 Total  5,333,670   28.69%  4,819,523   29.49%  3,913,288   27.84%  3,531,513   27.77%  3,332,881   30.73%
                               
Total loans receivable $18,592,994   100.00% $16,345,962   100.00% $14,056,008   100.00% $12,715,330   100.00% $10,845,662   100.00%
                               
Table 15 — Scheduled Contractual Amortization of Certain Loans and Leases at December 31, 2004
      The following table sets forth the scheduled contractual amortization of our construction and development loans and commercial business loans and leases at December 31, 2004, as well as the amount of such loans which are scheduled to mature after one year which have fixed or adjustable interest rates.
              
  Commercial    
  Real Estate    
  Construction Commercial  
  and Development Business Loans  
  Loans and Leases Total
       
Amounts due:            
 Within one year $370,026  $2,046,306  $2,416,332 
 After one year through five years  345,650   1,393,134   1,738,784 
 Beyond five years  236,025   489,154   725,179 
          
 Total $951,701  $3,928,594  $4,880,295 
          
Interest rate terms on amounts due after one year:            
 Fixed $55,808  $691,938  $747,746 
 Adjustable  525,867   1,190,350   1,716,217 

33


Table 16 — Average Loans and Leases
      The following table presents average loans and leases during the periods indicated.
                  
  Year Ended December 31, Change
     
  2004 2003 Amount Percent
         
Residential real estate mortgages $2,997,572  $2,839,969  $157,603   6%
Commercial real estate mortgages  5,959,510   5,162,413   797,097   15%
Commercial business loans and leases  3,686,919   3,153,293   533,626   17%
Consumer loans and leases  5,090,536   4,477,532   613,004   14%
             
 Total average loans and leases $17,734,537  $15,633,207  $2,101,330   13%
             
      Residential real estate loans (including loans held for sale) averaged $3.0 billion and $2.8 billion in 2004 and 2003, respectively. Excluding acquisitions, average residential loans decreased approximately $138 million, or 4%, as a result of continued refinancing activity and prepayments in a low interest rate environment. The weighted average yield on residential real estate loans decreased from 5.61% in 2003 to 5.01% in 2004, primarily due to the repricing of adjustable-rate loans, the refinancing of fixed-rate loans at lower rates and prepayments.
      Residential mortgage loans held for sale amounted to $51.7 million and $41.7 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. We are currently selling substantially all 30-year conforming fixed-rate loans that we originate.
      Commercial real estate loans averaged $6.0 billion in 2004 and $5.2 billion in 2003, a 15% increase. Excluding acquisitions, average commercial real estate loans increased $461 million, or 8%, in 2004. Most of our markets reflected increases, with the largest increases in Massachusetts and Connecticut. The average yield on commercial real estate loans during 2004 was 5.79%, as compared to 6.06% in 2003, a decrease of 27 basis points. The lower yield reflects the effect of the competitive pricing for variable-rate loans, the refinancing of fixed-rate loans at lower rates and the origination of new loans at the lower prevailing rates.
      Commercial business loans and leases averaged $3.7 billion in 2004 and $3.2 billion in 2003, an increase of 17%. Excluding acquisitions, average commercial business loans and leases increased $447 million, or 14%, in 2004. Massachusetts reflected the strongest growth. The yield on commercial business loans and leases decreased to 4.92% in 2004 from 5.10% in 2003. The decrease in the yield was primarily due to lower rates on new loans and the repricing of variable-rate loans.
Table 17 — Commercial Loans by State
      The following table presents commercial loans by geographical area at the dates indicated.
                                  
  Commercial Real Estate Loans Commercial Business Loans and Leases
     
  December 31, Change December 31, Change
         
  2004 2003 Amount Percent 2004 2003 Amount Percent
                 
Massachusetts $3,085,278  $2,565,064  $520,214   20% $1,569,911  $1,173,803  $396,108   34%
Maine  933,677   885,791   47,886   5%  787,822   658,902   128,920   20%
New Hampshire  767,590   732,249   35,341   5%  564,604   494,811   69,793   14%
Vermont  664,063   645,608   18,455   3%  433,055   438,483   (5,428)  (1)%
Connecticut  583,907   504,624   79,283   16%  412,601   332,749   79,852   24%
New York  214,998   195,526   19,472   10%  160,601   188,346   (27,745)  (15)%
                         
 Total $6,249,513  $5,528,862  $720,651   13% $3,928,594  $3,287,094  $641,500   20%
                         
      Consumer loans and leases averaged $5.1 billion in 2004 and $4.5 billion in 2003, an increase of 14%. Acquisitions accounted for approximately $110 million, or 18%, of the $613 million increase. The growth in consumer loans was primarily in home equity loans and indirect automobile loans. The average yield on

34


consumer loans and leases decreased to 5.13% in 2004 from 5.61% in 2003 due to lower rates on new loans and the repricing of adjustable rate loans.
Table 18 — Composition of Consumer Loans and Leases
      The following table presents the composition of consumer loans and leases at the dates indicated.
                          
  December 31, Change
     
  2004 2003 2004-2003
       
    % of   % of  
  Amount Total Amount Total Amount Percent
             
Home equity $3,123,525   58.55% $2,472,471   51.31% $651,054   26.33%
Automobile  1,678,817   31.48%  1,596,504   33.13%  82,313   5.16%
Mobile home  111,874   2.10%  141,407   2.93%  (29,533)  (20.89)%
Vision, dental, and orthodontia fee plan  49,934   0.94%  120,694   2.50%  (70,760)  (58.63)%
Education  159,314   2.99%  234,226   4.86%  (74,912)  (31.98)%
Other  210,206   3.94%  254,221   5.27%  (44,015)  (17.31)%
                   
 Total $5,333,670   100.00% $4,819,523   100.00% $514,147   10.67%
                   
Deposits
      Total deposits averaged $18.9 billion during 2004 compared to $17.3 billion during 2003, an increase of 9%. Acquisitions accounted for approximately $1.0 billion of the $1.6 billion increase. Money market and NOW accounts and noninterest-bearing accounts showed the largest increases. The ratio of loans to deposits was 97% and 91% at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
      Included within the deposit categories are government banking deposits, which averaged $1.7 billion in 2004 and $1.2 billion in 2003. Government banking deposits include deposits received from state and local governments, school districts, public colleges/universities, utility districts, public housing authorities and court systems in our market area. Many of these deposits exceed the FDIC insurance coverage amounts and require us to pledge specific collateral or maintain private insurance.
Table 19 — Change in Average Deposit Balances by Category of Deposit
      The following table presents the changes in the average balances of deposits during the periods indicated.
                   
  Year Ended December 31, Change
     
  2004 2003 Amount Percent
         
Noninterest-bearing deposits $3,987,311  $3,224,035  $763,276   24%
Interest-bearing deposits:                
 Money market/ NOW accounts  7,678,644   6,652,030   1,026,614   15%
 Savings accounts  2,563,838   2,399,179   164,659   7%
 Certificates of deposit  4,647,746   5,027,739   (379,993)  (8)%
 Brokered deposits  272      272   100%
             
  Total interest-bearing deposits  14,890,500   14,078,948   811,552   6%
             
  Total average deposits $18,877,811  $17,302,983  $1,574,828   9%
             
      Average noninterest-bearing deposits increased 24% in 2004 to $4.0 billion from $3.2 billion in 2003. Acquisitions accounted for approximately $203 million, or 27%, of the $763 million increase.

35


      Average interest-bearing deposits increased $812 million during 2004 to $14.9 billion. Excluding acquisitions, average savings, money market and NOW deposits increased $593 million, while average certificates of deposit and brokered deposits declined $599 million in the aggregate. The decline in certificates of deposits resulted from our decision to allow deposits priced above alternate funding costs to run off. The average rates paid on total interest-bearing deposits decreased by 26 basis points from 1.34% in 2003 to 1.08% in 2004, reflecting the decline in prevailing interest rates and run-off of higher-costing certificates of deposit.
Table 20 — Maturity of Certificates of Deposits of $100,000 or more
      The following table presents the scheduled maturities of certificates of deposits of $100,000 or more at the date indicated.
         
  December 31, 2004
   
  Balance Percent
     
3 months or less $320,776   28%
Over 3 to 6 months  236,327   21%
Over 6 to 12 months  236,136   21%
More than 12 months  336,121   30%
       
  $1,129,360   100%
       
Other Funding Sources
      We use both short-term and long-term borrowings to balance earning asset growth vis-à-vis deposit growth.
      Short-term borrowings, which include federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and borrowings from the U.S. Treasury and the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”), amounted to $3.8 billion at December 31, 2004, up $1.5 billion, or 63% from $2.3 billion at December 31, 2003. See Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
      At December 31, 2004, we also had a $110 million unsecured line of credit. The line is renewable every 364 days and, if used, carries interest at LIBOR plus 0.625%. We did not draw on this line during 2004, and in January 2005, we replaced this line of credit with a line of credit from TD with similar terms. We also have additional borrowing capacity as more fully described under “Liquidity” below.
      Long-term debt includes FHLB advances, senior notes, subordinated notes, junior subordinated debentures, wholesale securities sold under agreements to repurchase, capital lease obligations and other debt obligations, each with original terms greater than one year. Long-term debt amounted to $2.2 billion at December 31, 2004, down from $3.5 billion at December 31, 2003. The decrease in long-term debt was due in part to the prepayment of approximately $1.2 billion in debt as part of the deleveraging program in 2004. See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
      At December 31, 2004 and 2003, FHLB borrowings amounted to $429 million and $1.5 billion, respectively. FHLB collateral consists primarily of first mortgage loans secured by single-family properties, certain unencumbered securities and other qualified assets. These borrowings had an average cost of 4.04% during 2004 as compared to 4.36% during 2003.
      At December 31, 2004 and 2003, we had $150 million of 5-year senior notes carrying a fixed rate of 3.75%. These securities, which were issued in April 2003 for general corporate purposes, including share repurchases, were rated A3 by Moody’s at December 31, 2004.
      At December 31, 2004 and 2003, subordinated notes consisted of $200 million of 7.625% subordinated notes due 2011 issued by our banking subsidiary in 2001. The notes qualify as Tier 2 capital for regulatory purposes.

36


      At December 31, 2004 and 2003, long-term wholesale securities sold under repurchase agreements amounted to $1.1 billion and $1.4 billion, respectively, and were collateralized by mortgage-backed securities and U.S. Government obligations. See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
      At December 31, 2004 and 2003, we had outstanding $310.7 million and $305.6 million, respectively, of junior subordinated debentures issued by us to affiliated trusts. See “Capital” below.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
      We are party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers and to reduce our own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These financial instruments include commitments to originate loans, commitments to invest in real estate limited partnerships, standby letters of credit, recourse arrangements on serviced loans, forward commitments to sell loans, foreign currency forward contracts and interest rate swaps. The instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement we have in particular classes of financial instruments.
      Our exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for loan commitments, standby letters of credit and recourse arrangements is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. We use the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as we do for on-balance sheet instruments. For forward commitments to sell loans, the contract or notional amounts do not represent exposure to credit loss. We control the credit risk of our forward commitments to sell loans through credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures. See Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding the nature, business purpose and the importance of off-balance sheet arrangements.
Table 21 — Contractual Obligations and Commitments
      The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations, other commitments and derivative financial instruments at December 31, 2004.
                      
    Payments Due By Period
     
    Less than   After
Contractual Obligations(1) Total 1 Year 1-3 Years 4-5 Years 5 Years
           
Long-term debt $1,086,162  $278,516  $32,600  $158,819  $616,227 
Capital lease obligations  6,720   62   471   1,281   4,906 
Repurchase agreements — wholesale  1,100,000   350,000   750,000       
                
 Total long-term debt  2,192,882   628,578   783,071   160,100   621,133 
Operating lease obligations  123,862   24,396   38,531   26,702   34,233 
Pension plan contribution(2)  20,000   20,000          
Other benefit plan payments — estimated  46,875   4,318   9,055   12,602   20,900 
Other vendor obligations  25,683   10,290   10,290   5,103    
                
 Total contractual obligations $2,409,302  $687,582  $840,947  $204,507  $676,266 
                
(1) Other liabilities are short term in nature, except for liabilities related to employee benefit plans.

34


                      
Amount of Commitment Expiration — Per Period
Total
AmountsLess thanAfter
Other CommitmentsCommitted1 Year1-3 Years4-5 Years5 Years






Unused portions on lines of credit $4,268,079  $314,512  $235,120  $31,428  $3,687,019 
Standby letters of credit  407,395   95,268   78,812   93,179   140,136 
Commitments to originate loans  1,569,612   1,063,842   247,390   37,942   220,438 
Other commitments  48,203   18,218   4,818   1,935   23,232 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 Total commitments $6,293,289  $1,491,840  $566,140  $164,484  $4,070,825 
   
   
   
   
   
 
                       
Amount of Commitment Expiration — Per Period
Total
AmountsLess thanAfter
Derivative Financial InstrumentsCommitted1 Year1-3 Years4-5 Years5 Years






Interest rate swaps (notional amount):                    
 Commercial loan swap program:                    
  Interest rate swaps with commercial borrowers(1) $325,023  $23,225  $  $54,609  $247,189 
  Interest rate swaps with dealers(2)  325,023   23,225      54,609   247,189 
 Interest rate swaps on borrowings(3)  566,500      216,500   150,000   200,000 
Forward commitments to sell loans  61,000   61,000          
Foreign currency forward contracts(4)                    
  Forward contracts with customers  23,438   15,213   8,225       
  Forward contracts with dealers  23,438   15,213   8,225       
Rate-locked loan commitments  30,779   30,779          
(2) Funding requirements for pension benefits after 2005 are excluded due to the significant variability in the assumptions required to project the timing of future cash contributions.

37


                      
    Amount of Commitment Expiration — Per Period
  Total  
  Amounts Less than   After
Other Commitments Committed 1 Year 1-3 Years 4-5 Years 5 Years
           
Unused portions on lines of credit $4,857,077  $1,334,860  $304,656  $57,889  $3,159,672 
Standby letters of credit  464,299   115,737   89,087   82,479   176,996 
Commercial letters of credit  23,094   18,378   1,656   304   2,756 
Commitments to originate loans  1,924,832   1,180,640   391,645   37,071   315,476 
Other commitments  263,199   12,378   7,668   2,684   240,469 
                
 Total commitments $7,532,501  $2,661,993  $794,712  $180,427  $3,895,369 
                
                       
    Amount of Commitment Expiration — Per Period
  Total  
  Amounts Less than   After
Derivative Financial Instruments Committed 1 Year 1-3 Years 4-5 Years 5 Years
           
Interest rate swaps (notional amount):                    
 Commercial loan swap program:                    
  Interest rate swaps with commercial borrowers(1) $690,856  $2,000  $28,858  $141,350  $518,648 
  Interest rate swaps with dealers(2)  690,856   2,000   28,858   141,350   518,648 
 Interest rate swaps on borrowings(3)  566,500   216,500      150,000   200,000 
Forward commitments to sell loans  83,016   83,016          
Foreign currency rate contracts(4):                    
  Forward contracts with customers  33,575   26,760   6,815       
  Forward contracts with dealers  33,747   26,913   6,834       
  Foreign exchange options to purchase  35,713   25,716   9,997       
  Foreign exchange options to sell  35,713   25,716   9,997       
Rate-locked loan commitments  35,961   35,961          
(1) Swaps with commercial loan customers (Banknorth receives fixed, pays variable).
 
(2) Offsetting swaps with dealers (Banknorth pays fixed, receives variable), which offset the interest rate swaps with commercial borrowers.
(3) Swaps on borrowings (Banknorth pays variable, receives fixed).
(4) Forward contracts for customer accommodations.

     See Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding the nature and business purpose and the importance of off-balance sheet arrangements.

Risk Management

     The primary goal of our risk management program is to determine how certain existing or emerging issues in the financial services industry affect the nature and extent of the risks faced by us. Based on a periodic self-evaluation, we determine key issues and develop plans and/or objectives to address risk. Our board of directors and management believe that there are seven applicable “risk categories,” consisting of credit, interest rate liquidity, transaction, compliance, strategic and reputation risk. Each risk category is viewed from a quantity of risk perspective (high, medium or low) coupledswaps with a quality of risk management perspective. In addition, an aggregate level of risk is assigned as a whole as well as the direction of risk (stable, increasing or decreasing). Each risk category and the overall risk level is compared to regulatory viewscommercial borrowers.(3) Swaps on a regular basis and then reported to the board with an accompanying explanation as to the existence of any differences. The risk program includes risk identification, measurement, control and monitoring.

     Our board of directors has established the overall strategic directionborrowings (Banknorth pays variable, receives fixed).(4) Forward contracts for Banknorth. It approves our overall risk policies and oversees our overall risk management process. The board has established two board committees, consisting of Audit and Board Risk Management, and has charged each committee with overseeing key risks. In addition, there is a management Operational Risk Committee, which is

35


comprised of senior officers in key business lines, which identifies and monitors key operational risks. The Operational Risk Committee reports to the Board Risk Management Committee on a regular basis.

Credit Risk Management

customer accommodations.
Risk Management
      The primary goal of our risk management program is to determine how certain existing or emerging issues in the financial services industry affect the nature and extent of the risks faced by us. Based on a periodic self-evaluation, we determine key issues and develop plans and/or objectives to address risk. Our board of directors and management believe that there are seven applicable “risk categories,” consisting of credit, interest rate, liquidity, transaction, compliance, strategic and reputation risk. Each risk category is viewed from a quantity of risk perspective (high, medium or low) coupled with a quality of risk management perspective. In addition, an aggregate level of risk is assigned as a whole as well as the direction of risk (stable, increasing or decreasing). Each risk category and the overall risk level is compared to regulatory views on a regular basis and then reported to the board with an accompanying explanation as to the existence of any differences. The risk program includes risk identification, measurement, control and monitoring.
      Our board of directors has established the overall strategic direction for Banknorth. It approves our overall risk policies and oversees our overall risk management process. The board has established two board committees, consisting of Audit and Board Risk Management, and has charged each committee with overseeing key risks. In addition, there is a management Operational Risk Committee, which is

38


comprised of senior officers in key business lines, which identifies and monitors key operational risks. The Operational Risk Committee reports on a regular basis to the Board Risk Management Committee.
Credit Risk Management
General

The Board Risk Management Committee monitors our credit risk management. Our strategy for credit risk management includes centralized policies and uniform underwriting criteria for all loans. The strategy also includes diversification on a geographic, industry and customer level, regular credit examinations and quarterly management review of large loans and loans with a deterioration of credit quality. We maintain an internal rating system that provides a mechanism to regularly monitor the credit quality of our loan portfolio. The rating system is intended to identify and measure the credit quality of lending relationships. For consumer loans, we utilize standard credit scoring systems to assessGeneral

      The Board Risk Management Committee monitors our credit risk management. Our strategy for credit risk management includes centralized policies and uniform underwriting criteria for all loans. The strategy also includes diversification on a geographic, industry and customer level, regular credit examinations and quarterly management review of large loans and loans with a deterioration of credit quality. We maintain an internal rating system that provides a mechanism to regularly monitor the credit quality of our loan portfolio. The rating system is intended to identify and measure the credit quality of lending relationships. For consumer loans, we utilize standard credit scoring systems to access consumer credit risks and to price consumer products accordingly. We strive to identify potential problem loans early, take any necessary charge-offs promptly and maintain adequate reserve levels. See “Analysis and Determination of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” below and Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. SeeTable 15 for information about the scheduled contractual amortization of certain parts of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2004.
      Our residential loan portfolio accounted for 16% and 17% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Our residential loans are generally secured by single-family homes (one-to-four units) and have a maximum loan to value ratio of 80%, unless the excess is protected by mortgage insurance. At December 31, 2004, 0.25% of our residential loans was nonperforming, as compared to 0.26% at December 31, 2003. Nonperforming residential real estate loans increased by $689 thousand in 2004, while the total residential loan portfolio increased by $370.7 million.
      Our commercial real estate loan portfolio accounted for 34% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2004 and 2003. This portfolio consists primarily of loans secured by income-producing commercial real estate (including office and industrial buildings), service industry real estate (including hotels and health care facilities), multi-family (over four units) residential properties and retail trade real estate. These loans generally are secured by properties located in the New England states and upstate New York. Generally, the investment-based real estate mortgages are diversified among various property types with somewhat higher concentration in multi-family, office and retail properties. At December 31, 2004, 0.48% of our commercial real estate loans was nonperforming, as compared to 0.36% at December 31, 2003.
      Our commercial business loan and lease portfolio accounted for 21% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2004 compared to 20% at December 31, 2003. Commercial business loans and leases are generally made to small to medium size businesses located within our market areas. These loans are not concentrated in any particular industry, but reflect the broad-based economy of New England and upstate New York. Commercial loans consist primarily of loans secured by various equipment, machinery and other corporate assets, as well as loans to provide working capital to businesses in the form of lines of credit. Through a subsidiary, we also offer direct equipment leases, which amounted to $90.2 million at December 31, 2004. From time to time we purchase participations in syndicated commercial loans. At December 31, 2004, we had $428 million of outstanding participations in syndicated commercial loans and had an additional $337 million of unfunded commitments related to these participations. At December 31, 2004, 0.83% of our commercial business loans and leases were nonperforming, as compared to 0.74% at December 31, 2003. SeeTable 17for the geographic distribution of our commercial loans and leases at December 31, 2004 and 2003.
      Consumer loans and leases accounted for 29% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003. In the fourth quarter of 2003, we ceased originating vision, dental and orthodontia fee plan loans and mobile home loans. The decrease in these loan types during 2004 reflect the run-off of these loans. At December 31, 2004, 0.14% of our consumer loans was nonperforming, as compared to

39


0.18% at December 31, 2003. SeeTable 18for a breakdown of our consumer loan and lease portfolio by type of loan and lease at December 31, 2004 and 2003.
Nonperforming Assets
      Nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans (which do not include accruing loans 90 days or more overdue), other real estate owned, repossessed assets and certain securities available for sale. Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets amounted to 0.28% at December 31, 2004 and 0.24% at December 31, 2003. Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total loans and other nonperforming assets amounted to 0.44% and 0.39% at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The increase from December 31, 2003 was due to a $10 million increase in nonperforming commercial real estate loans, as well as an $8 million increase in nonperforming commercial business loans and leases. The $18 million increase was due to two credit relationships.
Table 22 — Five-Year Schedule of Nonperforming Assets
      The following table presents a summary of nonperforming assets at the dates indicated.
                       
  December 31,
   
  2004 2003 2002 2001 2000
           
Nonaccrual loans                    
 Residential real estate loans $7,846  $7,157  $5,781  $8,311  $9,894 
 Commercial real estate loans  29,948   19,700   17,649   17,124   12,155 
 Commercial business loans and leases  32,421   24,412   32,693   40,341   32,583 
 Consumer loans and leases  7,344   8,493   9,194   9,470   6,329 
                
  Total nonaccrual loans  77,559   59,762   65,317   75,246   60,961 
 Troubled debt restructurings              673 
                
  Total nonperforming loans  77,559   59,762   65,317   75,246   61,634 
                
Other nonperforming assets:                    
 Other real estate owned, net of related reserves  1,878   529   100   1,861   4,074 
 Repossessions, net of related reserves  1,666   2,812   3,536   2,016   1,424 
 Securities available for sale           2,104    
                
  Total  3,544   3,341   3,636   5,981   5,498 
                
Total nonperforming assets $81,103  $63,103  $68,953  $81,227  $67,132 
                
Accruing loans 90 days or more overdue $5,254  $4,915  $3,373  $6,227  $5,973 
                
Total nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans  0.42%  0.37%  0.46%  0.59%  0.57%
Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets  0.28%  0.24%  0.29%  0.39%  0.37%
Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total loans and other nonperforming assets  0.44%  0.39%  0.49%  0.64%  0.62%
      We continue to focus on asset quality issues and to allocate significant resources to the key asset quality control functions of credit policy and administration and loan review. The collection, workout and asset management functions focus on the reduction of nonperforming assets. Despite the ongoing focus on asset quality and relatively low levels of nonperforming assets, there can be no assurance that adverse changes in the real estate markets and economic conditions in our primary market areas will not result in higher nonperforming asset levels in the future and negatively impact our operations through higher provisions for loan losses, net charge-offs, decreased accrual of interest income and increased noninterest expenses as a result of the allocation of resources to the collection and workout of nonperforming assets.

40


      Residential real estate loans are generally placed on nonaccrual when they become 120 days past due or are in the process of foreclosure. All closed-end consumer loans 90 days or more past due and any equity lines of credit in the process of foreclosure are placed on nonaccrual status. Consumer loans are charged-off upon reaching 120 or 180 days past due depending on the type of loan. We generally place all commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans and leases which are 90 days or more past due, unless secured by sufficient cash or other assets immediately convertible to cash, on nonaccrual status. At December 31, 2004, we had $5.3 million of accruing loans which were 90 days or more delinquent, as compared to $4.9 million of such loans at December 31, 2003. We also may place loans on nonaccrual and, therefore, nonperforming status which are currently less than 90 days past due or performing in accordance with their terms but which in our judgment are likely to present future principal and/or interest repayment problems and which thus ultimately would be classified as nonperforming.
Net Charge-offs
      Net charge-offs amounted to $36.5 million in 2004, as compared to $37.3 million in 2003. Net charge-offs represented 0.21% and 0.24% of average loans and leases outstanding in 2004 and 2003, respectively.
Table 23 — Five-Year Table of Activity in the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
      The following table presents net charge-offs by loan type and the activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses during the periods indicated.
                       
  Year Ended December 31,
   
  2004 2003 2002 2001 2000
           
Allowance at the beginning of period $232,287  $208,273  $189,837  $153,550  $155,048 
Additions due to acquisitions  13,665   19,008   12,794   31,277    
Charge-offs:                    
 Residential real estate mortgages  613   197   (138)  626   1,828 
 Commercial real estate mortgages  17   577   1,290   2,267   3,566 
 Commercial business loans and leases  20,159   16,272   24,455   20,899   7,790 
 Consumer loans and leases  29,898   32,563   26,395   21,860   21,508 
                
  Total loans and leases charged off  50,687   49,609   52,002   45,652   34,692 
                
Recoveries:                    
 Residential real estate mortgages  2,741   64   122   241   107 
 Commercial real estate mortgages  54   1,761   117   222   2,371 
 Commercial business loans and leases  6,452   6,367   8,972   4,800   2,334 
 Consumer loans and leases  4,900   4,122   4,119   3,510   4,563 
                
  Total loans and leases recovered  14,147   12,314   13,330   8,773   9,375 
                
  Net charge-offs  36,540   37,295   38,672   36,879   25,317 
Transfer for off-balance sheet loan commitments  (6,600)            
Provision for loan and lease losses  40,340   42,301   44,314   41,889   23,819 
                
Allowance at the end of the period $243,152  $232,287  $208,273  $189,837  $153,550 
                
Total allowances for credit losses:                    
 Allowance for loan and lease losses $243,152                 
 Liability for unfunded credit commitments  6,600                 
                
 Total allowances for credit losses $249,752                 
                

41


                      
  Year Ended December 31,
   
  2004 2003 2002 2001 2000
           
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans and leases outstanding  0.21%  0.24%  0.29%  0.33%  0.24%
Ratio of allowance for credit losses to total portfolio loans and leases at end of period  1.34%  1.42%  1.48%  1.49%  1.42%
Ratio of allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans and leases at end of period  322.02%  388.69%  318.86%  252.29%  249.13%
Ratio of net chargeoffs (recoveries) as a percent of outstanding average loans and leases(1)                    
 Residential real estate mortgages  (0.07)%  0.00%  (0.01)%  0.02%  0.08%
 Commercial real estate mortgages  0.00%  (0.02)%  0.03%  0.06%  0.04%
 Commercial business loans and leases  0.37%  0.31%  0.58%  0.69%  0.26%
 Consumer loans and leases  0.49%  0.64%  0.61%  0.54%  0.54%
Total portfolio loans and leases at end of period $18,592,994  $16,345,962  $14,056,008  $12,715,330  $10,845,662 
Total nonperforming loans and leases at end of period  77,559   59,762   65,317   75,246   61,634 
Average loans and leases outstanding (excluding loans held for sale)  17,697,737   15,574,078   13,182,785   11,173,723   10,449,753 
(1) Excludes residential real estate loans held for sale
Table 24 — Foregone Interest
      The following table presents the amount of foregone interest on nonperforming loans for the periods indicated.
         
  Year Ended
  December 31,
   
  2004 2003
     
Interest income that would have been recognized at original contractual terms $7,424  $4,748 
Amount recognized as interest income on a cash basis  (3,291)  (2,746)
       
Foregone interest $4,133  $2,002 
       
Potential Problem Loans
      In addition to the nonperforming loans discussed under “Credit Risk Management” above, we also have loans that are 30 to 89 days delinquent and still accruing. These loans amounted to $138 million and $142 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. These loans and delinquency trends, along with accruing loans which are 90 days or more past due and performing loans which are less than 90 day past due or performing in accordance on their terms which we have placed on nonaccrual status, are considered in the evaluation of the allowance for loan and lease losses and the related determination of the provision for loans and lease losses.
Analysis and Determination of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” belowLosses
      The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at a level determined to be adequate by management to absorb future charge-offs of loans and leases deemed uncollectable. This allowance is increased by provisions charged to income and by recoveries on loans previously charged off. Arriving at an appropriate level of allowance for loan and lease losses necessarily involves a high degree of judgment and is determined based on management’s ongoing evaluation. As discussed under “Critical Accounting

42


Policies,” we believe that the methods used by us in determining the allowance for loan and lease losses constitute a critical accounting policy. Although we utilize judgment in providing for losses, for the reasons discussed under “Critical Accounting Policies” and “Credit Risk Management — Nonperforming Assets,” there can be no assurance that we will not have to increase the amount of our provision for loan and lease losses in future periods. Management determined that the allowance for loan and lease losses was adequate at December 31, 2004.
      The allowance for loan and lease losses amounted to $243.2 million at December 31, 2004, as compared to $232.3 million at December 31, 2003. The $10.9 million increase was net of a transfer of $6.6 million to other liabilities related to reserves for off-balance sheet loan commitments. The increase was also impacted by $13.7 million from acquired banks and the effect of the provision for loan and lease losses exceeding net charge-offs during 2004. The ratio of the allowance for credit losses to total portfolio loans and leases at December 31, 2004 and 2003 was 1.34% and 1.42%, respectively. The ratio of the allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans was 322% at December 31, 2004 and 389% at December 31, 2003. Nonperforming assets amounted to $81.1 million, or 0.28% of total assets, at December 31, 2004 as compared to $63.1 million, or 0.24% of total assets at December 31, 2003. The $18 million increase in nonperforming assets from December 31, 2003 to December 31, 2004 was primarily attributable to an increase in nonperforming commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans and leases. Accruing loans 90 days or more past due amounted to $5.3 million at December 31, 2004, as compared to $4.9 million at December 31, 2003, an increase of $339 thousand.
Table 25 — Allocation of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses — Five-Year Schedule
      The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for loan and lease losses at the dates indicated.
                                         
  December 31,
   
  2004 2003 2002 2001 2000
           
    Percent of   Percent of   Percent of   Percent of   Percent of
    Loans in Each   Loans in Each   Loans in Each   Loans in Each   Loans in Each
    Category to   Category to   Category to   Category to   Category to
  Amount Total Loans Amount Total Loans Amount Total Loans Amount Total Loans Amount Total Loans
                     
Residential real estate loans $6,705   16.57% $6,850   16.58% $5,800   16.95% $5,000   20.66% $7,600   20.73%
Commercial real estate loans  103,530   33.61%  115,333   33.82%  102,294   34.09%  98,271   32.20%  73,423   27.25%
Commercial business loans and leases  87,483   21.13%  70,383   20.11%  63,940   21.12%  58,090   19.37%  50,486   21.29%
Consumer loans and leases  45,434   28.69%  39,721   29.49%  36,239   27.84%  28,476   27.77%  22,038   30.73%
                               
  $243,152   100.00% $232,287   100.00% $208,273   100.00% $189,837   100.00% $153,547   100.00%
                               
      For purposes of determining our allowance for loan and lease losses, we specifically evaluate commercial business and commercial real estate loans rated substandard and are in excess of $300 thousand. We evaluate all other loans by loan type on a pooled basis.

43


Table 26 — Composition of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
      The following table presents the amount for allowance for loan and lease losses which is attributable to specifically evaluated loans and all other loans by loan type on a pooled basis.
             
  December 31,
   
  2004 2003 2002
       
Residential real estate loans $6,705  $6,850  $5,800 
Specifically evaluated commercial loans  44,671   41,800   27,000 
Other commercial loans  146,342   143,916   139,234 
Consumer loans and leases  45,434   39,721   36,239 
          
  $243,152  $232,287  $208,273 
          
Asset-Liability Management
      The goal of asset-liability management is the prudent control of market risk, liquidity and capital. Asset-liability management is governed by policies, goals and objectives that are adopted and reviewed by our board of directors and monitored periodically by the Board Risk Management Committee. The board delegates responsibility for asset-liability management strategies to achieve these goals and objectives to the Asset Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”), which is comprised of members of senior management. Senior management determines the strategic directives that guide the day-to-day management of our activities and interest rate risk exposure. The ALCO also reviews and approves all major risk, liquidity and capital management programs, except for product pricing. Product pricing is reviewed and approved by the Pricing Committee, which is comprised of a subset of ALCO members and the state presidents of our banking subsidiary.
Interest Rate Risk
      Interest rate risk is the risk of loss to future earnings or long-term value resulting from changes in interest rates and is by far the most significant non-credit risk to which we are exposed. This risk arises directly from our core lending and deposit gathering activities and is predominantly concentrated in our mortgage-related assets, as well as in our non-maturity deposits. Mortgage-related assets typically give borrowers the option to prepay at any time without penalty. Principal cash flows that come from these assets are highly interest rate sensitive. As interest rates fall, borrowers are more likely to pay off their existing mortgages, which results in higher cash flows that we must in turn reinvest. Replacing these higher-rate mortgage assets with lower-rate mortgage assets has the potential to reduce our net interest income unless we can also reduce either our wholesale or retail funding costs. In the low interest rate environment, bank deposits can increase, especially if the market risk premium is not sufficient to adequately compensate investors. Consequently, under such circumstances, we can have even more cash to reinvest in low yielding assets. Conversely, rising rates tend to have the opposite effect on both mortgage assets and non-maturity deposits. Higher rates make borrowers less likely to refinance existing debt, resulting in lower cash flows for us to reinvest. And if the market risk premium is sufficiently high, depositors could be enticed to take additional investment risk and move deposits from banks into riskier assets, such as equity securities. This in turn could result in less cash to invest or even require us to use wholesale funding market sources more actively. In the case of higher interest rates, our funding sources could reprice faster than our assets and at higher rates, thereby reducing our interest rate spread and net interest margin. The degree to which future earnings or long-term value is subject to interest rate risk depends on how closely the characteristics of our interest-earning assets match those of our interest-bearing liabilities.
      In addition to directly impacting mortgage asset and deposit cash flows, interest rate changes could affect (i) the amount of loans originated and sold by us, (ii) the level and composition of deposits, (iii) the ability of borrowers to repay adjustable or variable rate loans, (iv) the average maturity of loans and investments, (v) the rate of amortization of premiums paid on securities, capitalized mortgage

44


servicing rights, deferred fees and purchase accounting adjustments, (vi) the fair value of our saleable assets, the amount of unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale per SFAS No. 115, and the resultant ability to realize gains on the sale of such securities and (vii) per SFAS Nos. 133 and 138, the fair value of derivatives carried on our balance sheet, derivative hedge effectiveness testing and the amount of ineffectiveness recognized in earnings.
Assessment and NoteMeasurement
      The overall objective of interest rate risk management is to deliver consistent net interest income growth and returns on equity over a wide range of possible interest rate environments. To that end, management focuses on (i) key interest rate risk metrics and assessment of Banknorth’s exposure to this risk, (ii) a careful review and consideration of modeling assumptions and (iii) asset and liability management strategies that help attain the corporate goals and objectives adopted by our board of directors.
      The primary objective of interest rate risk management is to control our estimated exposure to interest rate risk within limits and guidelines established by the ALCO and approved by our Board. These limits and guidelines reflect our tolerance for interest rate risk over a wide range of both short-term and long-term measurements. In addition, we evaluate interest rate risk based on ongoing business risk measures, liquidation or run-off measures of assets and liabilities on our balance sheet and stress test measures. Ongoing measurements and runoff analysis provide management with information concerning day-to-day operations. Stress testing shows the impact of very extreme but lower probability events. The combination of these measures gives management a comprehensive view of possible risks to future earnings and long-term equity value. We attempt to control interest rate risk by identifying, quantifying and, where appropriate, hedging our exposure to these risks.
Net Interest Income Sensitivity
      Net interest income is our largest source of revenue. Net interest income sensitivity is our primary short-term measurement used to assess the interest rate risk of our ongoing business. Management believes that net interest income sensitivity gives us the best perspective on how day-to-day decisions affect our interest rate risk profile. We subject estimated net interest income over a 12-month period to various rate movements using a simulation model for various specified interest rate scenarios. Simulations are run monthly and include scenarios where market rates are “shocked” up and down, scenarios where market rates gradually change or “ramp” up and down and scenarios where the slope of the market yield curve changes. Our base simulation assumes that rates do not change for the next 12 months. The sensitivity measurement is calculated as the percentage variance of the net interest income simulations to the base simulation results. Results for the gradual “ramps” are compared to policy guidelines and are disclosed in the interest rate risk results below.
      As indicated intable 27, assuming a gradual 100 and 200 basis point increase in interest rates starting on December 31, 2004, we estimate that our net interest income in the following 12 months would decrease by 0.68% and 2.13%, respectively. This is because in the event of an upward shift in rates, the simulated increase in interest income would be less than the simulated increase in interest expense because total adjustable rate interest-earning assets generally will reprice less quickly than will total interest-bearing liabilities. Also as indicated inTable 27, assuming a gradual 100 and 200 basis point decrease in interest rates starting on the same date, we estimate that our net interest income in the following 12 months would increase by 0.20% and decrease by 1.51%. These results are dependent on material assumptions such as interest rate movements, product pricing and customer behavior.

45


Table 27 — Sensitivity of Net Interest Income
      The following table sets forth the estimated sensitivity of our net interest income for the 12 months following the dates indicated.
                 
  200 Basis Point 100 Basis Point 100 Basis Point 200 Basis Point
  Rate Increase Rate Increase Rate Decrease Rate Decrease
         
December 31, 2004  (2.13)%  (0.68)%  0.20%  (1.51)%
             
December 31, 2003  (0.26)%  0.24%  (0.71)%  N/M 
             
NM Not meaningful.
      Our asset-liability management policy on interest rate risk simulation specifies that if market interest rates were to shift gradually up or down 200 basis points, estimated net interest income for the subsequent 12 months should decline by less than 5%. All interest rate risk measures were within compliance guidelines at December 31, 2004 and 2003.
      For additional information regarding our interest rate sensitivity, see “Recent Developments” above.
Derivative Instruments
Purpose and Benefits
      Derivative financial instruments are important tools that we use to manage interest rate risk. When appropriate, we use derivatives such as interest-rate swaps, interest rate floors, interest rate caps, interest rate corridor agreements and forward security sales, among other instruments.
      Certain derivatives are used to hedge certain wholesale funding activities and the mortgage origination pipeline. These instruments are designated as hedges at inception in accordance with SFAS No. 133. At December 31, 2004, our designated hedging activities consisted of $83 million forward commitments related to hedging our mortgage banking operations, a $150 million notional amount interest rate swap at 3-month LIBOR plus 0.41% that hedged $150 million of 3.75% fixed-rate senior notes maturing on May 1, 2008, a $200 million notional amount interest rate swap at 3-month LIBOR plus 3.47% that hedged $200 million of 7.625% fixed-rate subordinated debt issued by Banknorth, NA which matures on June 15, 2011, and five interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $216.5 million and a weighted average rate of 1-month LIBOR plus 3.82%, which hedge $216.5 million of FHLB advances with a weighted average cost of 5.47% that mature throughout 2005.
      We manage the interest rate risk inherent in our mortgage banking operations by entering into forward sales contracts and, to a lesser extent, by purchasing mortgage-backed security options. An increase in market interest rates between the time we commit to terms on a loan and the time we ultimately sell the loan in the secondary market generally will have the effect of reducing the gain (or increasing the loss) we record on the sale. We attempt to mitigate this risk by entering into forward sales commitments in amounts sufficient to cover 70% to 90% of 30-year fixed-rate loans which are currently closed or are anticipated to close.
      For the year ended December 31, 2004, higher mortgage rates contributed to a decline in residential mortgage loan originations.

46


Table 28 — Mortgage Loans Held for Sale and Related Hedges
      The following table summarizes the average balances of residential mortgage loans held for sale and related hedge positions during the periods indicated.
         
  Year Ended
  December 31,
   
  2004 2003
     
Residential mortgage loans held for sale $48,567  $79,878 
Rate-locked loan commitments  50,710   88,492 
Forward sales contracts  86,149   155,698 
      Interest rate derivatives, primarily interest rate swaps, offered to commercial borrowers through our hedging program are designated as speculative under SFAS 133. However, we believe that our exposure to commercial customer derivatives is limited because these contracts are simultaneously matched at inception with an identical dealer transaction. The commercial customer hedging program allows us to retain variable-rate commercial loans while allowing the customer to synthetically fix the loan rate by entering into a variable-to-fixed interest rate swap. For the year ended December 31, 2004, we recorded a total notional amount of $408.8 million of new interest rate swaps with commercial borrowers and an equal notional amount of dealer transactions. It is anticipated that over time, customer interest rate derivatives will reduce the interest rate risk inherent in our longer-term, fixed-rate commercial business and real estate loans. The customer-related positions summarized in the table below include both the customer and offsetting dealer transactions.
Foreign Exchange or Market Risk
      Our earnings are not directly and materially impacted by movements in foreign currency rates or commodity prices. Virtually all transactions are denominated in the U.S. dollar. Movements in equity prices may have an indirect but modest impact on earnings by affecting the volume of activity or the amount of fees from investment-related businesses.
      Foreign currency forward and option contracts are contracts that we enter into as an accommodation for customers involved in international trade for the future delivery or purchase of foreign currency at a specified price. For these credit-worthy customers, we set aside a percentage of the customer’s available line of credit until the foreign currency contract is settled. Foreign exchange and trade services are provided under a private label arrangement with a correspondent bank. Risks arise from the possible inability of the seller and/or our customer to perform and from any resultant exposure to movement in foreign currency exchange rates, limiting our exposure to the replacement value of the contracts rather than the notional principal or contract amounts.

47


Table 29 — Derivative Positions
      The following table summarizes our derivative positions at December 31, 2004.
Asset-Liability Management Positions
                              
  Notional Amount Maturing    
      Fair
December 31, 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Thereafter Total Value
               
Interest rate contracts                            
 Pay variable, receive fixed $216,500  $  $  $150,000  $200,000  $566,500  $(4,420)
Forward commitments to sell loans  83,016               83,016   (149)
Customer-related Positions
                              
  Notional Amount Maturing    
       
December 31, 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Thereafter Total Fair Value
               
Interest rate contracts                            
 Receive fixed, pay variable $2,000  $13,250  $15,608  $49,489  $610,510  $690,857  $17,836 
 Pay fixed, receive variable  2,000   13,250   15,608   49,489   610,510   690,857   (17,836)
Foreign currency rate contracts                            
 Forward contracts with customers  26,760   6,815            33,575   3,307 
 Forward contracts with dealers  26,913   6,834            33,747   (3,056)
 Foreign exchange options to purchase  25,716   9,997            35,713   1,727 
 Foreign exchange options to sell  25,716   9,997            35,713   (1,727)
Rate-locked loan commitments(1)  35,961               35,961   147 
(1) No value has been assigned to the Consolidated Financial Statements. SeeTable 10 for information about the composition of our loan portfolio for the last five years andTable 12 for information about the scheduled contractual amortization of certain parts of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2003.

     Our residential loan portfolio accounted for 17% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2003 and 2002. Our residential loans are generally secured by single-family homes (one-to-four units) and have a maximum loan to value ratio of 80%, unless the excess is protected bypotential mortgage insurance. At December 31, 2003, 0.26% of our residential loans were nonperforming, as compared to 0.24% at December 31, 2002. Nonperforming residential real estate loans increased by $1.4 million in 2003, while the total residential loan portfolio increased by $328.3 million. These increases were primarily due to acquisitions.

     Our commercial real estate loan portfolio accounted for 34% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2003 and 2002. This portfolio consists primarily of loans secured by income-producing commercial real estate (including office and industrial buildings), service industry real estate (including hotels and health care facilities), multi-family (over four units) residential properties and retail trade real estate. These loans generally are secured by properties located in the New England states and upstate New York. At December 31, 2003, 0.36% of our commercial real estate loans were nonperforming, as compared to 0.37% at December 31, 2002.

Our commercial business loan and lease portfolio accounted for 20% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2003 compared to 21% at December 31, 2002. Commercial business loans and leases are generally made to small to medium size businesses located within our market areas. These loans are not concentrated in any particular industry, but reflect the broad-based economy of New England and upstate New York. Commercial loans consist primarily of loans secured by various equipment, machinery and other corporate assets, as well as loans to provide working capital to businesses in the form of lines of credit. Through a subsidiary, we also offer direct equipment leases, which amounted to $98.1 million at December 31, 2003. We do not emphasize the purchase of participations in syndicated commercial loans. At December 31, 2003, we had $373 million of outstanding participations in syndicated commercial loans and had an additional $343 million of unfunded commitmentsservicing rights related to these participations. At December 31, 2003, 0.74% of our commercial business loans and leases were nonperforming, as compared to 1.10% at December 31, 2002. SeeTable 13 for the geographic distribution of our commercial loans and leases at December 31, 2003 and 2002.

     Consumer loans and leases accounted for 29% of our totalrate-locked loan portfolio at December 31, 2003 compared to 28% at December 31, 2002. At December 31, 2003, 0.18% of our consumer loans were nonperforming, as compared to 0.23% at December 31, 2002.

36commitments.

2004 Asset Liability Management Actions
      The most significant factors affecting market risk exposure of net interest income during the year ended December 31, 2004 were (i) changes in the shape of the U.S. Government securities and interest rate swap yield curves, (ii) changes in the prepayment speeds of mortgage assets, (iii) the reduction in deposit interest expense and (iv) the above-described $1.2 billion investment portfolio and wholesale borrowing deleveraging program in 2004.
      The targeted federal funds rate ended 2004 at 2.25%, which was 0.50% higher than at September 30, 2004 and 1.25% higher than at December 31, 2003. Long-term interest rates at December 31, 2004 were relatively unchanged, with 10-year U.S. Treasury yields up approximately 10 basis points for the quarter ended December 31, 2004, as compared to the quarter ended September 30, 2004, and down less than 4 basis points as compared to December 31, 2003. Mortgage rates remained level in the fourth quarter, with our 30-year conforming single-family residential mortgage rate below 6%. As a result, the yield curve used to measure interest income sensitivity has flattened considerably.Table 27 incorporates the estimated net impact of these changes, as well as planned 2005 activity, the deleveraging program in the fourth quarter of 2004 and the acquisition of BostonFed on January 21, 2005, on our net interest income assuming various changes in interest rates.
      For additional information regarding our interest rate sensitivity, see “Recent Developments” above.

48


Liquidity
      Our Board Risk Management Committee establishes policies and analyzes and manages liquidity to ensure that adequate funds are available to meet normal operating requirements in addition to unexpected customer demands for funds, such as high levels of deposit withdrawals or loan demand, in a timely and cost-effective manner. The most important factor in the preservation of liquidity is maintaining public confidence that facilitates the retention and growth of a large, stable supply of core deposits and wholesale funds. Ultimately, public confidence is generated through profitable operations, sound credit quality and a strong capital position. Liquidity management is viewed from a long-term and a short-term perspective, as well as from an asset and liability perspective. We monitor liquidity through a regular review of loan and deposit maturities, yield and rate scenarios and loan and deposit forecasts to minimize funding risk. Other factors affecting our ability to meet liquidity needs include variations in the markets served and general economic conditions. We have various funding sources available to us on a parent-only basis as well as through our banking subsidiary, as outlined below.
      On a parent-only basis, our commitments and debt service requirements at December 31, 2004 consisted primarily of $310.7 million of junior subordinated debentures and $150 million of 3.75% senior notes due May 1, 2008. See “Capital” and Notes 13 and 22 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The principal sources of funds for us to meet parent-only obligations are dividends from our banking subsidiary, which are subject to regulatory limitations, income from investment securities and borrowings from public and private sources, including draws on our $110 million unsecured line of credit which is renewable every 364 days and, if used, carries interest at LIBOR plus 0.625%. At December 31, 2004 our subsidiary bank had $736.8 million available for dividends that could be paid without prior regulatory approval. In addition, the parent company had $250 million in cash or cash equivalents at December 31, 2004. See also “Financial Condition — Other Funding Sources” above. For information on restrictions on the payment of dividends by our banking subsidiary, see Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
      For a discussion of a contribution of capital we made in 2003 to our banking subsidiary to enhance its liquidity and capital for regulatory purposes, see “Capital”.
Banking Subsidiary
      For the Bank, liquidity represents the ability to fund asset growth, accommodate deposit withdrawals and meet other contractual obligations and commercial commitments. See “Table 17 — Contractual Obligations and Commitments” above. Liquidity is measured by the ability to raise cash when needed at a reasonable cost. Many factors affect a bank’s ability to meet its liquidity needs, including variations in the markets served, its asset-liability mix, its reputation and credit standing in the market and general economic conditions.
      In addition to traditional retail deposits, the Bank has various other liquidity sources, including proceeds from maturing securities and loans, the sale of securities, asset securitizations and borrowed funds such as FHLB advances, reverse repurchase agreements and brokered deposits.
      We continually monitor and forecast our liquidity position. There are several interdependent methods used by us for this purpose, including daily review of fed funds positions, monthly review of balance sheet changes, and monthly review of liquidity ratios, periodic liquidity forecasts and periodic review of contingent funding plans.
      At December 31, 2004, the Bank had in the aggregate $4.4 billion of “immediately accessible liquidity,” defined as cash that could be raised within 1-3 days through collateralized borrowings or security sales. This represented 22% of deposits, as compared to a policy minimum of 10% of deposits.
      Also at December 31, 2004, the Bank had in the aggregate “potentially volatile funds” of $3.1 billion. These are funds that might flow out of the Bank over a 90-day period in an adverse environment. Management estimates this figure by applying adverse probabilities to its various credit-sensitive and economically-sensitive funding sources.

49


      At December 31, 2004, the ratio of “immediately accessible liquidity” to “potentially volatile funds” was 139%, compared to a policy minimum of 100%.
      In addition to the liquidity sources discussed above, we believe that our residential and consumer loan portfolios provide a significant amount of contingent liquidity that could be accessed in a reasonable time period through sales or securitizations. We believe we also have significant untapped access to the national brokered deposit market. These sources are contemplated as secondary liquidity in our contingent funding plan. We believe that the level of liquidity is sufficient to meet current and future funding requirements. For additional information regarding off-balance sheet risks and commitments, see Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
      We have a shelf registration on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission which allows us to sell up to $1.0 billion of debt securities, preferred stock, depository shares, common stock and warrants and which allows affiliated trusts to sell capital securities. We had $650 million of remaining authority under this shelf registration statement as of December 31, 2004.
      In addition, at December 31, 2004, we also had an $110 million unsecured line of credit available to us. This line was replaced in January 2005 with a line of credit from TD with similar terms and conditions.
Capital
      We are committed to managing capital for shareholder benefit and maintaining protection for depositors and creditors. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, our shareholders’ equity totaled $3.2 billion and $2.5 billion, respectively, or 11.07% and 9.53% of total assets, respectively.
      The increase in shareholders’ equity in 2004 was attributable to our $304.6 million net income in 2004 and our issuance of our common stock with an aggregate value of $304.3 million in connection with acquisitions in 2004. These increases were partially offset by $135.1 million in dividends to shareholders and a $7.2 million net change in unrealized loss on securities available for sale.
      In February 2002, our board authorized 8 million shares to be repurchased in the open market. We did not repurchase any shares in 2004. During the year ended December 31, 2003, we repurchased 4.5 million shares at an average price of $23.53. At December 31, 2004, a total of 2.9 million shares were available for repurchase under the existing Board authorization.
      Capital guidelines issued by the Federal Reserve Board require us to maintain certain ratios. We maintain capital ratios to exceed “well capitalized” capital levels in accordance with capital guidelines approved by our board of directors. Our Tier 1 Capital, as defined by the Federal Reserve Board, was $2.1 billion or 7.58% of average assets at December 31, 2004, compared to $1.7 billion or 6.65% of average assets at December 31, 2003. We also are required to maintain capital ratios based on the level or our assets, as adjusted to reflect their perceived level of risk. Our regulatory capital ratios currently exceed all applicable requirements. See Note 13 to Consolidated Financial Statements.
      The Bank is also subject to federal regulatory capital requirements. At December 31, 2004, the Bank was deemed to be “well capitalized” under the regulations of the Office of the Comptroller of Currency of the United States and in compliance with applicable capital requirements. See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
      In 2003, we contributed $70 million to our banking subsidiary in advance of the acquisition of American Financial Holdings, Inc. (“American”), which closed on February 14, 2003 and was financed with 50% stock and 50% cash. The $70 million capital contribution from us to our subsidiary bank was required to maintain our subsidiary bank’s capital ratios above “well-capitalized” levels after the acquisition of American. When evaluating the issuance of long-term debt at the holding company level versus receiving dividends from its subsidiaries, management first considers the regulatory capital ratios of the banking subsidiary and the proforma impact of potential acquisitions on these capital ratios. Company policy is to maintain capital ratios at the bank and holding company at levels in excess of “well-

50


capitalized” levels — specifically a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio between 5.50% and 6.00% (compared to 5.00% needed to be considered “well-capitalized”) and total risk-based capital ratio of 10.50% (compared to 10.00% needed to be considered “well-capitalized”). Although the bank has considerable capital that it can dividend to the holding company without prior regulatory approval, its policy is to maintain capital in excess of the “well-capitalized” thresholds to support changes in the composition of its assets and growth, including by acquisition.
      At December 31, 2004, we operated five affiliated trusts for the purpose of issuing to unaffiliated parties capital securities and investing the proceeds from the sale thereof in junior subordinated debentures issued by us. All of the proceeds from the issuance of the capital securities and the common securities issued by the trusts are invested in our junior subordinated debentures, which represent the sole assets of the trusts. The capital securities pay cumulative cash distributions quarterly at the same rate as the junior subordinated debentures held by the trusts. We own all of the outstanding common securities of the trusts and effectively are the guarantor of the obligations of the trusts.
Table 30 — Capital Securities
      The following table provides information on each of our affiliated trusts and the outstanding capital securities of such trusts and the related junior subordinated debentures issued by us at December 31, 2004.
                         
        Junior    
  Issuance Capital Common Subordinated Stated Maturity
Name Date Securities Securities Debentures(1) Rate Date
             
Peoples Heritage Capital Trust I  1/31/1997  $61,775  $3,093  $64,868   9.06%   2/1/2027 
Banknorth Capital Trust I  5/1/1997   30,000   928   30,928   10.52%   5/1/2027 
Ipswich Statutory Trust I  2/22/2001   3,500   109   3,609   10.20%   2/22/2031 
CCBT Statutory Trust I  7/31/2001   5,000   155   5,155   5.74%   7/31/2031 
Banknorth Capital Trust II  2/22/2002   200,000   6,186   206,186   8.00%   4/1/2032 
                   
      $300,275  $10,471  $310,746         
                   
(1) Amounts include junior subordinated debentures acquired by affiliated trusts from us with the capital contributed by us in exchange for the common securities of such trusts. Junior subordinated debentures are equal to capital securities plus common securities.
      At December 31, 2004, trust capital securities amounted to 14.6% of Banknorth’s Tier 1 capital. Although pursuant to FIN 46(R), the trusts which issued capital securities are no longer consolidated with Banknorth and these securities therefore are no longer considered a minority interest in consolidated subsidiary for accounting purposes, pursuant to a supervisory letter sent by the Federal Reserve Board to all bank holding companies in July 2003, Banknorth has continued to include trust preferred securities in its Tier 1 capital. On May 6, 2004, the Federal Reserve Board issued a proposed regulation which proposed to permit bank holding companies to continue to include trust preferred securities in Tier 1 capital, subject to stricter quantitative and qualitative standards. Under the proposed regulation, commencing on March 31, 2007, the aggregate amount of restricted core capital elements (which include qualifying trust preferred securities, as well as qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock and Class B and Class C minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, as defined) may not exceed 25% (15% for internationally active bank holding companies) of a bank holding company’s core capital elements (which consist of qualifying common stockholders’ equity, qualifying non-cumulative preferred stock and Class A minority interest in subsidiaries, as defined), net of goodwill. This test is more restrictive than the current limit for trust preferred securities, which does not deduct goodwill prior to calculating the 25% limit or explicitly include minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, and is likely to reduce the ability of some bank holding companies, particularly those that have completed significant purchase acquisitions, to include trust preferred securities in Tier 1 capital. In addition, the proposed rule would limit the amount of qualifying trust preferred securities and Class C minority interests in excess of the restricted core capital

51


limit that can be included in Tier 2 capital by providing that the amount of such elements, together with subordinated debt and limited life preferred stock, that may be included in Tier 2 capital would be limited to 50% of Tier 1 capital. The proposed rule also would provide that during the last five years prior to maturity of the underlying subordinated note or debentures, trust preferred securities must be treated as limited-life preferred stock, excluding it from Tier 1 capital and amortizing it out of Tier 2 capital at the rate of 20% per year. If the proposed capital regulation were adopted as proposed, we believe that we would continue to qualify as “well capitalized” under Federal Reserve Board regulations. There can be no assurance that the proposed capital regulation will be adopted as proposed or at all.
      At December 31, 2004 and 2003, we also had $200 million of 7.625% subordinated notes due in 2011 issued by our banking subsidiary, which qualify as Tier 2 capital for regulatory purposes.
      Banking regulators have also established guidelines as to the level of investments in BOLI. These guidelines are expressed in terms of a percentage of Tier 1 capital plus loan loss reserves. Our guideline (which is consistent with regulatory guidelines) is that BOLI should not exceed 25% of our Tier 1 capital plus loan loss reserves, which we monitor monthly. The ratio of BOLI to Tier 1 capital plus loan loss reserves was 22.6% at December 31, 2004 and 25.9% at December 31, 2003. We currently do not anticipate any additional purchases or sales of BOLI.
Critical Accounting Policies
      We consider the following to be our critical accounting policies due to the potential impact on our results of operations and the carrying value of certain of our assets based on any changes in judgments and assumptions required to be made by us in the application of these policies.
Nonperforming Assets

     Nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans (which do not include accruing loans 90 days or more overdue), other real estate owned, repossessed assets and certain securities available for sale. Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets amounted to 0.24% at December 31, 2003 and 0.29% at December 31, 2002. Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total loans and other nonperforming assets amounted to 0.39% and 0.49% at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Table 18 — Five-Year Schedule of Nonperforming Assets

The following table presents a summary of nonperforming assets at the dates indicated.

                       
December 31,

20032002200120001999





Nonaccrual loans                    
 Residential real estate loans $7,157  $5,781  $8,311  $9,894  $17,283 
 Commercial real estate loans  19,700   17,649   17,124   12,155   16,754 
 Commercial business loans and leases  24,412   32,693   40,341   32,583   17,027 
 Consumer loans and leases  8,493   9,194   9,470   6,329   5,951 
   
   
   
   
   
 
  Total nonaccrual loans  59,762   65,317   75,246   60,961   57,015 
 Troubled debt restructurings           673   1,112 
   
   
   
   
   
 
  Total nonperforming loans  59,762   65,317   75,246   61,634   58,127 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Other nonperforming assets:                    
 Other real estate owned, net of related reserves  529   100   1,861   4,074   8,154 
 Repossessions, net of related reserves  2,812   3,536   2,016   1,424   2,911 
 Securities available for sale        2,104       
   
   
   
   
   
 
  Total  3,341   3,636   5,981   5,498   11,065 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total nonperforming assets $63,103  $68,953  $81,227  $67,132  $69,192 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Accruing loans 90 days or more overdue $4,915  $3,373  $6,227  $5,973  $12,131 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans  0.37%  0.46%  0.59%  0.57%  0.59%
Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets  0.24%  0.29%  0.39%  0.37%  0.37%
Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total loans and other nonperforming assets  0.39%  0.49%  0.64%  0.62%  0.70%

     We continue to focus on asset quality issues and to allocate significant resources to the key asset quality control functions of credit policy and administration and loan review. The collection, workout and asset management functions focus on the reduction of nonperforming assets. Despite the ongoing focus on asset quality and reductions of nonperforming asset levels, there can be no assurance that adverse changes in the real estate markets and economic conditions in our primary market areas will not result in higher nonperforming asset levels in the future and negatively impact our operations through higher provisions for loan losses, net loan charge-offs, decreased accrual of interest income and increased noninterest expenses as a result of the allocation of resources to the collection and workout of nonperforming assets.

     Residential real estate loans are generally placed on nonaccrual when they become 120 days past due or are in the process of foreclosure. All closed-end consumer loans 90 days or more past due and any equity lines of credit in the process of foreclosure are placed on nonaccrual status. Consumer loans are charged-off upon reaching 120 or 180 days past due depending on the type of loan. We generally place all commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans and leases which are 90 days or more past

37


due, unless secured by sufficient cash or other assets immediately convertible to cash, on nonaccrual status. At December 31, 2003, we had $4.9 million of accruing loans which were 90 days or more delinquent, as compared to $3.4 million of such loans at December 31, 2002. The $1.5 million increase was primarily due to acquisitions.

We also may place loans on nonaccrual and, therefore, nonperforming status which are currently less than 90 days past due or performing in accordance with their terms but which in our judgment are likely to present future principal and/or interest repayment problems and which thus ultimately would be classified as nonperforming.

Net Charge-offs

     Net charge-offs amounted to $37.3 million in 2003, as compared to $38.7 million in 2002. Net charge-offs represented 0.24% and 0.29% of average loans and leases outstanding in 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Table 19 — Five-Year Table of Activity in the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The following table presents net charge-offs by loan type and the activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses during the periods indicated.

                       
Year Ended December 31,

20032002200120001999





Allowance at the beginning of period $208,273  $189,837  $153,550  $155,048  $155,098 
Additions due to acquisitions  19,008   12,794   31,277       
Charge-offs:                    
 Residential real estate mortgages  197   (138)  626   1,828   3,622 
 Commercial real estate mortgages  577   1,290   2,267   3,566   5,076 
 Commercial business loans and leases  16,272   24,455   20,899   7,790   5,125 
 Consumer loans and leases  32,563   26,395   21,860   21,508   22,211 
   
   
   
   
   
 
  Total loans and leases charged off  49,609   52,002   45,652   34,692   36,034 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Recoveries:                    
 Residential real estate mortgages  64   122   241   107   626 
 Commercial real estate mortgages  1,761   117   222   2,371   2,527 
 Commercial business loans and leases  6,367   8,972   4,800   2,334   3,188 
 Consumer loans and leases  4,122   4,119   3,510   4,563   6,068 
   
   
   
   
   
 
  Total loans and leases recovered  12,314   13,330   8,773   9,375   12,409 
   
   
   
   
   
 
  Net charge-offs  37,295   38,672   36,879   25,317   23,625 
Provision for loan and lease losses  42,301   44,314   41,889   23,819   23,575 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Allowance at the end of the period $232,287  $208,273  $189,837  $153,550  $155,048 
   
   
   
   
   
 

38


                      
Year Ended December 31,

20032002200120001999





Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans and leases outstanding  0.24%  0.29%  0.33%  0.24%  0.25%
Ratio of allowance to total portfolio loans and leases at end of period  1.42%  1.48%  1.49%  1.42%  1.57%
Ratio of allowance to nonperforming loans and leases at end of period  388.69%  318.86%  252.29%  249.13%  266.74%
Ratio of net chargeoffs (recoveries) as a percent of outstanding average loans and leases(1)                    
 Residential real estate mortgages  0.00%  (0.01)%  0.02%  0.08%  0.12%
 Commercial real estate mortgages  (0.02)%  0.03%  0.06%  0.04%  0.10%
 Commercial business loans and leases  0.31%  0.58%  0.69%  0.26%  0.11%
 Consumer loans and leases  0.64%  0.61%  0.54%  0.54%  0.58%
Total portfolio loans and leases at end of period $16,345,962  $14,056,008  $12,715,330  $10,845,662  $9,854,656 
Total nonperforming loans and leases at end of period  59,762   65,317   75,246   61,634   58,127 
Average loans and leases outstanding (excluding loans held for sale)  15,574,078   13,182,785   11,173,723   10,449,753   9,616,914 
      We maintain an allowance for loan and lease losses at a level which we believe is sufficient to cover potential charge-offs on loans and leases deemed to be uncollectible based on continuous review of a variety of factors. These factors consist of the character and size of the loan portfolio, business and economic conditions, loan growth, charge-off experience, delinquency trends, nonperforming loan trends, portfolio migration data and other asset quality factors. The primary means of adjusting the level of this allowance is through provisions for loan and lease losses, which are established and charged to income on a quarterly basis. Although we use available information to establish the appropriate level of the allowance for loan and lease losses, future additions to the allowance may be necessary because our estimates of the potential losses in our loan and lease portfolio are susceptible to change as a result of changes in the factors noted above. Any such increases would adversely affect our results of operations. At December 31, 2004, our allowance for loan and lease losses amounted to $243.2 million, and during 2004, 2003, and 2002 our provisions for loan and lease losses amounted to $40.3 million, $42.3 million, and $44.3 million, respectively. See also “Credit Risk Management” above.
      For the commercial business loans and leases and the commercial real estate loans portfolios, we formally evaluate specific commercial and commercial real estate loans rated “substandard” or worse in excess of $300 thousand. On an ongoing basis, an independent loan review department reviews classified loans to ensure the accuracy of the loan classifications. Estimated reserves for each of these credits are determined by reviewing current collateral value, financial information, cash flow, payment history and trends and other relevant facts surrounding the particular credit. In addition, the appraisal function reviews the reasonableness of the third party appraisals related to these loans. Provisions for losses on the remaining commercial loans are based on pools of similar loans using a combination of historical loss experience and migration analysis, which considers the probability of a loan moving from one risk rating category to another over the passage of time and qualitative adjustments.
      For the residential real estate and consumer loan portfolios, the range of reserves is calculated by applying historical charge-off and recovery experience to the current outstanding balance in each loan category, with consideration given to loan growth over the preceding twelve months.

52


      Using the determined mid-point of the range, management uses various quantitative and qualitative factors to determine the appropriate point above or below the range mid-point. This process is supported by objective factors including:
(1) Excludes residential real estate loans held for sale
Potential Problem Loans
• historical loss experience;

In addition to the• trends in delinquency and nonperforming loans discussed under “Credit Risk Management” above, we also have loans that are 30 to 89 days delinquent and still accruing. These loans amounted to $142 million and $139 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. These loans and delinquency trends are consideredloans;• changes in the evaluation of the allowance forproduct offerings or loan and lease losses and the related determination of the provision for loan and lease losses.

Analysis and Determination of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Lossesterms;

     The allowance for loan and lease losses amounted to $232.3 million at December 31, 2003, as compared to $208.3 million at December 31, 2002. The $24.0 million increase was due to acquisitions and the provision for loan and lease losses exceeding net charge-offs during 2003. The ratio of the allowance to total portfolio loans and leases at December 31, 2003 and 2002 was 1.42% and 1.48%, respectively. The ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans was 389% at December 31, 2003 and 319% at December 31, 2002. Nonperforming assets amounted to $63.1 million, • changes in underwriting and/or 0.24% of total assets, at December 31, 2003 as compared to $69.0 million, or 0.29% of total assets, at December 31, 2002. The $5.9 million decreasecollections policies;• changes in nonperforming assets from December 31, 2002 to December 31, 2003 was primarily attributable to a decrease in nonperforming commercial business loans and leases. Accruing loans 90 days or more past due amounted to $4.9 million at December 31, 2003, as compared to $3.4 million at December 31, 2002, an increase of $1.5 million. This increase was due primarily to acquisitions.

39


Table 20 —Allocation of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses — Five-Year Schedule

The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for loan and lease losses at the dates indicated.

                                         
December 31,

20032002200120001999





Percent ofPercent ofPercent ofPercent ofPercent of
Loans in EachLoans in EachLoans in EachLoans in EachLoans in Each
Category toCategory toCategory toCategory toCategory to
AmountTotal LoansAmountTotal LoansAmountTotal LoansAmountTotal LoansAmountTotal Loans










Real estate loans $122,183   50.41% $108,094   51.04% $103,271   52.86% $81,026   47.98% $79,147   50.40%
Commercial business loans and leases  70,383   20.11%  63,940   21.12%  58,090   19.37%  50,486   21.29%  49,316   19.53%
Consumer loans and leases  39,721   29.48%  36,239   27.84%  28,476   27.77%  22,038   30.73%  26,585   30.07%
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  $232,287   100.00% $208,273   100.00% $189,837   100.00% $153,550   100.00% $155,048   100.00%
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 

     The allowance for loan and leases losses is maintained at a level determined to be adequate by management to absorb future charge-offs of loans and leases deemed uncollectable. This allowance is increased by provisions charged to income and by recoveries on loans previously charged off. Arriving at an appropriate level of allowance for loan and lease losses necessarily involves a high degree of judgment and is determined based on management’s ongoing evaluation. As discussed under “Critical Accounting Policies,” we believe that the methods used by us in determining the allowance for loan and lease losses constitute a critical accounting policy. Although we utilize judgment in providing for losses, for the reasons discussed under “Critical Accounting Policies” and “Credit Risk Management — Nonperforming Assets,” there can be no assurance that we will not have to increase the amount of our provision for loan and lease losses in future periods. Management determined that the allowance for loan and lease losses was adequate at December 31, 2003.

For information about the activity and the allocation of our allowance for loan and lease losses, seeTables 19 and 20.

Asset-Liability Management

The goal of asset-liability management is the prudent control of market risk, liquidity and capital. Asset-liability management is governed by policies, goals, and objectives that are adopted and reviewed by our board of directors and monitored periodically by the Board Risk Management Committee. The board delegates responsibility for asset-liability management strategies to achieve these goals and objectives to the Asset Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”), which is comprised of members of senior management. Senior management determines the strategic directives that guide the day-to-day management of our activitiesunderwriting and interest rate risk exposure. The ALCO also reviewscollection departments; and approves all major risk, liquidity• regional and capital management programs, except for product pricing. Product pricing is reviewed and approved by the Pricing Committee, which is comprised of a subset of ALCO members and the state presidents of our banking subsidiary.

Interest Rate Risk

     Interest rate risk is the risk of loss to future earnings or long-term value resulting from changes in interest rates and is by far the most significant non-credit risk to which we are exposed. This risk arises directly from our core lending and deposit gathering activities and is predominantly concentrated in our mortgage-related assets as well as our non-maturity deposits. Mortgage related assets typically give borrowers the option to prepay at any time without penalty. Principal cash flows that come from these assets are highly interest rate sensitive. As interest rates fall, borrowers are more likely to pay off their existing mortgages, which results in higher cash flows that we must in turn reinvest. Replacing these higher-rate mortgage assets with lower-rate mortgage assets has the potential to reduce our net interest income unless we can also reduce either our wholesale or retail funding costs. In the low interest rate

40


environment, bank deposits can increase, especially if the market risk premium is not sufficient to adequately compensate investors. Consequently, under such circumstances, we can have even more cash to reinvest in low yielding assets. Conversely, rising rates tend to have the opposite effect on both mortgage assets and non-maturity deposits. Higher rates make borrowers less likely to refinance existing debt, resulting in lower cash flows for us to reinvest. And if the market risk premium is sufficiently high, depositors could be enticed to take additional investment risk and move deposits from banks into riskier assets, such as equities. This in turn could result in less cash to invest or even require us to use wholesale funding market sources more actively. In the case of higher interest rates, our funding sources could reprice faster than our assets and at higher rates, thereby reducing our interest rate spread and net interest margin. The degree to which future earnings or long-term value is subject to interest rate risk depends on how closely the characteristics of our interest-earning assets match those of our interest-bearing liabilities.

In addition to directly impacting mortgage asset and deposit cash flows, interest rate changes could affect (i) the amount of loans originated and sold by us, (ii) the level and composition of deposits (iii) the ability of borrowers to repay adjustable or variable rate loans, (iv) the average maturity of loans and investments, (v) the rate of amortization of premiums paid on securities, capitalized mortgage servicing rights, deferred fees and purchase accounting adjustments (vi) the fair value of our saleable assets, the amount of unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale per SFAS No. 115, and the resultant ability to realize gains and (vii) per SFAS Nos. 133 and 138, the fair value of derivatives carried on our balance sheet, derivative hedge effectiveness testing and the amount of ineffectiveness recognized in earnings.

Assessment and Measurement

     The overall objective of interest rate risk management is to deliver consistent net interest income growth and returns on equity over a wide range of possible interest rate environments. To that end, management focuses on 1) key interest rate risk metrics and assessment of Banknorth’s exposure to this risk 2) a careful review and consideration of modeling assumptions and 3) asset and liability management strategies that help attain the corporate goals and objectives adopted by our board of directors.

The primary objective of interest rate risk management is to control our measured exposure to interest rate risk both within limits and guidelines established by the ALCO and approved by our board. These limits and guidelines reflect our tolerance for interest rate risk over a wide range of both short-term and long-term measurements. In addition, we evaluate interest rate risk based on ongoing business risk measures, liquidation or run-off measures of the existing balance sheet and stress test measures. Ongoing measurements and runoff analysis provide management with information concerning day-to-day operations. Stress testing shows the impact of very extreme but lower probability events. The combination of these measures gives management a comprehensive view of possible risks to future earnings and long-term equity value. We attempt to control interest rate risk by identifying, quantifying and, where appropriate, hedging our exposure.

Net Interest Income Sensitivity

     Net interest income is our largest source of revenue. Net interest income sensitivity is our primary short-term measurement used to assess risk to our ongoing business. Management believes that net interest income sensitivity gives us the best perspective of how day-to-day decisions affect our interest rate risk profile. We subject 12-month net interest income to various rate movements using a simulation model for various specified interest rate scenarios. Simulations are run monthly and include scenarios where market rates are “shocked” up and down, scenarios where market rates gradually change or “ramp” up and down and scenarios where the slope of the market yield curve changes. Our base simulation assumes that rates do not change for the next 12 months. The sensitivity measurement is calculated as the percentage variance of the net interest income simulations to the base simulation results. Results for the gradual “ramps” are compared to policy guidelines and are disclosed in the interest rate risk results below.

41


Economic Value of Equity

Economic value of equity is a theoretical long-term liquidation measure of interest rate risk. It is a useful measure because it attempts to capture all cash flow optionality on the balance sheet at a particular point in time. Using this analysis, we can compute additional interest rate measures, such as effective duration and convexity, for internal asset or liability classifications. While these measurements are an integral part of our risk management process, they are not based on on-going measurements of interest rate risk because they do not consider the effects of future business activity. For this reason, management believes that net interest income sensitivity is a more appropriate measurement when making day-to-day interest rate risk management decisions. To calculate the theoretical economic value of equity, we subtract the calculated value of liabilities from the calculated value of assets at a particular point in time, usually month end. Where observable market prices are available, market values are used. For financial assets or liabilities with no or few observable market prices, we compute a net present value of cash flows using an assigned risk premium. However, in the case of certain assets or liabilities, cash flows or risk premiums may not be known with certainty. This requires us to use material modeling assumptions.

Review of Modeling Assumptions

Key assumptions related to the above measurements include interest rate movements, product pricing and customer behavior. In the case of mortgage asset cash flows, the majority of our assumptions are derived from a vendor supported prepayment model that is periodically tested using actual loan portfolio behavior. Both ALCO and the Pricing Committee carefully monitor deposit retention, pricing and product behavior.

Interest Rates

     The net interest income simulation and economic value of equity model use the same parallel interest rate “shocks” of 1%. We consider these scenarios to be stress tests that measure the impact of sudden and severe market rate movements on our short and long term interest rate risk measures. Another stress test periodically performed is asymmetric interest rate behavior that measures the impact of yield curve slope changes on interest rate risk measures.

Not all interest rates are modeled to move with the market. Because we control the extent and timing of rates paid on non-maturity deposits, certain assumptions regarding rate changes are built into the model. Many of these non-maturity interest-bearing deposit products (e.g. interest checking, savings and money market deposits) are modeled to have only a limited sensitivity to market rate movements based on historical experience. These product rates change with only a small fraction of market rate movements and are assumed to have pricing floors. Other accounts, such as home equity lines of credit, price off the prime rate applied on a lagged basis. New commercial business and commercial real estate loans generally price off average spreads to LIBOR and the swap curve. Most new fixed rate commercial loans have standard yield maintenance language, which reduces the likelihood of prepayments in portfolios that typically have higher turnover rates due to business activity. More and more large commercial customers are opting to hedge LIBOR and prime loan rates using interest rate derivatives, including interest rate swaps, which allows us to reduce our interest rate risk. In turn, this affects the mix of new loans as more of the commercial portfolio becomes variable.

Borrower Cash Flows

     One of the most material assumptions relates to varying cash flows and prepayment risk. Assets that have prepayment risk include mortgage and home equity loans and lines of credit, mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and mortgage servicing rights. The likelihood for a borrower to prepay usually increases when interest rates fall. Since the future prepayment behavior of borrowers is uncertain, the resulting loan cash flows cannot be determined exactly. Complicating our efforts to measure interest rate risk is the uncertainty of the maturity, repricing and/or runoff of some of our assets and liabilities.

42


Future Business Activity

Future business activity is projected in the net interest income sensitivity analysis and includes new loan originations, deposit growth, planned investment transactions, funding actions, and non-interest income and expense projections. The basis for future business activity combines budget projections, current balance sheet and income statement run rates, as well as business forecasts to simulate balance sheet and income statement growth over the next 12 months. Because future business activity forecasts are uncertain, assumptions are more likely to impact the net interest income results. Therefore, the net interest income simulation is thought to contain more assumption risk than the economic value of equity liquidation analysis.

Asset Liability Management and Strategies

     We manage the interest rate risk inherent in our core banking operations using both cash based investments and wholesale funding sources, as well as interest rate derivatives. For example, the types of investments available for sale or wholesale borrowings can have widely varying interest rate risk characteristics. Either of these instruments might also contain embedded options, such as calls, caps, floors and collars. Depending on our overall risk position, these investment or funding transactions can be used to further change our overall interest rate risk profile.

     Our asset-liability management policy on interest rate risk simulation specifies that if market interest rates were to shift gradually up or down 2%, estimated net interest income for the subsequent 12 months should decline by less than 5%. As indicated in the table below, the gradual 2% falling rate scenario was slightly outside policy guidelines at December 31, 2002. The ALCO voted to approve the December 31, 2002 guidelines exception because a gradual 2% decreasing rate scenario was deemed unlikely based on the level of interest rates at the time. All interest rate risk measures were within compliance guidelines at December 31, 2003. The ALCO currently is more focused on strategies that prove beneficial to income should rates rise and the yield curve flattens, as well as on the gradual decreasing 1% rate scenario.

The table below sets forth information regarding estimated changes in net interest income for the 12 months following the indicated dates, assuming a gradual shift up or down in market rates of 100 and 200 basis points across the entire yield curve. Assuming a downward shift in rates, because most deposit accounts have implied interest rate floors, it is assumed that the related interest expense on these accounts will not decrease in proportion to the downward shift in rates. Assuming an upward shift in rates of 200 basis points, the simulated increase in interest income would be more than the simulated increase in interest expense because total adjustable interest-earning assets will reprice more quickly than will total adjustable interest-bearing liabilities. These results are dependent on material assumptions such as those discussed above.

             
200 Basis Point100 Basis Point100 Basis Point
Rate IncreaseRate IncreaseRate Decrease



December 31, 2003  (0.26)%  0.24%  (0.71)%
   
   
   
 
December 31, 2002  3.40%  2.15%  (2.64)%
   
   
   
 

Derivative Instruments

Purpose and Benefits

     Derivative financial instruments are important tools that we use to manage interest rate risk. When appropriate, we use derivatives such as interest-rate swaps, interest rate floors, interest rate caps and interest rate corridor agreements and forward security sales, among other instruments.

     Certain derivatives are used to hedge certain wholesale funding activities and the mortgage origination pipeline. These instruments are designated as hedges at inception in accordance with SFAS No. 133. At December 31, 2003, our designated hedging activities consisted of forward commitments related to hedging our mortgage banking operations, a $150 million interest rate swap at 3-month LIBOR plus 0.41% that

43


hedged $150 million of 3.75% fixed-rate senior notes maturing on May 1, 2008, a $200 million interest rate swap at 3-month LIBOR plus 3.47% that hedged $200 million of 7.625% fixed-rate subordinated debt issued by the Bank which matures on June 15, 2011, and five interest rate swaps totaling $216.5 million with a weighted average of 1-month LIBOR plus 3.82%, which hedge $216.5 million of FHLB advances with a weighted average cost of 5.47% and which mature throughout 2005.

     We manage the interest rate risk inherent in our mortgage banking operations by entering into forward sales contracts and, to a lesser extent, by purchasing mortgage-backed security options. An increase in market interest rates between the time we commit to terms on a loan and the time we ultimately sell the loan in the secondary market generally will have the effect of reducing the gain (or increasing the loss) we record on the sale. We attempt to mitigate this risk by entering into forward sales commitments in amounts sufficient to cover 70% to 90% of 30-year fixed-rate loans which are currently closed or are anticipated to close. Purchased mortgage-backed security options are also used to hedge rate-locked loans.

During 2003, higher mortgage rates and record levels of residential mortgage loan originations contributed to a reduction in residential mortgages held for sale. The following table summarizes the average balances of residential mortgage loans held for sale and related hedge positions during the periods indicated.

         
Year Ended December 31,

20032002


Residential mortgage loans held for sale $79,878  $85,337 
Rate-locked loan commitments  88,492   94,397 
Forward sales contracts  155,698   158,092 
Purchased mortgage-backed security options  1,667   13,333 

Interest rate derivatives, primarily interest rate swaps, offered to commercial borrowers through our hedging program are designated as speculative under SFAS 133. However, we believe that our exposure to commercial customer derivatives is limited because these contracts are simultaneously matched at inception with an identical dealer transaction. The commercial customer hedging program allows us to retain variable-rate commercial loans while allowing the customer to synthetically fix the loan rate by entering into a variable-to-fixed interest rate swap. In 2003, we recorded a total notional amount of $273 million of interest rate swaps with commercial borrowers and an equal notional amount of dealer transactions. It is anticipated that over time, customer interest rate derivatives will reduce the interest rate risk inherent in our longer-term, fixed-rate commercial business and real estate loans. The customer-related positions summarized in the table below includes both the customer and offsetting dealer transactions.

Foreign Exchange or Market Risk

     Our earnings are not directly and materially impacted by movements in foreign currency rates or commodity prices. Virtually all transactions are denominated in the U.S. dollar. Movements in equity prices may have an indirect but modest impact on earnings by affecting the volume of activity or the amount of fees from investment-related businesses.

     Foreign currency forward contracts are contracts that we enter into as an accommodation for customers involved in international trade for the future delivery or purchase of foreign currency at a specified price. For these customers, we set aside a percentage of the customer’s available line of credit until the foreign currency contract is settled. Foreign exchange and trade services are provided under a private label arrangement with a correspondent bank. Risks arise from the possible inability of the seller and/or our customer to perform and from any resultant exposure to movement in foreign currency exchange rates, limiting our exposure to the replacement value of the contracts rather than the notional principal or contract amounts.

44


Table 21 — Derivative Positions

     The following table summarizes our derivative positions at December 31, 2003.

Asset-Liability Management Positions

                              
Notional Amount Maturing

Fair
December 31, 20032004200520062007ThereafterTotalValue








Interest rate contracts                            
 Pay variable, receive fixed $  $216,500  $  $  $350,000  $566,500  $(1,896)
Forward commitments to sell loans  61,000               61,000   (425)

Customer-related Positions

                              
Notional Amount Maturing

Fair
December 31, 20032004200520062007ThereafterTotalValue








Interest rate contracts                            
 Receive fixed, pay variable $23,225  $  $  $13,454  $288,344  $325,023  $7,357 
 Pay fixed, receive variable  23,225         13,454   288,344   325,023   (7,357)
Foreign currency forward contracts                            
 Forward contracts with customers  15,213   8,225            23,438   3,132 
 Forward contracts with dealers  15,213   8,225            23,438   (3,132)
Rate-locked loan commitments  30,779               30,779   188 
2003 Asset Liability Management Actions

     The most significant factors affecting market risk exposure of net interest income during 2003 were (i) changes in the shape of the U.S. Government securities and interest rate swap yield curves, (ii) changes in the composition of the investment portfolio, including a “deleveraging strategy” completed in the second quarter whereby approximately $901 million in investments yielding about 5.05% were sold, (iii) changes in the composition of mortgage assets and prepayment speeds of mortgage assets, (iv) reduction of deposit interest expenses and (v) changes in the wholesale funding structure, including $853 million of borrowings costing about 4.49% related to the “deleveraging strategy”.

     Interest rates in the fourth quarter of 2003 fluctuated, with 10-year Treasury yields rising over 50 basis points and ending the fourth quarter approximately 32 basis points higher. Mortgage rate changes during 2003 resulted in significant mortgage loan activity for 2003. With higher rates in the fourth quarter, projected mortgage loan prepayments are forecasted to slow considerably in 2004. Because of historically low rates in early to mid 2003 and increased loan cash inflows, effective duration estimates for loans and mortgage-backed securities were lower than normal, thus increasing asset sensitivity during the first half of 2003. Further rises in interest rates since mid-2003 reduced simulated asset sensitivity. Asset and liability management actions implemented during 2003 were done to further reduce simulated asset sensitivity. These actions included the purchase of securities less susceptible to prepayments, replacing approximately $700 million of existing borrowings, some of which were callable, hedging $200 million of fixed rate subordinated debt, $150 million of fixed rate senior notes and $216.5 million of FHLB fixed borrowings with interest rate swaps, and the deleveraging strategy discussed above. The above net interest income table reflects the net impact of these changes. We remain asset sensitive, albeit to a lesser degree than mid-2003. Without further actions, net interest income is projected to increase modestly if short and long interest rates move symmetrically higher.

Liquidity

     Our Board Risk Management Committee establishes policies and analyzes and manages liquidity to ensure that adequate funds are available to meet normal operating requirements in addition to unexpected customer demands for funds, such as high levels of deposit withdrawals or loan demand, in a timely and

45


cost-effective manner. The most important factor in the preservation of liquidity is maintaining public confidence that facilitates the retention and growth of a large, stable supply of core deposits and wholesale funds. Ultimately, public confidence is generated through profitable operations, sound credit quality and a strong capital position. Liquidity management is viewed from a long-term and a short-term perspective, as well as from an asset and liability perspective. We monitor liquidity through a regular review of loan and deposit maturities, yield and rate scenarios and loan and deposit forecasts to minimize funding risk. Other factors affecting our ability to meet liquidity needs include variations in the markets served and general economic conditions. We have various funding sources available to us on a parent-only basis as well as through our banking subsidiary, as outlined below.

On a parent-only basis, our commitments and debt service requirements at December 31, 2003 consisted primarily of $295.3 million of junior subordinated debentures and $150 million of 3.75% senior notes due May 1, 2008. See “Capital” and Notes 13 and 22 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The principal sources of funds for us to meet parent-only obligations are dividends from our banking subsidiary, which are subject to regulatory limitations, income from investment securities and borrowings from public and private sources, including draws on our $110 million unsecured line of credit. At December 31, 2003, our subsidiary bank had $491.8 million available for dividends that could be paid without prior regulatory approval. In addition, the parent company had $253 million in cash or cash equivalents at December 31, 2003. See also “Financial Condition — Other Funding Sources” above. For information on restrictions on the payment of dividends by our banking subsidiary, see Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Banking Subsidiary

     For the Bank, liquidity represents the ability to fund asset growth, accommodate deposit withdrawals and meet other contractual obligations and commercial commitments. See “Table 17 — Contractual Obligations and Commitments” above. Liquidity is measured by the ability to raise cash when needed at a reasonable cost. Many factors affect a bank’s ability to meet its liquidity needs, including variations in the markets served, its asset-liability mix, its reputation and credit standing in the market and general economic conditions.

     In addition to traditional retail deposits, the Bank has various other liquidity sources, including proceeds from maturing securities and loans, the sale of securities, asset securitizations and borrowed funds such as FHLB advances, reverse repurchase agreements and brokered deposits.

     We continually monitor and forecast our liquidity position. There are several interdependent methods used by us for this purpose, including daily review of fed funds positions, monthly review of balance sheet changes, monthly review of liquidity ratios, periodic liquidity forecasts and periodic review of contingent funding plans.

     As of December 31, 2003, the Bank had in the aggregate $3.9 billion of “immediately accessible liquidity,” defined as cash that could be raised within 1-3 days through collateralized borrowings or security sales. This represented 22% of deposits, as compared to a policy minimum of 10% of deposits.

     Also as of December 31, 2003, the Bank had in the aggregate “potentially volatile funds” of $2.4 billion. These are funds that might flow out of the Bank over a 90-day period in an adverse environment. Management estimates this figure by applying adverse probabilities to its various credit-sensitive and economically-sensitive funding sources.

     As of December 31, 2003, the ratio of “immediately accessible liquidity” to “potentially volatile funds” was 165%, compared to a policy minimum of 100%.

     In addition to the liquidity sources discussed above, we believe that our residential and consumer loan portfolios provide a significant amount of contingent liquidity that could be accessed in a reasonable time period through sales or securitizations. We believe we also have significant untapped access to the national brokered deposit market. These sources are contemplated as secondary liquidity in our contingent funding plan. We believe that the level of liquidity is sufficient to meet current and future funding requirements.

46


For additional information regarding off-balance sheet risks and commitments, see Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

     We have a shelf registration on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission which allows us to sell up to $1.0 billion of debt securities, preferred stock, depository shares, common stock and warrants and which allows subsidiary trusts to sell capital securities. We had $650 million of remaining authority under this shelf registration statement as of December 31, 2003.

     In addition, at December 31, 2003, we also had 100% of our $110 million unsecured line of credit available to us.

Capital

     We are committed to managing capital for shareholder benefit and maintaining protection for depositors and creditors. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, our shareholders’ equity totaled $2.5 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively, or 9.53% and 8.81% of total assets, respectively.

     The increase in shareholders’ equity in 2003 was attributable to our $350.8 million net income in 2003 and our issuance of our common stock with an aggregate value of $382.8 million in connection with acquisitions in 2003. These increases were partially offset by a $110.1 million net unrealized loss on securities available for sale, $105.1 million of stock repurchases (4,465,900 shares) and $111.9 million in dividends to shareholders.

     In February 2002, our board authorized 8 million shares to be repurchased in the open market. During the year ended December 31, 2003, we repurchased 4.5 million shares at an average price of $23.53. As of December 31, 2003, a total of 2.9 million shares were available for repurchase under existing Board authorizations.

     Capital guidelines issued by the Federal Reserve Board require us to maintain certain ratios. We maintain capital ratios to exceed “well capitalized” capital levels in accordance with capital guidelines approved by our board of directors. Our Tier 1 Capital, as defined by the Federal Reserve Board, was $1.7 billion or 6.65% of average assets at December 31, 2003, compared to $1.6 billion or 7.13% of average assets at December 31, 2002. We also are required to maintain capital ratios based on the level of our assets, as adjusted to reflect their perceived level of risk. Our regulatory capital ratios currently exceed all applicable requirements. See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

     The Bank is also subject to federal regulatory capital requirements. At December 31, 2003, the Bank was deemed to be “well capitalized” under the regulations of the Office of the Comptroller of Currency of the United States and in compliance with applicable capital requirements. See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

     At December 31, 2003, we had outstanding $295.3 million of capital securities issued by subsidiary trusts, which are classified as long-term debt by us in our consolidated balance sheet.

The following table summarizes our capital securities at December 31, 2003.

                 
IssuanceStatedMaturity
NameDateAmountRateDate





Peoples Heritage Capital Trust I  1/31/1997  $61,775   9.06%  2/1/2027 
Banknorth Capital Trust I  5/1/1997   30,000   10.52%  5/1/2027 
Ipswich Statutory Trust I  2/22/2001   3,500   10.20%  2/22/2031 
Banknorth Capital Trust II  2/22/2002   200,000   8.00%  4/1/2032 
       
         
      $295,275         
       
         

     The regulatory capital treatment of capital securities issued by subsidiary trusts of bank holding companies is currently under review by the banking regulators in light of the issuance by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of Interpretation No. 46R, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities — An

47


Interpretation of ARB No. 51 (“FIN 46”). See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Our capital securities are currently included in the Tier 1 capital of Banknorth and, at December 31, 2003, amounted to 17.8% of its Tier 1 capital. Depending on the future determination of banking regulators, capital securities issued by certain subsidiary trusts may no longer qualify for Tier 1 capital treatment, but instead may qualify for Tier 2 capital treatment. Outstanding capital securities may or may not be grandfathered by the Federal Reserve Board for treatment as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes. On July 2, 2003, the Federal Reserve Board issued a Supervision and Regulation Letter requiring that bank holding companies continue to follow the current instructions for reporting capital securities in their regulatory reports. The effect of the letter is that we will continue to report our capital securities in Tier 1 capital until further notice from the Federal Reserve Board. As noted above, at December 31, 2003, we were classified as “well capitalized” for regulatory purposes, the highest classification. We believe that our classification would have remained “well-capitalized” were the capital securities issued by subsidiary trusts included in our Tier 2 capital and not in Tier 1 capital. If our trust capital securities were no longer allowed to be included in Tier 1 capital as a result of accounting and regulatory developments, we would be permitted to redeem the capital securities without penalty. If capital securities issued by subsidiary trusts were not granted Tier 2 status, we believe that we would remain in compliance with existing minimum capital requirements.

     At December 31, 2003 and 2002, we also had $200 million of 7.625% subordinated notes due in 2011 issued by our banking subsidiary, which qualify as Tier 2 capital for regulatory purposes.

     Banking regulators have also established guidelines as to the level of investments in BOLI. These guidelines are expressed in terms of a percentage of Tier 1 capital plus loan loss reserves. Our guideline (which is consistent with regulatory guidelines) is that BOLI should not exceed 25% of our Tier 1 capital plus loan loss reserves, which we monitor monthly. The ratio of BOLI to Tier 1 capital plus loan loss reserves was 25.9% at December 31, 2003 and 21.5% at December 31, 2002. This increase was the result of the $85.6 million of BOLI acquired in the merger with American on February 14, 2003. We currently do not anticipate any additional purchases or sales of BOLI.

Critical Accounting Policies

We consider the following to be our critical accounting policies due to the potential impact on our results of operations and the carrying value of certain of our assets based on any changes in judgments and assumptions required to be made by us in the application of these policies.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

     We maintain an allowance for loan and lease losses at a level which we believe is sufficient to cover potential charge-offs on loans and leases deemed to be uncollectible based on continuous review of a variety of factors. These factors consist of the character and size of the loan portfolio, business and economic conditions, loan growth, charge-off experience, delinquency trends, nonperforming loan trends, portfolio migration data and other asset quality factors. The primary means of adjusting the level of this allowance is through provisions for loan and lease losses, which are established and charged to income on a quarterly basis. Although we use available information to establish the appropriate level of the allowance for loan and lease losses, future additions to the allowance may be necessary because our estimates of the potential losses in our loan and lease portfolio are susceptible to change as a result of changes in the factors noted above. Any such increases would adversely affect our results of operations. At December 31, 2003, our allowance for loan and lease losses amounted to $232.3 million, and during 2003, 2002 and 2001 our provisions for loan and lease losses amounted to $42.3 million, $44.3 million and $41.9 million, respectively. See also “Credit Risk Management” section.

     For the commercial business loans and leases and the commercial real estate loans portfolios, we evaluate specific loan status reports on certain loans rated “substandard” or worse in excess of a specified dollar amount. On an ongoing basis, an independent loan review department reviews classified loans to ensure the accuracy of the loan classifications. Estimated reserves for each of these credits are determined

48


by reviewing current collateral value, financial information, cash flow, payment history and trends and other relevant facts surrounding the particular credit. In addition, the appraisal function reviews the reasonableness of the third party appraisals related to these loans. Provisions for losses on the remaining commercial loans are based on pools of similar loans using a combination of historical loss experience and migration analysis, which considers the probability of a loan moving from one risk rating category to another over the passage of time and qualitative adjustments.

     For the residential real estate and consumer loan portfolios, the range of reserves is calculated by applying historical charge-off and recovery experience to the current outstanding balance in each loan category, with consideration given to loan growth over the preceding twelve months.

Our Board Risk Management Committee is responsible for the review and approval of the allowance for loan and lease losses as well as policies and procedures surrounding the calculation of the allowance. We continuously monitor qualitative and quantitative trends in the loan portfolio, including changes in the levels of past due, criticized and nonperforming loans. As a result, our historical experience has provided for an adequate allowance for loan and lease losses.

Accounting for Acquisitions and Review of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

In connection with acquisitions of other companies, we generally record as assets on our financial statements both goodwill and identifiable intangible assets such as core deposit intangibles, non-compete agreements and customer lists. Due to a change in an accounting standard, since January 1, 2002 we no longer amortize the amount of our goodwill through a charge to expense over the period of its expected life. Instead, we regularly evaluate whether the carrying value of our goodwill has become impaired, in which case we reduce its carrying value through a charge to our earnings. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment at the reporting unit level, and there is goodwill recorded in the following reporting units: Community Banking, Insurance Brokerage and Investment Management. Core deposit and other identifiable intangible assets are amortized to expense over their estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. The valuation techniques used by us to determine the carrying value of tangible and intangible assets acquired in acquisitions and the estimated lives of identifiable intangible assets involve estimates for discount rates, projected future cash flows and time period calculations, all of which are susceptible to change based on changes in economic conditions and other factors. Any changes in the estimates which we use to determine the carrying valuetrends.

Accounting for Acquisitions and Review of our goodwillGoodwill and identifiable intangible assets or which otherwise adversely affects their value or estimated lives would adversely affect our results of operations. At December 31, 2003, our goodwill and identifiable intangible assets amounted to $1.1 billion and $36.4 million, respectively, and during 2003, 2002 and 2001 our amortization expense amounted to $8.9 million, $6.5 million and $22.1 million, respectively (which reflects our cessation of the amortization of goodwill in 2002). There was no impairment recorded in 2003 or 2002.
Other Intangible Assets
      In connection with acquisitions of other companies, we generally record as assets on our financial statements both goodwill and identifiable intangible assets such as core deposits intangibles, non-compete agreements and customer lists. Due to a change in an accounting standard, since January 1, 2002 we no longer amortize the amount of our goodwill through a charge to expense over the period of its expected life. Instead, we regularly evaluate whether the carrying value of our goodwill has become impaired, in which case we reduce its carrying value through a charge to our earnings. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment at the reporting unit level, and there is goodwill recorded in the following reporting units: Community Banking, Insurance Agency and Wealth Management. Core deposit and other identifiable intangible assets are amortized to expense over their estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. The valuation techniques used by us to determine the carrying value of tangible and intangible assets acquired in acquisitions and the estimated lives of identifiable intangible assets involve estimates for discount rates, projected future cash flows and time period calculations, all of which are susceptible to change based on changes in economic conditions and other factors. Any change in the estimates which we use to determine the carrying value of our goodwill and identifiable intangible assets or which otherwise adversely affects their value or estimated lives would adversely affect our results of operations. At December 31, 2004, our goodwill and identifiable intangible assets amounted to $1.4 billion and $50.4 million, respectively, and during 2004, 2003, and 2002 our amortization expense amounted to $8.6 million, $8.9 million, and $6.5 million, respectively. There was no impairment recorded in 2004, 2003 or 2002.
Accounting for Pension Plans
      We use a December 31 measurement date to determine our pension expense and related financial disclosure information. In accordance with SFAS No. 87, we set the discount rate for our retirement plans by reference to investment grade bond yields. We use Moody’s published AA yield for long-term corporate bonds as of December 31st as an index, and our discount rate is set within 25 basis points of the index. Moody’s AA yield dropped from 6.01% for December 2003 to 5.66% for December 2004. Similarly, we evaluate the expected long-term rate of return on the assets held in our defined benefit pension plan based on market and economic conditions, the plan’s asset allocation and other factors. As a consequence of our most recent annual review, we reduced the discount rate for all of our employee benefit plans from 6.25% as of December 31, 2003 to 5.75% as of December 31, 2004. Our expected rate of return on our pension plan assets was 8.5% for 2004 and is the same for 2005.
      Pension expense is sensitive to changes in the expected return on assets. For example, adjusting the expected rate of return by 25 basis points (while holding other assumptions constant) would increase or decrease the forecasted 2005 expense for our defined benefit plan by approximately $650 thousand.

53


      Pension expense is also sensitive to changes in the discount rate. For example, adjusting the discount rate by 25 basis points (while holding other assumptions constant) would increase or decrease the forecasted 2005 expense for our defined benefit plan by approximately $1.6 million.
      As with the computations on pension expense, cash contribution requirements to the pension plan are sensitive to changes in the assumed discount rate and the assumed rate of return on plan assets. We have traditionally contributed the maximum tax-deductible amount to our pension plan each year.
Accrued Income Taxes
      We estimate income taxes payable based on the amount we expect to owe various tax authorities. Taxes are discussed in more detail in Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Accrued income taxes represent the net estimated amount due to or to be received from taxing authorities. In estimating accrued income taxes, management assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions taking into account statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance in the context of our tax position. We also rely on tax opinions, recent state audits and historical experience. Although we use available information to record accrued income taxes, underlying estimates and assumptions can change over time as a result of unanticipated events or circumstances such as changes in tax laws influencing our overall tax position.
Accounting Changes
      For information on the impact of new accounting standards, see Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Forward Looking Statements
      Certain statements contained herein are not based on historical facts and are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of federal securities laws. See “Forward Looking Statements” at the beginning of this report.
Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
      The information contained in the section captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Asset Liability Management” in Item 7 hereof is incorporated herein by reference.

54


Item 8.Accounting for Pension Plans

     We use a December 31 measurement date to determine our pension expense and related financial disclosure information. In accordance with SFAS No. 87, we set the discount rate for our retirement plans by reference to investment grade bond yields. We use Moody’s published AA yield for long-term corporate bonds as of December 31st as an index, and our discount rate is set within 25 basis points of the index. Moody’s AA yield dropped from 6.63% for December 2002 to 6.01% for December 2003. Similarly, we evaluate the expected long-term rate of return on the assets held in our defined benefit pension plan based on market and economic conditions, the plan’s asset allocation and other factors. As a consequence of our most recent annual review, we reduced the discount rate for all of our employee benefit plans from 6.75% as of December 31, 2002 to 6.25% as of December 31, 2003. Our expected rate of return on our pension plan assets was 8.5% for 2003 and is the same for 2004.

49


     Pension expense is sensitive to changes in the expected return on assets. For example, adjusting the expected rate of return by 25 basis points (while holding other assumptions constant) would increase or decrease the forecasted 2004 expense for the our defined benefit plan by approximately $600,000.

     Pension expense is also sensitive to changes in the discount rate. For example, adjusting the discount rate by 25 basis points (while holding other assumptions constant) would increase or decrease the forecasted 2004 expense for our defined benefit plan by approximately $1.5 million.

As with the computations on pension expense, cash contribution requirements to the pension plan are sensitive to changes in the assumed discount rate and the assumed rate of return on plan assets. We have traditionally contributed the maximum tax-deductible amount to the pension plan each year, and we do not anticipate that any increases in contribution requirements generated by recent poor stock market performance will have a material impact on future cash flows.

Accrued Income Taxes

     We estimate income taxes payable based on the amount we expect to owe various tax authorities. Taxes are discussed in more detail in Note 9 of the consolidated financial statements. Accrued income taxes represent the net estimated amount due to or to be received from taxing authorities. In estimating accrued income taxes, management assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions taking into account statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance in the context of our tax position. We also rely on tax opinions, recent state audits and historical experience. Although we use available information to record accrued income taxes, underlying estimates and assumptions can change over time as a result of unanticipated events or circumstances such as changes in tax laws influencing our overall tax position.

Accounting Changes

     For information on the impact of new accounting standards, see Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Forward Looking Statements

Certain statements contained herein are not based on historical facts and are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of federal securities laws. See “Forward Looking Statements” at the beginning of this report.

Item 7A.     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     The information contained in the section captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Asset Liability Management” in Item 7 hereof is incorporated herein by reference.

50


Item 8.     Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

BANKNORTH GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

           
December 31,

20032002


Assets
        
Cash and due from banks $669,686  $690,250 
Federal funds sold and other short-term investments  4,645   79,753 
Securities available for sale, at market value  7,122,992   6,731,467 
Securities held to maturity, market value $124,344 in 2003 and $221,571 in 2002  124,240   216,409 
Loans held for sale, market value $42,801 in 2003 and $135,799 in 2002  41,696   128,622 
Loans and leases:        
 Residential real estate mortgages  2,710,483   2,382,197 
 Commercial real estate mortgages  5,528,862   4,792,049 
 Commercial business loans and leases  3,287,094   2,968,474 
 Consumer loans and leases  4,819,523   3,913,288 
   
   
 
  Total loans and leases  16,345,962   14,056,008 
 Less: Allowance for loan and lease losses  232,287   208,273 
   
   
 
  Net loans and leases  16,113,675   13,847,735 
   
   
 
Premises and equipment, net  264,818   271,677 
Goodwill  1,126,639   660,684 
Identifiable intangible assets  36,415   34,474 
Bank-owned life insurance  488,756   380,405 
Other assets  460,173   377,465 
   
   
 
  Total assets $26,453,735  $23,418,941 
   
   
 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
        
Deposits:        
 Savings accounts $2,460,522  $1,940,195 
 Money market access and NOW accounts  7,130,534   6,091,429 
 Certificates of deposit (including certificates of $100 or more of $998,546 in 2003 and $1,090,731 in 2002)  4,733,104   4,658,778 
 Noninterest-bearing deposits  3,577,025   2,974,199 
   
   
 
  Total deposits  17,901,185   15,664,601 
Short-term borrowings  1,522,297   1,276,467 
Long-term debt  4,360,567   4,156,114 
Other liabilities  149,167   258,274 
   
   
 
  Total liabilities  23,933,216   21,355,456 
   
   
 
Commitments and contingencies        
Shareholders’ equity:        
 Preferred stock, par value $0.01; 5,000,000 shares authorized, none issued      
 Common stock, par value $0.01; 400,000,000 and 200,000,000 shares authorized, 182,292,973 issued in 2003 and 168,892,284 issued in 2002  1,823   1,689 
 Paid-in capital  1,435,005   1,059,778 
 Retained earnings  1,508,292   1,269,422 
 Treasury stock at cost (20,105,254 shares in 2003 and 18,313,517 shares in 2002)  (430,608)  (382,350)
 Accumulated other comprehensive income  6,007   114,946 
   
   
 
  Total shareholders’ equity  2,520,519   2,063,485 
   
   
 
  Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $26,453,735  $23,418,941 
   
   
 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

51


BANKNORTH GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

               
Year Ended December 31,

200320022001



Interest and dividend income:            
 Interest and fees on loans and leases $880,185  $882,190  $892,197 
 Interest and dividends on securities  312,784   352,927   371,592 
   
   
   
 
  Total interest and dividend income  1,192,969   1,235,117   1,263,789 
   
   
   
 
Interest expense:            
 Interest on deposits  188,836   244,648   363,974 
 Interest on borrowed funds  163,302   193,952   219,925 
   
   
   
 
  Total interest expense  352,138   438,600   583,899 
   
   
   
 
  Net interest income  840,831   796,517   679,890 
Provision for loan and lease losses  42,301   44,314   41,889 
   
   
   
 
  Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses  798,530   752,203   638,001 
   
   
   
 
Noninterest income:            
 Deposit services  97,323   82,139   72,634 
 Insurance brokerage commissions  45,714   44,439   39,360 
 Merchant and electronic banking income, net  41,778   37,643   32,115 
 Trust and investment management services  31,956   32,453   34,060 
 Bank-owned life insurance  22,930   20,002   18,392 
 Investment planning services  15,692   11,572   8,286 
 Net securities gains  42,460   7,282   1,329 
 Other noninterest income  69,306   38,978   34,329 
   
   
   
 
   367,159   274,508   240,505 
   
   
   
 
Noninterest expense:            
 Compensation and employee benefits  326,621   311,385   261,317 
 Occupancy  59,200   52,422   45,921 
 Equipment  47,459   40,933   34,572 
 Data processing  40,940   40,702   38,670 
 Advertising and marketing  22,000   17,239   11,907 
 Amortization of goodwill        11,061 
 Amortization of identifiable intangible assets  8,946   6,492   11,023 
 Merger and consolidation costs  8,104   14,691   7,614 
 Prepayment penalties on borrowings  30,490      5,995 
 Write-off of branch automation project     6,170    
 Other noninterest expense  97,510   89,358   87,237 
   
   
   
 
   641,270   579,392   515,317 
   
   
   
 
Income before income tax expense  524,419   447,319   363,189 
Applicable income tax expense  173,660   148,681   124,104 
   
   
   
 
 Net income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle  350,759   298,638   239,085 
 Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax        (290)
   
   
   
 
  Net income $350,759  $298,638  $238,795 
   
   
   
 
Basic earnings per share:            
 Net income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle $2.18  $2.01  $1.70 
 Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax         
   
   
   
 
  Net income $2.18  $2.01  $1.70 
   
   
   
 
Diluted earnings per share:            
 Net income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle $2.15  $1.99  $1.68 
 Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax         
   
   
   
 
  Net income $2.15  $1.99  $1.68 
   
   
   
 
Weighted average shares outstanding:            
 Basic  160,914   148,213   140,473 
 Diluted  163,520   149,829   141,802 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

52


BANKNORTH GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                                  
CommonUnearnedAccumulated Other
SharesParPaid-inRetainedCompen-TreasuryComprehensive
OutstandingValueCapitalEarningssationStockIncome (Loss)Total








Balances at December 31, 2000
  141,245  $1,496  $617,234  $897,214  $(1,354) $(149,246) $(34,487) $1,330,857 
Net income           238,795            238,795 
Unrealized gains on securities, net of reclassification adjustment and taxes                    74,781   74,781 
Unrealized gains on cash flow hedges, net of reclassification adjustment and taxes                    274   274 
                               
 
 Comprehensive income                              313,850 
                               
 
Premium on repurchase of trust preferred securities        (71)              (71)
Treasury stock issued for employee benefit plans  1,772      297   (6,811)     32,662      26,148 
Treasury stock purchased  (7,336)              (151,546)     (151,546)
Distribution of restricted stock        (161)  (243)     601      197 
Common stock issued for acquisitions  15,540   155   339,804               339,959 
Decrease in unearned compensation — ESOP        1,668      337         2,005 
Payment of fractional shares        (7)              (7)
Cash dividends declared ��         (72,277)           (72,277)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Balances at December 31, 2001
  151,221   1,651   958,764   1,056,678   (1,017)  (267,529)  40,568   1,789,115 
Net income           298,638            298,638 
Unrealized gains on securities, net of reclassification adjustment net of tax                    77,257   77,257 
Unrealized losses on cash flow hedges, net of reclassification adjustment net of tax                    (2,054)  (2,054)
Minimum pension liability, net of tax                    (825)  (825)
                               
 
 Comprehensive income                              373,016 
                               
 
Treasury stock issued for employee benefit plans  1,939      (6,989)        37,395      30,406 
Treasury stock purchased  (6,350)              (154,054)     (154,054)
Distribution of restricted stock        (963)        1,838      875 
Common stock issued for acquisitions  3,769   38   102,829               102,867 
Decrease in unearned compensation — ESOP        6,137      1,017         7,154 
Cash dividends declared           (85,894)           (85,894)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Balances at December 31, 2002
  150,579   1,689   1,059,778   1,269,422      (382,350)  114,946   2,063,485 
Net income           350,759            350,759 
Unrealized losses on securities, net of reclassification adjustment net of tax                    (110,068)  (110,068)
Unrealized gains on cash flow hedges, net of reclassification adjustment net of tax                    1,575   1,575 
Minimum pension liability, net of tax                    (446)  (446)
                               
 
 Comprehensive income                              241,820 
                               
 
Treasury stock issued for employee benefit plans  2,674      (6,546)        55,223      48,677 
Treasury stock purchased  (4,466)              (105,071)     (105,071)
Distribution of restricted stock        (896)        1,590      694 
Common stock issued for acquisitions  13,401   134   382,669               382,803 
Cash dividends declared           (111,889)           (111,889)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Balances at December 31, 2003
  162,188  $1,823  $1,435,005  $1,508,292  $  $(430,608) $6,007  $2,520,519 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

53


BANKNORTH GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

              
Year Ended December 31,

200320022001



Cash flows from operating activities:            
Net income $350,759  $298,638  $238,795 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:            
 Provision for loan and lease losses  42,301   44,314   41,889 
 Depreciation of banking premises and equipment  43,368   36,360   30,248 
 Net amortization of premium and discounts  56,135   37,230   30,705 
 Write-off of branch automation project     6,170    
 Amortization of intangible assets  8,946   6,492   22,084 
 Provision for deferred tax expense  26,073   12,522   6,940 
 ESOP expense     7,154   2,005 
 Distribution of restricted stock units  694   875   197 
 Net (gains) realized from sales of securities  (42,460)  (9,456)  (1,325)
 Prepayment penalties on borrowings  30,490      5,995 
 Net (gains) realized from sales of loans held for sale  (12,483)  (12,577)  (11,066)
 Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance  (22,930)  (20,002)  (18,392)
 Net decrease in mortgage servicing rights  1,287   5,487   23,451 
 Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale  923,811   863,560   911,347 
 Residential loans originated and purchased for sale  (821,870)  (865,068)  (966,824)
 Net (increase) decrease in other assets  29,195   (70,583)  21,924 
 Net (decrease) increase in other liabilities  (119,348)  63,619   (22,278)
   
   
   
 
Net cash provided by operating activities  493,968   404,735   315,695 
   
   
   
 
Cash flows from investing activities:            
 Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale  3,392,506   1,001,605   717,514 
 Proceeds from maturities and principal repayments of securities available for sale  3,066,107   2,263,728   1,779,234 
 Purchases of securities available for sale  (6,370,761)  (4,110,201)  (1,905,296)
 Proceeds from maturities and principal repayments of securities held to maturity  92,169   123,214   115,924 
 Net (increase) in loans and leases  (690,512)  (582,280)  (35,603)
 Proceeds from sales of loans     104,366   39,303 
 Net additions to premises and equipment  (20,901)  (43,503)  (41,759)
 Purchases of bank owned life insurance     (40,000)   
 Proceeds from policy coverage on bank owned life insurance  182      3,690 
 Cash (paid) for acquisitions, net of cash acquired  10,903   (12,074)  14,877 
   
   
   
 
Net cash (used) provided by investing activities  (520,307)  (1,295,145)  687,884 
   
   
   
 
Cash flows from financing activities:            
 Net increase in deposits  95,039   380,379   114,042 
 Net increase in securities sold under repurchase agreements  818,119   729,645   583,929 
 Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings  4,804   10,092   5,737,151 
 Payments on Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings  (1,348,638)  (324,114)  (6,925,917)
 Net increase (decrease) in other borrowings  75,933   (43,408)  (29,772)
 Issuance of senior notes, net  148,693       
 Issuance of subordinated long-term debt        197,982 
 Proceeds from issuance (repurchase) of securities of subsidiary trusts, net     193,150   (5,090)
 Treasury stock issued for employee benefit plans  48,677   30,406   26,141 
 Purchase of treasury stock  (105,071)  (154,054)  (151,546)
 Cash dividends paid to shareholders  (111,889)  (85,894)  (72,277)
   
   
   
 
Net cash (used) provided by financing activities  (374,333)  736,202   (525,357)
   
   
   
 
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents  (400,672)  (154,208)  478,222 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year  717,003   871,211   392,989 
   
   
   
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year $316,331  $717,003  $871,211 
   
   
   
 
In conjunction with the purchase acquisitions detailed in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, assets were acquired and liabilities were assumed as follows:
 Fair value of assets acquired $3,347,137  $1,693,715  $3,025,847 
 Less liabilities assumed  2,586,080   1,355,197   2,521,054 

Interest paid $358,555  $434,685  $596,315 
Income taxes paid  145,600   104,810   121,592 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

54


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All dollar amounts expressed in thousands, except per share data)
1.Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The accounting and reporting policies of Banknorth Group, Inc. (“Banknorth”) and its subsidiaries conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and to general practice within the banking industry. Banknorth’s principal business activity is retail and commercial banking and, to a lesser extent, trust and investment management, investment planning and insurance brokerage services, and are conducted through Banknorth’s direct and indirect subsidiaries located in Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Connecticut, Vermont and New York. Banknorth and its subsidiaries are subject to regulation of, and periodic examination by, the Office of the Comptroller of Currency and the Federal Reserve Board and the Superintendent of the Maine Bureau of Financial Regulations, among other agencies. The following is a description of the more significant accounting policies.

Financial Statement Presentation

     The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Banknorth and its subsidiaries. Banknorth’s principal operating subsidiary is Banknorth, NA (the “Bank”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain amounts in prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

     Assets held in a fiduciary capacity are not assets of Banknorth and, accordingly, are not included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

In preparing financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to change relate to the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses, accounting for acquisitions and review of goodwill and intangible assets, accounting for pension plans and accrued income taxes.Supplementary Data

BANKNORTH GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
           
  December 31,
   
  2004 2003
     
Assets
        
Cash and due from banks $541,994  $669,686 
Federal funds sold and other short-term investments  2,312   4,645 
Securities available for sale, at market value  6,905,765   7,122,992 
Securities held to maturity, market value $87,507 in 2004 and $124,344 in 2003  87,013   124,240 
Loans held for sale, market value $52,936 in 2004 and $42,801 in 2003  51,693   41,696 
Loans and leases:        
 Residential real estate mortgages  3,081,217   2,710,483 
 Commercial real estate mortgages  6,249,513   5,528,862 
 Commercial business loans and leases  3,928,594   3,287,094 
 Consumer loans and leases  5,333,670   4,819,523 
       
  Total loans and leases  18,592,994   16,345,962 
 Less: Allowance for loan and lease losses  243,152   232,287 
       
  Net loans and leases  18,349,842   16,113,675 
       
Premises and equipment, net  300,120   264,818 
Goodwill  1,365,780   1,126,639 
Identifiable intangible assets  50,376   36,415 
Bank-owned life insurance  523,129   488,756 
Other assets  509,786   460,173 
       
  Total assets $28,687,810  $26,453,735 
       
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
        
Deposits:        
 Savings accounts $2,546,018  $2,460,522 
 Money market and NOW accounts  7,907,513   7,130,534 
 Certificates of deposit (including certificates of $100 thousand or more of $1,129,360 in 2004 and $998,546 in 2003)  4,484,370   4,733,104 
 Brokered deposits  576    
 Noninterest-bearing deposits  4,289,104   3,577,025 
       
  Total deposits  19,227,581   17,901,185 
Short-term borrowings  3,797,823   2,336,947 
Long-term debt  2,192,882   3,545,917 
Other liabilities  293,410   149,167 
       
  Total liabilities  25,511,696   23,933,216 
       
Commitments and contingencies        
Shareholders’ equity:        
 Preferred stock, par value $0.01; 5,000,000 shares authorized, none issued      
 Common stock, par value $0.01; 400,000,000 and 200,000,000 shares authorized, 191,672,502 issued in 2004 and 182,292,973 issued in 2003  1,917   1,823 
 Paid-in capital  1,763,572   1,435,005 
 Retained earnings  1,677,802   1,508,292 
 Treasury stock at cost (12,374,515 shares in 2004 and 20,105,254 shares in 2003)  (265,020)  (430,608)
 Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income  (2,157)  6,007 
       
  Total shareholders’ equity  3,176,114   2,520,519 
       
  Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $28,687,810  $26,453,735 
       
See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

55


BANKNORTH GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
               
  Year Ended December 31,
   
  2004 2003 2002
       
Interest and dividend income:            
 Interest and fees on loans and leases $933,833  $880,185  $882,190 
 Interest and dividends on securities  323,172   312,784   352,927 
          
  Total interest and dividend income  1,257,005   1,192,969   1,235,117 
          
Interest expense:            
 Interest on deposits  161,004   188,836   244,648 
 Interest on borrowed funds  162,619   163,302   193,952 
          
  Total interest expense  323,623   352,138   438,600 
          
  Net interest income  933,382   840,831   796,517 
Provision for loan and lease losses  40,340   42,301   44,314 
          
  Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses  893,042   798,530   752,203 
          
Noninterest income:            
 Deposit services  109,321   97,323   82,139 
 Insurance agency commissions  50,311   45,714   44,439 
 Merchant and electronic banking income, net  50,564   41,778   37,643 
 Wealth management services  39,788   31,956   32,453 
 Bank-owned life insurance  23,282   22,930   20,002 
 Investment planning services  19,418   15,692   11,572 
 Net securities (losses) gains  (7,701)  42,460   7,282 
 Other noninterest income  54,816   69,306   38,978 
          
   339,799   367,159   274,508 
          
Noninterest expense:            
 Compensation and employee benefits  356,611   326,621   311,385 
 Occupancy  63,892   59,200   52,422 
 Equipment  48,480   47,459   40,933 
 Data processing  43,141   40,940   40,702 
 Advertising and marketing  25,550   22,000   17,239 
 Amortization of identifiable intangible assets  8,627   8,946   6,492 
 Merger and consolidation costs  49,635   8,104   14,691 
 Prepayment penalties on borrowings  61,546   30,490    
 Write-off of branch automation project        6,170 
 Other noninterest expense  107,619   97,510   89,358 
          
   765,101   641,270   579,392 
          
Income before income tax expense  467,740   524,419   447,319 
Applicable income tax expense  163,097   173,660   148,681 
          
  Net income $304,643  $350,759  $298,638 
          
Basic earnings per share $1.78  $2.18  $2.01 
Diluted earnings per share $1.75  $2.15  $1.99 
Weighted average shares outstanding:            
 Basic  170,766   160,914   148,213 
 Dilutive effect of stock options  3,392   2,606   1,616 
          
 Diluted  174,158   163,520   149,829 
          
See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

56


BANKNORTH GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                                  
              Accumulated  
              Other  
  Common       Unearned   Comprehensive  
  Shares Par Paid-in Retained Compen- Treasury Income  
  Outstanding Value Capital Earnings sation Stock (Loss) Total
                 
Balances at December 31, 2001
  151,221  $1,651  $958,764  $1,056,678  $(1,017) $(267,529) $40,568  $1,789,115 
Net income           298,638            298,638 
Unrealized gains on securities, net of reclassification adjustment and taxes                    77,257   77,257 
Unrealized losses on cash flow hedges, net of reclassification adjustment and taxes                    (2,054)  (2,054)
Minimum pension liability, net of tax              ��     (825)  (825)
                         
 Comprehensive income                              373,016 
                         
Treasury stock issued for employee benefit plans  1,939      (6,989)        37,395      30,406 
Treasury stock purchased  (6,350)              (154,054)     (154,054)
Distribution of restricted stock        (963)        1,838      875 
Common stock issued for acquisitions  3,769   38   102,829               102,867 
Decrease in unearned compensation — ESOP        6,137      1,017         7,154 
Cash dividends declared           (85,894)           (85,894)
                         
Balances at December 31, 2002
  150,579   1,689   1,059,778   1,269,422      (382,350)  114,946   2,063,485 
Net income           350,759            350,759 
Unrealized losses on securities, net of reclassification adjustment net of tax                    (110,068)  (110,068)
Unrealized gains on cash flow hedges, net of reclassification adjustment net of tax                    1,575   1,575 
Minimum pension liability, net of tax                    (446)  (446)
                         
 Comprehensive income                              241,820 
                         
Treasury stock issued for employee benefit plans  2,674      (6,546)        55,223      48,677 
Treasury stock purchased  (4,466)              (105,071)     (105,071)
Distribution of restricted stock        (896)        1,590      694 
Common stock issued for acquisitions  13,401   134   382,669               382,803 
Cash dividends declared           (111,889)           (111,889)
                         
Balances at December 31, 2003
  162,188   1,823   1,435,005   1,508,292      (430,608)  6,007   2,520,519 
Net income           304,643            304,643 
Unrealized losses on securities, net of reclassification adjustment net of tax                    (7,231)  (7,231)
Unrealized gains on cash flow hedges, net of reclassification adjustment net of tax                    146   146 
Minimum pension liability, net of tax                    (1,079)  (1,079)
                         
 Comprehensive income                              296,479 
                         
Treasury stock issued for employee benefit plans, net of tax of $40.7 million  7,729      24,797         164,837      189,634 
Distribution of restricted stock        (386)        751      365 
Common stock issued for acquisitions  9,381   94   304,156               304,250 
Cash dividends declared           (135,133)           (135,133)
                         
Balances at December 31, 2004
  179,298  $1,917  $1,763,572  $1,677,802  $  $(265,020) $(2,157) $3,176,114 
                         
See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

57


BANKNORTH GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
              
  Year Ended December 31,
   
  2004 2003 2002
       
Cash flows from operating activities:            
Net income $304,643  $350,759  $298,638 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:            
 Provision for loan and lease losses  40,340   42,301   44,314 
 Depreciation of banking premises and equipment  44,199   43,368   36,360 
 Net amortization of premium and discounts  23,082   56,135   37,230 
 Write-off of branch automation project        6,170 
 Amortization of intangible assets  8,627   8,946   6,492 
 Provision for deferred tax expense  16,498   26,073   12,522 
 ESOP expense        7,154 
 Distribution of restricted stock units  365   694   875 
 Net losses (gains) realized from sales of securities and loans  6,190   (42,460)  (9,456)
 Prepayment penalties on borrowings  61,546   30,490    
 Net (gains) realized from sales of loans held for sale  (3,660)  (12,483)  (12,577)
 Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance  (22,188)  (22,930)  (20,002)
 Net decrease in mortgage servicing rights  1,287   1,287   5,487 
 Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale  512,700   923,811   863,560 
 Residential loans originated and purchased for sale  (511,053)  (821,870)  (865,068)
 Net change in other assets  (55,329)  29,195   (70,583)
 Net change in other liabilities  18,481   (119,348)  63,619 
          
Net cash provided by operating activities  445,728   493,968   404,735 
          
Cash flows from investing activities:            
 Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale  3,380,300   3,392,506   1,001,605 
 Proceeds from maturities and principal repayments of securities available for sale  1,303,648   3,066,107   2,263,728 
 Purchases of securities available for sale  (4,067,304)  (6,370,761)  (4,110,201)
 Proceeds from maturities and principal repayments of securities held to maturity  37,227   92,169   123,214 
 Net increase in loans and leases  (1,300,987)  (690,512)  (582,280)
 Proceeds from sales of loans  37,097      104,366 
 Net additions to premises and equipment  (47,805)  (20,901)  (43,503)
 Purchases of bank owned life insurance        (40,000)
 Proceeds from policy coverage on bank owned life insurance  1,725   182    
 Cash (paid) for acquisitions, net of cash acquired  49,061   10,903   (12,074)
          
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities  (607,038)  (520,307)  (1,295,145)
          
Cash flows from financing activities:            
 Net increase in deposits  148,206   95,039   380,379 
 Net increase in short-term borrowings  1,200,876   755,480   182,248 
 Proceeds from long-term debt  1,570   885,400   1,335,642 
 Payments on long-term debt  (1,633,868)  (1,941,969)  (952,525)
 Treasury stock issued for employee benefit plans  189,634   48,677   30,406 
 Purchase of treasury stock     (105,071)  (154,054)
 Cash dividends paid to shareholders  (135,133)  (111,889)  (85,894)
          
Net cash (used) provided by financing activities  (228,715)  (374,333)  736,202 
          
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents  (390,025)  (400,672)  (154,208)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year  316,331   717,003   871,211 
          
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period $(73,694) $316,331  $717,003 
          
 
Interest paid $325,614  $358,555  $434,685 
Income taxes paid  90,298   145,600   104,810 
 
In conjunction with the purchase acquisitions detailed in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, assets were acquired and liabilities were assumed as follows:
 Fair value of assets acquired $1,807,186  $3,347,137  $1,693,715 
 Less liabilities assumed  1,420,086   2,586,080   1,355,197 
See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

58


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(All dollar amounts expressed in thousands, except per share data)
1.
Cash and Cash Equivalents

     Banknorth is required to comply with various laws and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board which require that Banknorth maintain certain amounts of cash on deposit and is restricted from investing those amounts.

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and other short-term investments with maturities less than 90 days minus federal funds purchased. Generally, federal funds are sold or purchased for one-day periods.

Securities

     Investments in debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held to maturity” and reflected at amortized cost.

     Investments not classified as “held to maturity” are classified as “available for sale.” Securities available for sale consist of debt and equity securities that are available for sale in order to respond to changes in market interest rates, liquidity needs, changes in funding sources and other similar factors. These assets are specifically identified and are carried at market value. Changes in market value of available for sale securities, net of applicable income taxes, are reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income. When a decline in market value of a security is

55


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

1.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
      The accounting and reporting policies of Banknorth Group, Inc. (“Banknorth”) and its subsidiaries conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and to general practice within the banking industry. Banknorth’s principal business activity is retail and commercial banking and, to a lesser extent, wealth management, investment planning and insurance brokerage services, and are conducted through Banknorth’s direct and indirect subsidiaries located in Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Connecticut, Vermont and New York. Banknorth and its subsidiaries are subject to regulation of, and periodic examination by, the Office of the Comptroller of Currency and the Federal Reserve Board and the Superintendent of the Maine Bureau of Financial Regulations, among other agencies. The following is a description of the more significant accounting policies.
Financial Statement Presentation
      The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Banknorth and its subsidiaries. Banknorth’s principal operating subsidiary is Banknorth, NA (the “Bank”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain amounts in prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.
      Assets held in a fiduciary capacity are not assets of Banknorth and, accordingly, are not included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
      In preparing financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to change relate to the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses, accounting for acquisitions, subsequent review of goodwill and intangible assets for impairment, accounting for pension plans and accrued income taxes.

considered other than temporary, generally six months
Cash and Cash Equivalents

      For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and other short-term investments with maturities less than 90 days minus federal funds purchased. Generally, federal funds are sold or purchased for one-day periods.
      Banknorth is required to comply with various laws and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board which require that Banknorth maintain certain amounts of cash on deposit and is restricted from investing those amounts.
Securities
      Investments in debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held to maturity” and reflected at amortized cost.
      Investments not classified as “held to maturity” are classified as “available for sale.” Securities available for sale consist of debt and equity securities that are available for sale in order to respond to changes in market interest rates, liquidity needs, changes in funding sources and other similar factors. These assets are specifically identified and are carried at market value. Changes in market value of available for sale securities, net of applicable income taxes, are reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income. When a decline in market value of a security is considered other than temporary, the cost basis of the individual security is written down to market value

59


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
1.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
as the new cost basis and the loss is charged to net securities gains (losses) in the consolidated statements of income as a writedown. Banknorth does not have a trading portfolio.
      Premiums and discounts are amortized and accreted over the term of the securities on a method that approximates the interest method. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recognized at the time of the sale using the specific identification method.
Loans and Leases
      Loans are carried at the principal amounts outstanding adjusted by partial charge-offs and net deferred loan costs or fees. Residential real estate loans are generally placed on nonaccrual when reaching 120 days past due or in process of foreclosure. All closed-end consumer loans 90 days or more past due and any equity line in the process of foreclosure are placed on nonaccrual status. Secured consumer loans are written down to realizable value and unsecured consumer loans are charged-off upon reaching 120 or 180 days past due depending on the type of loan. Commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans and leases which are 90 days or more past due are generally placed on nonaccrual status, unless secured by sufficient cash or other assets immediately convertible to cash. When a loan has been placed on nonaccrual status, previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against interest on loans. A loan can be returned to accrual status when collectibility of principal is reasonably assured and the loan has performed for a period of time, generally six months. Commercial real estate and commercial business loans are considered impaired when it is probable that Banknorth will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status and collateral value.
      Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct origination costs are deferred, and the net amount is amortized as an adjustment of the related loan’s yield using methods that approximate the level yield method over the estimated lives of the related loans.
      Consumer lease financing loans are carried at the amount of minimum lease payments plus residual values, less unearned income which is amortized into interest income using the interest method.
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
      The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at a level determined to be adequate by management and approved by the Board Risk Committee to absorb future charge-offs of loans and leases deemed uncollectable. This allowance is increased by provisions charged to operating expense, by recoveries on loans previously charged off, and by allowances acquired in acquisitions and reduced by charge-offs on loans and leases.
      Arriving at an appropriate level of allowance for loan and lease losses necessarily involves a high degree of judgment. The ongoing evaluation process includes a formal analysis of the allowance each quarter, which considers, among other factors, the character and size of the loan portfolio, business and economic conditions, loan growth, charge-off experience, delinquency trends, nonperforming loan trends, portfolio migration data and other asset quality factors.
      For the commercial business loan and lease and the commercial real estate loan portfolios, we formally evaluate specific commercial and commercial real estate loans rated “substandard” or worse in excess of $300 thousand. Estimated reserves for each of these credits is determined by reviewing current collateral value, financial information, cash flow, payment history and trends and other relevant facts surrounding the particular credit. Provisions for losses on the remaining commercial and commercial real estate loans are based on pools of similar loans using a combination of historical loss experience and

60


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
1.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
migration analysis (which considers the probability of a loan moving from one risk rating category to another over time), transition matrix and qualitative adjustments.
      For the residential real estate and consumer loan portfolios, the range of reserves is calculated by applying historical charge-off and recovery experience to the current outstanding balance in each loan category, with consideration given to loan growth over the preceding twelve months.
      Using the determined mid-point of the range, management uses various quantitative and qualitative factors to determine the appropriate point above or below the range mid-point. This process is supported by objective factors including:
• Historical loss experience;
• Trends in delinquency and nonperforming loans;
• Changes in product offerings or longer, the cost basisloan terms;
• Changes in underwriting and/or collections policies;
• Changes in management of the individual security is written down to market value as the new cost basisunderwriting and the loss is charged to net securities gains (losses) in the consolidated statements of income as a writedown. Banknorth does not have a trading portfolio.

Premiumscollection departments;

• Regional and discounts are amortized and accreted over the term of the securities on a method that approximates the interest method. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recognized at the time of the sale using the specific identification method.
Loans and Leases

     Loans are carried at the principal amounts outstanding adjusted by partial charge-offs and net deferred loan costs or fees. Residential real estate loans are generally placed on nonaccrual when reaching 120 days past due or in process of foreclosure. All closed-end consumer loans 90 days or more past due and any equity line in the process of foreclosure are placed on nonaccrual status. Secured consumer loans are written down to realizable value and unsecured consumer loans are charged-off upon reaching 120 or 180 days past due depending on the type of loan. Commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans and leases which are 90 days or more past due are generally placed on nonaccrual status, unless secured by sufficient cash or other assets immediately convertible to cash. When a loan has been placed on nonaccrual status, previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against interest on loans. A loan can be returned to accrual status when collectibility of principal is reasonably assured and the loan has performed for a period of time, generally six months. Commercial real estate and commercial business loans are considered impaired when it is probable that Banknorth will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status and collateral value.

     Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct origination costs are deferred, and the net amount is amortized as an adjustment of the related loan’s yield using methods that approximate the level yield method over the estimated lives of the related loans.

Consumer lease financing loans are carried at the amount of minimum lease payments plus residual values, less unearned income which is amortized into interest income using the interest method.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

     The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at a level determined to be adequate by management and approved by the Board Risk Committee to absorb future charge-offs of loans and leases deemed uncollectable. This allowance is increased by provisions charged to operating expense, by recoveries on loans previously charged off, and by allowances acquired in acquisitions and reduced by charge-offs on loans and leases.

     Arriving at an appropriate level of allowance for loan and lease losses necessarily involves a high degree of judgment. The ongoing evaluation process includes a formal analysis of the allowance each quarter, which considers, among other factors, the character and size of the loan portfolio, business and economic conditions, loan growth, charge-off experience, delinquency trends, nonperforming loan trends, portfolio migration data and other asset quality factors.

     For the commercial business loan and lease and the commercial real estate loan portfolios, we evaluate specific loan status reports on certain commercial and commercial real estate loans rated “substandard” or worse in excess of a specified dollar amount. Estimated reserves for each of these credits is determined by reviewing current collateral value, financial information, cash flow, payment history and

56


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

1.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)

trends and other relevant facts surrounding the particular credit. Provisions for losses on the remaining commercial and commercial real estate loans are based on pools of similar loans using a combination of historical loss experience and migration analysis, which considers the probability of a loan moving from one risk rating category to another over the passage of time, transition matrix and qualitative adjustments.

     For the residential real estate and consumer loan portfolios, the range of reserves is calculated by applying historical charge-off and recovery experience to the current outstanding balance in each loan category, with consideration given to loan growth over the preceding twelve months.

Although management uses available information to establish the appropriate level of the allowance for loan and lease losses, future additions to the allowance may be necessary because estimates are susceptible to change as a result of changes innational economic conditions and other factors. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review Banknorth’s allowance for loan and lease losses. Such agencies may require Banknorth to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.trends.

      Although management uses available information to establish the appropriate level of the allowance for loan and lease losses, future additions to the allowance may be necessary because estimates are susceptible to change as a result of changes in economic conditions and other factors. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review Banknorth’s allowance for loan and lease losses. Such agencies may require Banknorth to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.
Bank-Owned Life Insurance
      Bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) represents life insurance on the lives of certain employees who have provided positive consent allowing the Bank to be the beneficiary of such policies. Increases in the cash value of the policies, as well as insurance proceeds received, are recorded in other noninterest income, and are not subject to income taxes. The cash value is included in assets. Banknorth reviews the financial strength of the insurance carrier prior to the purchase of BOLI and annually thereafter, and BOLI with any individual carrier is limited to 10% of capital plus reserves.
Bank Owned Life Insurance

Bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) represents life insurance on the lives of certain employees who have provided positive consent allowing the Bank to be the beneficiary of such policies. Increases in the cash value of the policies, as well as insurance proceeds received, are recorded in other noninterest income, and are not subject to income taxes. The cash value is included in assets. Banknorth reviews the financial strength of the insurance carrier prior to the purchase of BOLI and annually thereafter, and BOLI with any individual carrier is limited to 10% of capital plus reserves.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and Equipment

      Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of related assets; generally 25 to 40 years for premises and 3 to 7 years for furniture and equipment. Leasehold improvements are generally amortized over the lesser of the estimated life or the remaining term of the lease including the first renewal option.
      Costs of software developed for internal use, such as those related to software licenses, programming, testing, configuration, direct materials and integration, are capitalized and included in premises and equipment. Included in the capitalized costs are those costs related to both Company personnel and third party consultants involved in the software development and installation. Once placed in service, the capitalized asset is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, generally three to five years. Capitalized costs of software developed for internal use are reviewed periodically for impairment.

61


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
1.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
Significant judgment is exercised in these impairment reviews including the periodic evaluation of the cost/benefit analyses of software projects under development and the determination of the remaining useful life of completed software projects.
Goodwill and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of related assets; generally 25 to 40 years for premises and 3 to 7 years for equipment. Leasehold improvements are generally amortized over the lesser of the estimated life or the remaining term of the lease including the first renewal option.

Costs of software developed for internal use, such as those related to software licenses, programming, testing, configuration, direct materials and integration, are capitalized and included in premises and equipment. Included in the capitalized costs are those costs related to both Company personnel and third party consultants involved in the development and installation. Once placed in service, the capitalized asset is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, generally three to five years. Capitalized costs of software developed for internal use are reviewed periodically for impairment. Significant judgment is exercised in these impairment reviews including the periodic evaluation of the cost/benefit analyses of software projects under development and the determination of the remaining useful life of completed software projects.

Identifiable Intangible Assets
Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets

     The price paid over the net fair value of the acquired businesses (“goodwill”) is not amortized. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment quarterly using several fair value techniques, including market capitalization, discounted future cash flows and multiples of revenues/earnings. The valuation techniques contain estimates such as discount rate, projected future cash flows and time period in their calculations. Furthermore, the determination of which intangible assets have finite lives is subjective, as is the

57


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
      The price paid over the net fair value of the acquired businesses (“goodwill”) is not amortized. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment at least quarterly using several fair value techniques, including market capitalization, discounted future cash flows and multiples of revenues/earnings. The valuation techniques contain estimates such as discount rate, projected future cash flows and time period in their calculations. Furthermore, the determination of which intangible assets have finite lives is subjective, as is the determination of the amortization period for such intangible assets. Goodwill is recorded and evaluated for impairment in the following reporting units: Community Banking, Insurance Brokerage and Wealth Management.
      Identifiable intangible assets consists of core deposit intangibles, noncompete agreements and customer lists and are amortized over their estimated useful lives on a method that approximates the amount of economic benefits to Banknorth. They are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. The ranges of useful life are shown below:

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

1.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)

determination of the amortization period for such intangible assets. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment at the reporting unit level, and there is goodwill recorded in the following reporting units: Community Banking, Insurance Brokerage and Investment Management.

Identifiable intangible assets consists of core deposit intangibles, noncompete agreements and customer lists and are amortized over their estimated useful lives on a method that approximates the amount of economic benefits to Banknorth. They are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. The useful lives are shown below:

  
Core deposit intangibles7 – 10 years
Noncompete agreements1 – 4 years
Customer lists1 – 8 years 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets Other than Goodwill
Core deposit intangibles7 – 10 years

Banknorth reviews long-lived assets, including premises and equipment and other intangible assets for impairment at least annually or whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the remaining useful life may warrant revision or that the carrying amount of the long-lived asset may not be fully recoverable. Banknorth performs undiscounted cash flow analyses to determine if impairment exists. If impairment is determined to exist, any related impairment loss is calculated based on fair value. Impairment losses on assets to be disposed of, if any, are based on the estimated proceeds to be received, less costs of disposal.

Mortgage Banking and Loans Held for Sale
Noncompete agreements1 – 4 years

     Residential mortgage loans originated for sale are classified as held for sale. These loans are specifically identified and carried at the lower of aggregate cost or Customer listsestimated market value. Market value is estimated based on outstanding investor commitments or, in the absence of such commitments, current investor yield requirements. Forward commitments to sell residential real estate mortgages are contracts that Banknorth enters into for the purpose of reducing the market risk associated with originating loans for sale should interest rates change. Forward commitments to sell are recorded at fair value and are included with loans held for sale. Commitments to originate rate-locked loans are also accounted for at fair value and are classified in loans held for sale.

     Gains and losses on sales of mortgage loans are determined using the specific identification method and recorded as mortgage sales income, a component of mortgage banking services income. The gains and losses resulting from the sales of loans with servicing retained are adjusted to recognize the present value of future servicing fee income over the estimated lives of the related loans. Residential real estate loans and the related servicing rights are sold on a flow basis.

     Mortgage servicing rights are amortized on a method that approximates the estimated weighted average life of the underlying loans servicedlist

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets Other than Goodwill
      Banknorth reviews long-lived assets, including premises and equipment and other intangible assets for impairment at least annually or whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the remaining useful life may warrant revision or that the carrying amount of the long-lived asset may not be fully recoverable. Banknorth performs undiscounted cash flow analyses to determine if impairment exists. If impairment is determined to exist, any related impairment loss is calculated based on fair value. Impairment losses on assets to be disposed of, if any, are based on the estimated proceeds to be received, less costs of disposal.
Mortgage Banking and Loans Held for others. Amortization is recorded as a charge against mortgage service fee income, a component of mortgage banking services income. Banknorth’s assumptions with respect to prepayments, which affect the estimated average life of the loans, are adjusted periodicallySale
      Residential mortgage loans originated for sale are classified as held for sale. These loans are specifically identified and carried at the lower of aggregate cost or estimated market value. Market value is estimated based on outstanding investor commitments or, in the absence of such commitments, current investor yield requirements. Forward commitments to sell residential real estate mortgages are contracts that Banknorth enters into for the purpose of reducing the market risk associated with originating loans for sale should interest rates change. Forward commitments to sell are recorded at fair value and are included with loans held for sale and changes in fair value are included in other comprehensive income and are reclassified into mortgage banking income when the related transaction affects earnings. Commitments to originate rate-locked loans are also accounted for at fair value and are classified in other assets. Gains and losses related to commitments to originate rate-locked loans are included in earnings with mortgage banking income.

62


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
1.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
      Gains and losses on sales of mortgage loans are determined using the specific identification method and recorded as mortgage sales income, a component of mortgage banking services income. The gains and losses resulting from the sales of loans with servicing retained are adjusted to recognize the present value of future servicing fee income over the estimated lives of the related loans. Residential real estate loans originated for sale and the related servicing rights are generally sold on a flow basis.
      Retained mortgage servicing rights are amortized on a method that approximates the estimated weighted average life of the underlying loans serviced for others. Amortization is recorded as a charge against mortgage service fee income, a component of mortgage banking services income. Banknorth’s assumptions with respect to prepayments, which affect the estimated average life of the loans, are adjusted quarterly to reflect current circumstances. In evaluating the realizability of the carrying values of mortgage servicing rights, Banknorth obtains third party valuations based on loan level data including note rate, type and term on the underlying loans.
      Mortgage servicing fees received from investors for servicing their loan portfolios are recorded as mortgage servicing fee income when received. Loan servicing costs are charged to noninterest expense when incurred.
Derivative Financial Instruments
      Banknorth recognizes all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. On the date the derivative is entered into, Banknorth designates whether the derivative is part of a hedging relationship (cash flow or fair value hedge). Banknorth formally documents relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking hedge transactions. Banknorth also assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting the changes in cash flows or fair values of hedged items.
      From time to time Banknorth may use certain hedging strategies which include the use of derivative financial instruments. The primary objective of Banknorth’s hedging strategies is to reduce net interest rate exposure arising from Banknorth’s asset and liability structure and mortgage banking activities. Banknorth uses forward delivery contracts to reduce interest rate risk on residential mortgage loans held for sale (which are included in loans held for sale on our balance sheet) and rate-locked loans expected to be closed and held for sale (which are included in other assets on our balance sheet). Banknorth also purchases mortgage-backed security options (which are included in other assets on our balance sheet at fair value) to modify its forward mortgage commitments. Changes in fair value of the options are included in other noninterest income.
      Changes in fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and that qualifies as a cash flow hedge are recorded in other comprehensive income and are reclassified into earnings when the related forecasted transaction affects earnings, generally within 60 to 90 days. For fair value hedges that are fully effective, the gain or loss on the hedge would exactly offset the loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. Any difference that does arise would be the result of hedge ineffectiveness, which is recognized in earnings. Banknorth discontinues hedge accounting when it is determined that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the hedged risk of the hedge item, because it is unlikely that the forecasted transaction will occur, or management determines that the designation of the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate.
      Banknorth offers commercial customers interest rate swap and cap products to enable these customers to synthetically fix the interest rate on variable interest rate loans. These pay variable, receive fixed interest

63


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
1.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
rate swaps are offset by entering into simultaneous pay fixed, receive variable rate swaps with a third party broker/ dealer. Both of these swap products are marked to market and are included with other assets and other liabilities on our balance sheet at fair value. Changes in the fair value of the commercial interest rate swaps are included in net interest income.
      Banknorth has also entered into interest rate swap agreements in order to synthetically convert certain fixed-rate debt to variable-rate debt tied to 1-month or 3-month LIBOR. These swaps are accounted for as fair value hedges and included with long-term debt on our balance sheet. Changes in the fair value of the swap agreements are included in net interest income.
      Foreign exchange rate contracts are contracts and options that Banknorth enters into as an accommodation for customers involved in international trade for the future delivery or purchase of foreign currency at a specified price. For these customers, Banknorth generally sets aside a percentage of their available line of credit until the foreign currency contract is settled. Generally, Banknorth enters into foreign exchange rate contracts with approved reputable dealers. Risks arise from the possible inability of the seller and/or our customer to perform and from any resultant exposure to movement in foreign currency exchange rates, limiting Banknorth’s exposure to the replacement value of the contracts rather than the notional principal or contract amounts. The foreign exchange contracts outstanding at December 31, 2004 all mature within two years. The foreign exchange rate contracts with customers and dealers are carried at fair value in other assets and other liabilities. The changes in the fair value of the foreign exchange rate contracts and the associated fees are included in other noninterest income.
Pension, 401(k), and term on the underlying loans.

58


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.Other Employee Benefit Plans

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

1.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)

Mortgage servicing fees received from investors for servicing their loan portfolios are recorded as mortgage servicing fee income when received. Loan servicing costs are charged to noninterest expense when incurred.

      Banknorth has a qualified non-contributory defined benefit pension plan that covers most employees. The benefits are based on years of service and the employee’s career average earnings. Banknorth has historically made cash contributions to the defined benefit pension plan for the maximum amount that can be deducted for federal income tax purposes. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date, but also for those expected to be earned in the future.
      In addition to the qualified plan, Banknorth has adopted supplemental retirement plans for certain key officers. These plans, which are unfunded and nonqualified, were designed to offset the impact of changes in the pension plans that limit the benefits for highly-paid employees under qualified pension plans.
      Banknorth and its subsidiaries sponsor limited post-retirement benefit programs which provide medical coverage and life insurance benefits to a closed group of employees and directors who meet minimum age and service requirements. Banknorth and its subsidiaries recognize costs related to post-retirement benefits under the accrual method, which recognizes costs over the employee’s period of active employment. The impact of adopting SFAS No. 106 is being amortized over a twenty-year period beginning January 1, 1993.
      Banknorth uses a December 31 measurement date to determine its pension expense and related financial disclosure information. In accordance with SFAS No. 87, the discount rate is set for the retirement plans by reference to investment grade bond yields. Banknorth uses Moody’s published AA yield for long-term corporate bonds for the month of December as an index, and the discount rate is set within 25 basis points of the index. Moody’s AA yield dropped from 6.01% for December 2003 to 5.66% for December 2004. Similarly, we evaluated the expected long-term rate of return on the assets held in our defined benefit pension plan based on market and economic conditions, the Plan’s asset allocation and other factors. As a consequence of the most recent annual review, the discount rate for all of our employee benefit plans was reduced from 6.25% as of December 31, 2003 to 5.75% as of December 31, 2004 and the

64


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
1.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
expected long-term rate of return on the pension plan assets was 8.5% for 2004 and will be the same for 2005. Pension expense is very sensitive to changes in the discount rate and the expected return on assets. Continued volatility in pension expense is expected as assumed investment returns vary from actual.
      In December 2003, the Medicare Prescription Drugs, Improvement and Modernization Act (“the Act”) was signed into law. The Act introduces a prescription drug benefit under Medicare as well as a federal subsidy to sponsors of retiree health care plans that provide a benefit that is at least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D. In accordance with FASB Staff Position 106-2, “Accounting and Disclosure Requirement Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003” (“FSP 106-2”) we have determined that the benefits we provide are at least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D. The effects of the federal subsidy will result in an actuarial gain of approximately $1.7 million. The gain will not have a material effect on our net periodic postretirement cost or on our accumulated postretirement benefit obligation. Therefore, we will incorporate the effects of the Act at the next measurement date, which is January 2005. As a result, we have not reflected the impact of FSP 106-2 in our net periodic postretirement cost or in our accumulated postretirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 2004 but will begin to amortize the benefit of the Act prospectively starting January 1, 2005 over a period of approximately 10 years.
      Banknorth maintains Section 401(k) savings plans for substantially all of its employees. Employees are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan on the first day of the month following their date of hire. Under the plans, Banknorth makes a matching contribution of a portion of the amount contributed by each participating employee, up to a percentage of the employee’s annual salary. The plans allow for supplementary profit sharing contributions by Banknorth, at its discretion, for the benefit of participating employees.
Stock Compensation Plans
      Statement of Financial Accounting Standards SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” encourages all entities to adopt a fair value based method of accounting for employee stock compensation plans, whereby compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized over the service period, which is usually the vesting period. However, it also allows an entity to continue to measure compensation cost for those plans using the intrinsic value based method of accounting prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” whereby compensation cost is the excess, if any, of the quoted market price of the underlying stock at the grant date (or other measurement date) over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock upon exercise of the stock option. Banknorth has elected to continue with the accounting methodology in Opinion No. 25 and, as a result, must make pro forma disclosures of net income and earnings per share as if the fair value based method of accounting had been applied. The pro forma disclosures include the effects of all awards granted and the effects of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Had Banknorth determined cost based on the fair value at the grant date for its stock options and expense related to the

65


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
1.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
employee stock purchase plan under SFAS No. 123, its net income and earnings per share data would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated as follows:
                
  Year Ended December 31,
   
  2004 2003 2002
       
Net Income, as reported $304,643  $350,759  $298,638 
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects  (16,089)  (12,723)  (8,354)
          
Proforma net income $288,554  $338,036  $290,284 
          
Earnings per share            
 Basic — As reported $1.78  $2.18  $2.01 
  Proforma $1.69  $2.10  $1.96 
 Diluted — As reported $1.75  $2.15  $1.99 
   Proforma $1.67  $2.08  $1.94 
Derivative Financial Instruments

     Banknorth recognizes all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. On the date the derivative is entered into, Banknorth designates whether the derivative is part of a hedging relationship (cash flow or fair value hedge). Banknorth formally documents relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking hedge transactions. Banknorth also assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows or fair values of hedged items.

     From time to time Banknorth may use certain hedging strategies which include the use of derivative financial instruments. The primary objective of Banknorth’s hedging strategies is to reduce net interest rate exposure arising from Banknorth’s asset and liability structure and mortgage banking activities. Banknorth uses forward delivery contracts to reduce interest rate risk on closed residential mortgage loans held for sale and rate-locked loans expected to be closed and held for sale. Banknorth also purchases mortgage-backed security options to modify its forward mortgage commitments. Changes in fair value of the options are included in earnings.

     Changes in fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and that qualifies as a cash flow hedge are recorded in other comprehensive income and are reclassified into earnings when the related forecasted transaction affects earnings, generally within 60 to 90 days. For fair value hedges that are fully effective, the gain or loss on the hedge would exactly offset the loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. Any difference that does arise would be the result of hedge ineffectiveness, which is recognized in earnings. Banknorth discontinues hedge accounting when it is determined that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the hedged risk of the hedge item, because it is unlikely that the forecasted transaction will occur, or management determines that the designation of the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate.

     In 2002, Banknorth began offering commercial customers interest rate swap and cap products to enable these customers to synthetically fix the interest rate on variable interest rate loans. These pay variable, receive fixed interest rate swaps on our books are offset by entering into simultaneous pay fixed, receive variable rate swaps with a third party broker/dealer. Both of these swap products are marked to market and are carried on our balance sheet at fair value.

     Banknorth also enters into interest rate swap agreements in order to synthetically convert its fixed-rate debt to variable-rate debt tied to 1-month or 3-month LIBOR. These swaps are accounted for as fair value hedges.

     Foreign currency forward contracts are contracts that Banknorth enters into as an accommodation for customers involved in international trade for the future delivery or purchase of foreign currency at a specified price. For these customers, Banknorth generally sets aside a percentage of their available line of credit until the foreign currency contract is settled. Generally, Banknorth enters into forward foreign contracts with approved reputable dealers. Risks arise from the possible inability of the seller and/or our customer to perform and from any resultant exposure to movement in foreign currency exchange rates, limiting Banknorth’s exposure to the replacement value of the contracts rather than the notional principal or contract amounts. The foreign exchange contracts outstanding at December 31, 2003 all mature within two years. The foreign currency forward contracts are carried on our balance sheet at fair value.

59


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

1.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
Pension, 401(k), and Other Employee Benefit Plans

     Banknorth has non-contributory defined benefit pension plans that cover most employees. The benefits are based on years of service and the employee’s career average earnings. Banknorth has historically made cash contributions to the defined benefit pension plan for the maximum amount that can be deducted for federal income tax purposes. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date, but also for those expected to be earned in the future.

     In addition to the qualified plan, Banknorth has adopted supplemental retirement plans for certain key officers. These plans, which are unfunded and nonqualified, were designed to offset the impact of changes in the pension plans that limit the benefits for highly-paid employees under qualified pension plans.

     Banknorth and its subsidiaries sponsor limited post-retirement benefit programs which provide medical coverage and life insurance benefits to a closed group of employees and directors who meet minimum age and service requirements. Banknorth and its subsidiaries recognize costs related to post-retirement benefits under the accrual method, which recognizes costs over the employee’s period of active employment. The impact of adopting SFAS No. 106 is being amortized over a twenty-year period beginning January 1, 1993.

     Banknorth uses a December 31 measurement date to determine its pension expense and related financial disclosure information. In accordance with SFAS No. 87, the discount rate is set for the retirement plans by reference to investment grade bond yields. Banknorth uses Moody’s published AA yield for long-term corporate bonds for the month of December as an index, and the discount rate is set within 25 basis points of the index. Moody’s AA yield dropped from 6.63% for December 2002 to 6.01% for December 2003. Similarly, we evaluated the expected long-term rate of return on the assets held in our defined benefit pension plan based on market and economic conditions, the Plan’s asset allocation and other factors. As a consequence of the most recent annual review, the discount rate for all of our employee benefit plans was reduced from 6.75% as of December 31, 2002 to 6.25% as of December 31, 2003 and the expected long-term rate of return on the pension plan assets was 8.5% for 2003 and will be the same for 2004. Pension expense is very sensitive to changes in the discount rate and the expected return on assets. Continued volatility in pension expense is expected as assumed investment returns vary from actual.

     On December 8, 2003, President Bush signed into law the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the “Act”). The Act expanded Medicare to include, for the first time, coverage for prescription drugs. Banknorth sponsors retiree medical programs for certain of its employees and retirees and the Company expects that this legislation will eventually reduce the Company’s costs for some of these programs.

     Due to various uncertainties, the amount of the savings related to the Act can not yet be estimated. Therefore, we have elected to defer financial recognition of this legislation, as permitted under FSP FAS 106-1, until the FASB issues final accounting guidance. When issued, that final guidance could require the Company to change previously reported information. The adoption of FSP FAS 106-1 is not expected to materially affect our financial condition, results of operations, earnings per share or cash flows.

     Banknorth maintains Section 401(k) savings plans for substantially all of its employees. Employees are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan on the first day of the month following their date of hire. Under the plans, Banknorth makes a matching contribution of a portion of the amount contributed by each participating employee, up to a percentage of the employee’s annual salary. The plans allow for supplementary profit sharing contributions by Banknorth, at its discretion, for the benefit of participating employees.

60


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

1.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)

Banknorth previously sponsored a Profit Sharing Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “ESOP”) which was designed to invest primarily in Banknorth common stock. The ESOP was merged into the 401(k) Plan effective January 1, 2001. Banknorth previously sponsored a leveraged employee stock ownership plan which was merged with and into the ESOP. The debt of the ESOP was fully paid in the fourth quarter of 2002.

Stock Compensation Plans

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” encourages all entities to adopt a fair value based method of accounting for employee stock compensation plans, whereby compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized over the service period, which is usually the vesting period. However, it also allows an entity to continue to measure compensation cost for those plans using the intrinsic value based method of accounting prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” whereby compensation cost is the excess, if any, of the quoted market price of the underlying stock at the grant date (or other measurement date) over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock upon exercise of the stock option. Banknorth has elected to continue with the accounting methodology in Opinion No. 25 and, as a result, must make pro forma disclosures of net income and earnings per share as if the fair value based method of accounting had been applied. The pro forma disclosures include the effects of all awards granted on or after January 1, 1995 and the effects of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Had Banknorth determined cost based on the fair value at the grant date for its stock options and expense related to the employee stock purchase plan under SFAS No. 123, its net income and earnings per share data would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated as follows:

             
Year Ended December 31,

200320022001



Net Income, as reported $350,759  $298,638  $238,795 
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects  (12,723)  (8,354)  (5,613)
   
   
   
 
Proforma net income $338,036  $290,284  $233,182 
   
   
   
 
Earnings per share            
Basic — As reported $2.18  $2.01  $1.70 
Proforma $2.10  $1.96  $1.66 
Diluted — As reported $2.15  $1.99  $1.68 
Proforma $2.08  $1.94  $1.64 
Investments in Limited Partnerships

     Banknorth has investments in both tax advantaged and small business investment limited partnerships. The tax advantaged limited partnerships are primarily involved in approved low income housing investment tax credit projects in Banknorth’s market area while the small business investment limited partnerships are primarily providing seed money to small businesses also in Banknorth’s market area. These investments are included in other assets and are not required to be consolidated under FIN 46. Investments in Limited Partnerships

      Banknorth has investments in both tax advantaged and small business investment limited partnerships. The tax advantaged limited partnerships are primarily involved in approved low income housing investment tax credit projects in Banknorth’s market area while the small business investment limited partnerships are primarily providing seed money to small businesses also in Banknorth’s market area. These investments are included in other assets and are not required to be consolidated under FIN 46. Investments in the tax advantaged limited partnerships are amortized over the same period the tax benefits are expected to be received. The investments in small business investment limited partnerships, for which Banknorth has the ability to exercise significant influence (generally, a 3% or greater ownership interest), are reviewed and adjusted quarterly based on the equity method. If Banknorth does not exercise significant influence, Banknorth’s investment is accounted for under the cost method and the carrying value is periodically evaluated for other than temporary impairment. Except for fixed capital or loan commitments agreed to in advance, the partnerships have no recourse to Banknorth.
Income Taxes
      Banknorth uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. If current available information raises doubt as to the realization of the deferred tax assets, a valuation allowance is established. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Income taxes are allocated to each entity in the consolidated group based on its share of taxable income. Management exercises significant judgment in evaluating the amount and timing of recognition of the resulting tax liabilities and assets, including projections of future taxable income. Management assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions taking into account statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance in the context of our tax position. Management also relies on tax opinions, recent state audits and historical experience. These judgments and estimates are reviewed on a regular basis as regulatory and business factors change.

66


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
1.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)
      Tax credits generated from limited partnerships are reflected in earnings when realized for federal income tax purposes.
Earnings Per Share
      Earnings per share have been computed in accordance with SFAS No. 128, “Earnings Per Share.” Basic earnings per share have been calculated by dividing net income by weighted average shares outstanding before any dilution and adjusted to exclude the weighted average number of unallocated shares held by the ESOP. Diluted earnings per share have been calculated by dividing net income by weighted average shares outstanding after giving effect to the potential dilution that could occur if the potential common shares were converted into common stock using the treasury stock method.
Segment Reporting
      An operating segment is defined as a component of a business for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker in deciding how to allocate resources and evaluate performance. Banknorth’s primary business is community banking, which provided approximately 91% of its total revenues and 96% of its pre-tax income for the year ended December 31, 2004 and approximately 92% of its total revenues and 97% of its pre-tax income in 2003. Accordingly, disaggregated segment information is not presented in the notes to the financial statements.
2.     Accounting Changes
      The following information addresses new or proposed accounting pronouncements related to our industry.
Consolidations
      FASB Interpretation No. 46(R), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (“VIE’s”) (“FIN 46R”) establishes the criteria used to identify VIE’s and to determine whether or not to consolidate a VIE. VIE’s are those entities in which the total equity investment at risk does not provide the holders of that investment with the characteristics of a controlling financial interest. Pursuant to the criteria established by FIN 46R in 2004, we deconsolidated five affiliated trusts which had been formed for the purposes of issuing capital securities to unaffiliated parties and investing the proceeds in junior subordinated debentures issued by us. Our investment in these affiliated trusts totaled $10.5 million at December 31, 2004, which funds were also used by the trusts to invest in junior subordinated debentures issued by us. The result of the deconsolidation and the accounting for these entities was to recognize our equity investments in these entities of approximately $10.5 million in the aggregate as securities available for sale and to increase long-term debt by $10.5 million. The adoption of FIN 46R did not have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations, earnings per share or cash flows.
      Banknorth’s trust preferred securities are included in its Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes. On May 6, 2004, the Federal Reserve Board issued a proposed regulation which proposed to permit bank holding companies to continue to include trust preferred securities in Tier 1 capital, subject to stricter quantitative and qualitative standards. For information about this proposed regulation and its possible effect on Banknorth, see Note 12.

67


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
2.     Accounting Changes — (Continued)
Accounting for which Banknorth has the ability to exercise significant influence (generally, a 3% or greater ownership interest), are reviewed and

61


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.Share-Based Payments

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

1.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — (Continued)

adjusted quarterly based on the equity method. If Banknorth does not exercise significant influence, Banknorth’s investment is accounted for under the cost method and the carrying value is periodically evaluated for other than temporary impairment. Except for fixed capital or loan commitments agreed to in advance, the partnerships have no recourse to Banknorth.

      In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 123 (Revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“FAS 123R”) which requires companies to recognize in the income statement the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation issued to employees, including employee stock purchase plans. Current disclosure provisions under FAS 123 are still applicable (see Note 1). In addition to stock option awards granted after July  1, 2005, compensation expense on unvested equity-based awards that were granted prior to the effective date must be recognized in the income statement. FAS 123R is effective for interim or annual periods beginning after June  15, 2005. The adoption of FAS 123R is expected to decrease earnings per share by $.03 in 2005. FAS 123 R will no effect on our financial condition, or cash flows.
Income Taxes

     Banknorth uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. If current available information raises doubt as to the realization of the deferred tax assets, a valuation allowance is established. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Income taxes are allocated to each entity in the consolidated group based on its share of taxable income. Management exercises significant judgment in evaluating the amount and timing of recognition of the resulting tax liabilities and assets, including projections of future taxable income. Management assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions taking into account statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance in the context of our tax position. Management also relies on the opinions, recent state audits and historical experience. These judgments and estimates are reviewed on a regular basis as regulatory and business factors change.

Tax credits generated from limited partnerships are reflected in earnings when realized for federal income tax purposes.

Earnings Per Share

Earnings per share have been computed in accordance with SFAS No. 128, “Earnings Per Share.” Basic earnings per share have been calculated by dividing net income by weighted average shares outstanding before any dilution and adjusted to exclude the weighted average number of unallocated shares held by the ESOP. Diluted earnings per share have been calculated by dividing net income by weighted average shares outstanding after giving effect to the potential dilution that could occur if the potential common shares were converted into common stock using the treasury stock method.

Segment Reporting

     An operating segment is defined as a component of a business for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker in deciding how to allocate resources and evaluate performance. Banknorth’s primary business is community banking, which provided approximately 92% of its total revenues and 97% of its pre-tax income in 2003 and approximately 92% of its total revenues and 96% of its pre-tax income in 2002. Accordingly, disaggregated segment information is not presented in the notes to the financial statements.

62


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

2.     Accounting Changes

The following information addresses new or proposed accounting pronouncements related to our industry.

Liabilities and Equity

In May 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity.” This Statement applies generally to freestanding financial instruments that embody obligations of the issuing entity to redeem the instrument or to settle the obligation by repurchasing its equity shares through the transfer of assets or through issuance of its own shares. Such freestanding instruments must be classified as liabilities or, in some cases, assets. SFAS No. 150 requires that financial instruments containing obligations to repurchase the issuing entity’s equity shares and, under certain circumstances, obligations that are settled by delivery of the issuer’s shares, be classified as liabilities. This statement is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003 and for contracts in existence at the start of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations, earnings per share or cash flows.

Derivatives

In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” SFAS No. 149 amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts and for hedging activities under SFAS No. 133, resulting in more consistent reporting of contracts as either derivatives or hybrid instruments. SFAS No. 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, and should be applied prospectively. Implementation issues that have been effective for fiscal quarters that began prior to June 15, 2003 continued to be applied in accordance with their respective effective dates. The adoption of this standard on July 1, 2003 did not have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations, earnings per share or cash flows.

Consolidations

     In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities — An Interpretation of ARB No. 51” (“FIN 46”). FIN 46 provides a new framework for identifying variable interest entities (“VIEs”) and determining when a company should include the assets, liabilities, noncontrolling interests and results of activities of a VIE in its consolidated financial statements. Our application of the provisions of FIN 46 as of December 31, 2003 with respect to variable-interest entities formed after its issuance resulted in no significant impact on our financial condition, results of operations, earnings per share or cash flows.

     In December 2003, the FASB issued a revised FIN No. 46, FIN 46R, which in part specifically addresses limited purpose trusts formed to issue trust preferred securities. The guidance will require Banknorth to deconsolidate its investment in its capital trusts as of March 31, 2004. In July 2003, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve issued a supervisory letter instructing bank holding companies to continue to include the trust preferred securities in their Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes until notice is given to the contrary. The Federal Reserve intends to review the regulatory implications of an accounting treatment changes and, if necessary or warranted, provide further appropriate guidance. There can be no assurance that the Federal Reserve will continue to allow institutions to include trust preferred securities in Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes. As of December 31, 2003 assuming Banknorth was not allowed to include the $295.3 million in trust preferred securities issued in Tier 1 capital, Banknorth would still exceed the regulatory required minimums for capital adequacy purposes. If

63


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

2.     Accounting Changes — (Continued)

the trust preferred securities were no longer allowed to be included in Tier 1 capital, Banknorth would also be permitted to redeem the capital securities without penalty. The adoption of this standard for these entities will not have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations, earnings per share or cash flows.

Accounting for Certain Loan or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer

In December 2003, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued Statement of Position (“SOP”) 03-3. SOP 03-3 requires loans acquired through a transfer, such as a business combination, where there are differences in expected cash flows and contractual cash flows due in part to credit quality, be recognized at their fair value. This SOP requires that the original excess of contractual cash flows over cash flows expected to be collected will not be recognized as an adjustment of yield, loss accrual or valuation allowance. Any future excess of contractual cash flows over the original expected cash flows is to be recognized as an adjustment of future yield. Future decreases in actual cash flow over the original expected cash flow is recognized as a valuation allowance and expensed immediately. Valuation allowances can not be created or “carried over” in the initial accounting for loans acquired in a transfer of loans subject to SFAS 114 “Accounting by Creditor’s for ImpairmentTransfer

      In December 2003, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued Statement of Position (“SOP”) 03-3. SOP 03-3 requires loans acquired through a transfer, such as a business combination, where there are differences in expected cash flows and contractual cash flows due in part to credit quality, be recognized at their fair value. This SOP requires that the original excess of contractual cash flows over cash flows expected to be collected may not be recognized as an adjustment of yield, loss accrual, or valuation allowance. Any future excess of cash flows over the original expected cash flows is to be recognized as an adjustment of future yield. Future decreases in actual cash flow compared to the original expected cash flow are recognized as a valuation allowance and expensed immediately. Valuation allowances cannot be created or “carried over” in the initial accounting for impaired loans acquired. This SOP is effective for impaired loans acquired in a business combination in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2004. The adoption of this SOP is not expected to have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations, earnings per share or cash flows.
Loan (an amendment of FASB Statement No. 5 and 15)”. This SOP is effective for impaired loans acquired in a business combination after December 31, 2004.Commitments
      In March 2004, the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 105 (“SAB 105”), “Application of Accounting Principles to Loan Commitments,” which provided guidance on accounting for loan commitments at fair value that meet the definition of a derivative. SAB 105 is effective for commitments entered into after March 31, 2004. The guidance clarifies that expected future cash flows related to the servicing of the loan may be recognized only when the servicing asset has been contractually separated from the underlying loan by sale with servicing retained. SAB 105 did not have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations, earnings per share or cash flows.
Guidance on “Other-Than-Temporary Impairment”
      In 2003, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached a consensus on EITF 03-1 The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments. EITF 03-1 provided application guidance to assess whether there have been any events or economic circumstance to indicate that a security is impaired on an other-than-temporary basis. Factors to consider include the length of time the security has had a market value less that the cost basis, the intent and ability of the company to hold the security for a period time sufficient for a recover in value, recent events specific to the issuer or industry and for debt securities, external credit rating and recent downgrades. Securities on which there is an unrealized loss that is deemed to be other-than-temporary are written down to fair value with the write-down recorded as a realized loss.

68


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
2.     Accounting Changes — (Continued)
      In December 2004, the FASB announced that it will reconsider in its entirety all guidance on disclosing, measuring and recognizing other-than-temporary impairments of debt and equity securities. Until new guidance is issued, companies must continue to comply with the disclosure requirements of EITF 03-1 “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments” and all relevant measurement and recognition requirements in other accounting literature. Companies evaluating whether an impairment is other-than-temporary under existing requirements should continue to consider the length of time a security has been impaired, the severity of the impairment and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issue of the security.
Business Combinations
      In October 2004, the EITF issued EITF 04-1 “Accounting for Preexisting Relationships between the Parties to a Business Combination.” The Task Force determined that a business combination between two parties that have a preexisting relationship is a multiple-element transaction with one element being the business combination and the other element being the settlement of the preexisting relationship. This guidance is applicable to business combinations consummated and goodwill impairment tests performed in reporting periods beginning after October 13, 2004. The application of this EITF did not have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations, earnings per share or cash flows.
3.Acquisitions
      Acquisitions are an important part of Banknorth’s strategic plans. The following table summarizes bank acquisitions completed since January 1, 2002. The acquisitions were accounted for as purchases and, as such, were included in our results of operations from the date of acquisition.
                                 
      Transaction-Related Items
    Balance at  
    Acquisition Date   Other   Total
  Acquisition     Identifiable Cash Shares Purchase
(Dollars and shares in millions) Date Assets Equity Goodwill Intangibles Paid Issued Price
                 
CCBT Financial Companies, Inc.   4/30/2004  $1,292.9  $108.5  $178.2  $19.4  $   9.2  $298.1 
Foxbrough Savings Bank  4/30/2004   241.8   22.8   62.2   2.2   88.9      88.9 
First & Ocean Bancorp  12/31/2003   274.4   15.6   35.1   1.8   49.7      49.7 
American Financial Holdings, Inc.   2/14/2003   2,690.3   408.2   422.2   9.3   328.5   13.4   711.4 
Warren Bancorp, Inc.   12/31/2002   466.1   45.3   90.5   2.7   59.8   2.7   136.6 
Bancorp Connecticut, Inc.   8/31/2002   661.7   61.4   96.9   8.7   161.2      161.2 
Ipswich Bancshares, Inc.   7/26/2002   318.0   13.9   22.0   4.8   19.9   0.9   40.1 
      In addition, Banknorth acquired four insurance agencies from 2002 to 2004. The total cost of these agencies was $16.8 million.

69


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
3.     Acquisitions — (Continued)
      On April 30, 2004, Banknorth acquired CCBT Financial Companies, Inc. (“CCBT”) and Foxborough Savings Bank (“Foxborough”). The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for CCBT and Foxborough at the date of acquisition. Banknorth expects that some adjustments of the estimated fair values assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed will be recorded in periods after December 31, 2004, although such adjustments are not expected to be significant. It is estimated that none of the goodwill will be deductible for income tax purposes.
      
Assets:    
Investments $319,403 
Loans held for sale  7,758 
Loans and leases, net  1,026,915 
Premises and equipment  31,508 
Other assets  159,610 
    
 Assets acquired  1,545,194 
    
Liabilities:    
Deposits  1,188,294 
Borrowings  210,903 
Other liabilities  20,889 
    
 Liabilities assumed  1,420,086 
    
 Net assets acquired  125,108 
Goodwill  240,427 
Identifiable intangible assets  21,565 
    
 Total purchase price $387,100 
    

70


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
4.
Extraordinary Items

     In April 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 145 which rescinds SFAS No. 4, which required all gains and losses from extinguishment of debt to be aggregated and, if material, classified as an extraordinary item, net of related income tax effect. Additionally, SFAS No. 145 amends SFAS No. 13 to require that certain lease modifications that have economic effects similar to sale-leaseback transactions be accounted for in the same manner as sale-leaseback transactions. We adopted SFAS 145 on January 1, 2003. Upon adoption, we reclassified to other expense an extraordinary item from the early extinguishment of debt of $3.9 million after-tax, or $.03 per diluted share, in the fourth quarter of 2001.

3.     Acquisitions

Acquisitions are an important part of Banknorth’s strategic plans. The following table summarizes acquisitions completed since January 1, 2001. The acquisitions were accounted for as purchases and, as such, were included in our results of operations from the date of acquisition.

                                 
Transaction-Related Items
Balance at
Acquisition DateOtherTotal
Acquisition
IdentifiableCashSharesPurchase
(Dollars and shares in millions)DateAssetsEquityGoodwillIntangiblesPaidIssuedPrice









First & Ocean Bancorp  12/31/2003  $274.4  $15.6  $33.8  $1.8  $49.7     $49.7 
American Financial Holdings, Inc.   2/14/2003   2,690.3   408.2   426.3   9.3   328.5   13.4   711.4 
Insurance agency acquisitions  2003   1.2   0.1   2.4   0.7   3.2      3.2 
Warren Bancorp, Inc.   12/31/2002   466.1   45.3   91.8   2.7   59.8   2.7   136.6 
Bancorp Connecticut, Inc.   8/31/2002   661.7   61.4   97.0   8.7   161.2      161.2 
Ipswich Bancshares, Inc.   7/26/2002   318.0   13.9   22.2   4.8   19.9   0.9   40.1 
Insurance agency acquisitions  2002   2.5      5.7   2.2      0.2   7.4 
Andover Bancorp, Inc.   10/31/2001   1,796.0   162.9   188.5   13.2      16.5   340.0 
Metrowest Bank  10/31/2001   907.7   62.0   96.5   5.0   164.8      164.8 

64


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

3.     Acquisitions — (Continued)

During 2003, Banknorth acquired American Financial Holdings, Inc. (“American”) and First & Ocean Bancorp (“F&O”). The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for American and F&O at the dates of acquisition. Banknorth expects that some adjustments of the estimated fair values assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed will be recorded in 2004, although such adjustments are not expected to be significant. It is estimated that none of the goodwill will be deductible for income tax purposes.

      
Assets:    
Investments $650,701 
Loans and leases, net  1,647,304 
Premises and equipment  15,607 
Mortgage servicing rights  472 
Goodwill  460,102 
Other intangibles  11,065 
Other assets  561,886 
   
 
 Total assets acquired  3,347,137 
   
 
Liabilities:    
Deposits  2,152,098 
Borrowings  423,741 
Other liabilities  10,241 
   
 
 Total liabilities assumed  2,586,080 
   
 
 Net assets acquired $761,057 
   
 

65


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

4.     Securities Available for Sale and Held to Maturity

A summary of the amortized cost and market values of securities available for sale and held to maturity follows:

                   
GrossGross
AmortizedUnrealizedUnrealizedMarket
CostGainsLossesValue




Available for Sale
                
 
December 31, 2003:
                
 U.S. Government obligations and obligations of U.S. Government agencies and corporations $2,359,347  $1,993  $(41,165) $2,320,175 
 Tax-exempt bonds and notes  138,280   3,191   (21)  141,450 
 Other bonds and notes  365,109   16,279   (886)  380,502 
 Mortgage-backed securities  3,834,958   50,167   (21,747)  3,863,378 
 Collateralized mortgage obligations  264,545   4,138   (648)  268,035 
   
   
   
   
 
  Total debt securities  6,962,239   75,768   (64,467)  6,973,540 
 Federal Home Loan Bank stock  104,397         104,397 
 Federal Reserve Bank stock  37,666         37,666 
 Other equity securities  6,868   521      7,389 
   
   
   
   
 
  Total equity securities  148,931   521      149,452 
   
   
   
   
 
  Total securities available for sale $7,111,170  $76,289  $(64,467) $7,122,992 
   
   
   
   
 
 
December 31, 2002:
                
 U.S. Government obligations and obligations of U.S. Government agencies and corporations $1,539,447  $21,514  $(13) $1,560,948 
 Tax-exempt bonds and notes  95,332   2,053   (7)  97,378 
 Other bonds and notes  356,551   14,796   (3,192)  368,155 
 Mortgage-backed securities  3,659,334   139,974   (87)  3,799,221 
 Collateralized mortgage obligations  581,357   7,112   (1,143)  587,326 
   
   
   
   
 
  Total debt securities  6,232,021   185,449   (4,442)  6,413,028 
 Federal Home Loan Bank stock  275,768   0   0   275,768 
 Federal Reserve Bank stock  35,250   0   0   35,250 
 Other equity securities  7,177   415   (171)  7,421 
   
   
   
   
 
  Total equity securities  318,195   415   (171)  318,439 
   
   
   
   
 
  Total securities available for sale $6,550,216  $185,864  $(4,613) $6,731,467 
   
   
   
   
 
Held to Maturity:
                
 
December 31, 2003:
                
 Collateralized mortgage obligations $124,240  $104  $  $124,344 
   
   
   
   
 
  Total securities held to maturity $124,240  $104  $  $124,344 
   
   
   
   
 
 
December 31, 2002:
                
 Collateralized mortgage obligations $216,409  $5,162  $  $221,571 
   
   
   
   
 
  Total securities held to maturity $216,409  $5,162  $  $221,571 
   
   
   
   
 

66

      A summary of the amortized cost and market values of securities available for sale and held to maturity follows:
                   
    Gross Gross  
  Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Market
  Cost Gains Losses Value
         
Available for Sale
                
 
December 31, 2004:
                
 U.S. Government obligations and obligations of U.S. Government agencies and corporations $528,973  $181  $(12,722) $516,432 
 Tax-exempt bonds and notes  166,901   3,045   (148)  169,798 
 Other bonds and notes  285,742   10,674   (644)  295,772 
 Mortgage-backed securities  5,130,478   33,081   (31,641)  5,131,918 
 Collateralized mortgage obligations  599,304   1,748   (3,129)  597,923 
             
  Total debt securities  6,711,398   48,729   (48,284)  6,711,843 
 Federal Home Loan Bank stock  116,904         116,904 
 Federal Reserve Bank stock  60,338         60,338 
 Other equity securities  16,456   247   (23)  16,680 
             
  Total equity securities  193,698   247   (23)  193,922 
             
  Total securities available for sale $6,905,096  $48,976  $(48,307) $6,905,765 
             
 
December 31, 2003:
                
 U.S. Government obligations and obligations of U.S. Government agencies and corporations $2,359,347  $1,993  $(41,165) $2,320,175 
 Tax-exempt bonds and notes  138,280   3,191   (21)  141,450 
 Other bonds and notes  365,109   16,279   (886)  380,502 
 Mortgage-backed securities  3,834,958   50,167   (21,747)  3,863,378 
 Collateralized mortgage obligations  264,545   4,138   (648)  268,035 
             
  Total debt securities  6,962,239   75,768   (64,467)  6,973,540 
 Federal Home Loan Bank stock  104,397         104,397 
 Federal Reserve Bank stock  37,666         37,666 
 Other equity securities  6,868   521      7,389 
             
  Total equity securities  148,931   521      149,452 
             
  Total securities available for sale $7,111,170  $76,289  $(64,467) $7,122,992 
             
Held to Maturity:
                
 
December 31, 2004:
                
 Collateralized mortgage obligations $87,013  $494  $  $87,507 
             
  Total securities held to maturity $87,013  $494  $  $87,507 
             
 
December 31, 2003:
                
 Collateralized mortgage obligations $124,240  $104  $  $124,344 
             
  Total securities held to maturity $124,240  $104  $  $124,344 
             

71


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
4.     Securities Available for Sale and Held to Maturity — (Continued)
      Included in securities in U.S. Government obligations and obligations of U.S. Government agencies and corporations at December 31, 2004 were $475.1 million of Federal National Mortgage Association and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corp. securities.
      The following presents the fair value of investments with continuous unrealized losses for less than 12 months and those that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for 12 months or longer as of December 31, 2004.
                                     
  Less than 1 year More than 1 year Total
       
  Number of Fair Unrealized Number of Fair Unrealized Number of Fair Unrealized
Available for Sale: Investments Value Losses Investments Value Losses Investments Value Losses
                   
U.S. Government obligations and obligations of U.S. Government agencies and corporations  6  $140,522  $(1,108)  5  $345,432  $(11,614)  11  $485,954  $(12,722)
Tax-exempt bonds and notes  54   83,367   (148)           54   83,367   (148)
Other bonds and notes  10   20,990   (616)  2   4,434   (28)  12   25,424   (644)
Mortgage-backed securities  99   2,125,235   (16,495)  41   947,126   (15,146)  140   3,072,361   (31,641)
Collateralized mortgage obligations  18   377,830   (3,128)  2   540   (1)  20   378,370   (3,129)
Equity securities  1   5   (10)  1   95   (13)  2   100   (23)
                            
   188  $2,747,949  $(21,505)  51  $1,297,627  $(26,802)  239  $4,045,576  $(48,307)
                            
      For securities with unrealized losses, the following information was considered in determining that the impairments are not other-than-temporary. U.S. Government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States and therefore bear no credit risk. U.S. Government agencies securities have minimal credit risk as they play a vital role in the nation’s financial markets. Other bonds and notes are generally comprised of corporate securities and all investments maintain a credit rating of at least investment grade by one of the nationally recognized rating agencies. Mortgage-backed securities or collateralized mortgage obligations are either issued by federal government agencies or by private issuers with minimum security ratings of AA. No unrealized losses were determined to be other-than-temporary.
      The amortized cost and market values of debt securities at December 31, 2004 by contractual maturities are shown below. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. At December 31, 2004, Banknorth had $393.6 million of securities available for sale with call provisions.
                  
  Available for Sale Held to Maturity
     
  Amortized Cost Market Value Amortized Cost Market Value
         
December 31, 2004:
                
Due in one year or less $153,426  $153,931  $118  $119 
Due after one year through five years  556,879   547,852   5,315   5,345 
Due after five years through ten years  390,249   400,335   26,703   26,854 
Due after ten years  5,610,844   5,609,725   54,877   55,189 
             
 Total debt securities $6,711,398  $6,711,843  $87,013  $87,507 
             

72


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
4.     Securities Available for Sale and Held to Maturity — (Continued)
      A summary of realized gains and losses on securities available for sale for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 follows:
             
  Realized
   
  Gains Losses Net
       
2004 $10,230  $17,931  $(7,701)
2003  44,744   2,284   42,460 
2002  9,823   2,541   7,282 
BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

4.     Securities Available for Sale and Held to Maturity — (Continued)

The following presents the fair value of investments with continuous unrealized losses for less than 12 months and those that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for 12 months or longer as of December 31, 2003.

                                     
Less than 1 yearMore than 1 yearTotal



Number ofFairUnrealizedNumber ofFairUnrealizedNumber ofFairUnrealized
Available for Sale:InvestmentsValueLossesInvestmentsValueLossesInvestmentsValueLosses










U.S. Government obligations and obligations of U.S. Government agencies and corporations  31  $1,924,041  $(41,165)    $  $   31  $1,924,041  $(41,165)
Tax-exempt bonds and notes  1   390   (21)           1   390   (21)
Other bonds and notes  16   20,781   (743)  6   9,372   (143)  22   30,153   (886)
Mortgage-backed securities  109   1,652,061   (21,739)  5   434   (8)  114   1,652,495   (21,747)
Collateralized mortgage obligations  14   96,875   (647)  3   441   (1)  17   97,316   (648)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   171  $3,694,148  $(64,315)  14  $10,247  $(152)  185  $3,704,395  $(64,467)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 

     For securities exhibiting unrealized losses, the following information was considered in determining that the impairments are not other-than-temporary. U.S. Government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States and therefore bear no credit risk. U.S. Government agencies securities have minimal credit risk as they play a vital role in the nations financial markets. Other bonds and notes are generally comprised of corporate securities and all investments maintain a credit rating of at least investment grade by one of the nationally recognized rating agencies. Mortgage-backed securities or collateralized mortgage obligations are either issued by federal government agencies or by private issuers with minimum security ratings of AA.

The amortized cost and market values of debt securities at December 31, 2003 by contractual maturities are shown below. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. At December 31, 2003, Banknorth had $404.5 million of securities available for sale with call provisions.

                  
Available for SaleHeld to Maturity


AmortizedMarketAmortizedMarket
CostValueCostValue




December 31, 2003:
                
Due in one year or less $119,723  $120,506  $  $ 
Due after one year through five years  2,121,355   2,101,956       
Due after five years through ten years  874,492   881,262       
Due after ten years  3,846,669   3,869,816   124,240   124,344 
   
   
   
   
 
 Total debt securities $6,962,239  $6,973,540  $124,240  $124,344 
   
   
   
   
 

67


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

4.     Securities Available for Sale and Held to Maturity — (Continued)

A summary of realized gains and losses on securities available for sale for 2003, 2002, and 2001 follows:

         
Gross Realized

GainsLosses


2003 $44,744  $2,284 
2002  9,823   2,541 
2001  4,291   2,962 

5.Loans and Leases

Banknorth’s lending activities are conducted principally in New England and upstate New York. The principal categories of loans in Banknorth’s portfolio are residential real estate loans, which are secured by single-family (one to four units) residences; commercial real estate loans, which are secured by multi-family (five or more units) residential and commercial real estate; commercial business loans and leases; and consumer loans and leases. A summary of loans and leases follows:

          
December 31,

20032002


Residential real estate loans:        
 Permanent first mortgage loans $2,681,925  $2,354,001 
 Construction and development  28,558   28,196 
   
   
 
   2,710,483   2,382,197 
Commercial real estate loans:        
 Permanent first mortgage loans  4,696,428   4,151,674 
 Construction and development  832,434   640,375 
   
   
 
   5,528,862   4,792,049 
Commercial business loans and leases:        
 Commercial business loans  3,188,504   2,865,617 
 Commercial business leases  98,590   102,857 
   
   
 
   3,287,094   2,968,474 
Consumer loans and leases  4,819,523   3,913,288 
   
   
 
 Total loans and leases $16,345,962  $14,056,008 
   
   
 

     Loans and leases include net deferred charges of $21.8 million at December 31, 2003 and $14.5 million at December 31, 2002. Deferred charges include deferred loan origination costs, net of deferred loan origination fees, and unearned discounts.

68

      Banknorth’s lending activities are conducted principally in New England and upstate New York. The principal categories of loans in Banknorth’s portfolio are residential real estate loans, which are secured by single-family (one to four units) residences; commercial real estate loans, which are secured by multi-family (five or more units) residential and commercial real estate; commercial business loans and leases; and consumer loans and leases. A summary of loans and leases follows:
          
  December 31,
   
  2004 2003
     
Residential real estate loans        
 Permanent first mortgage loans $3,024,799  $2,681,925 
 Construction and development  56,418   28,558 
       
   3,081,217   2,710,483 
Commercial real estate loans:        
 Permanent first mortgage loans  5,297,812   4,696,428 
 Construction and development  951,701   832,434 
       
   6,249,513   5,528,862 
Commercial business loans and leases        
 Commercial business loans  3,838,366   3,188,504 
 Commercial business leases  90,228   98,590 
       
   3,928,594   3,287,094 
Consumer loans and leases        
 Consumer loans  5,333,448   4,816,217 
 Consumer leases  222   3,306 
       
   5,333,670   4,819,523 
       
 Total loans and leases $18,592,994  $16,345,962 
       
      Loans and leases include net deferred charges of $23.0 million at December 31, 2004 and $21.8 million at December 31, 2003. Deferred charges include deferred loan origination costs, net of deferred loan origination fees and unearned discounts.

73


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
5.     Loans and Leases — (Continued)
Nonperforming Loans
      The following table sets forth the information regarding nonperforming loans and accruing loans 90 days or more overdue at the dates indicated:
          
  December 31,
   
  2004 2003
     
Nonaccrual loans        
 Residential real estate mortgages $7,846  $7,157 
 Commercial real estate loans  29,948   19,700 
 Commercial business loans and leases  32,421   24,412 
 Consumer loans and leases  7,344   8,493 
       
Total nonperforming loans $77,559  $59,762 
       
Accruing loans which are 90 days or more overdue $5,254  $4,915 
       
      Impaired loans are commercial and commercial real estate loans which Banknorth believes will probably not result in the collection of all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The definition of “impaired loans” is not the same as the definition of “nonaccrual loans,” although the two categories overlap. All commercial and commercial real estate nonaccrual loans are impaired, but not all impaired loans are on nonaccrual. Accrual of interest on commercial and commercial real estate loans is generally discontinued when collectibility of principal or interest is uncertain or on which payments of principal or interest have become contractually past due 90 days. Banknorth may choose to place a loan on nonaccrual status due to payment delinquency or uncertain collectibility. The amount of reserves for impaired loans is determined by the difference between the present value of the expected cash flows related to the loan, using the original contractual interest rate, and its recorded value, or, as a practical expedient in the case of collateralized loans, the difference between the fair value of the collateral and the recorded amount of the loans. When foreclosure is probable, impairment is measured based on the fair value of the collateral less cost to sell.
      The following table sets forth information on impaired loans at the dates indicated:
                  
  At or For the Year Ended December 31,
   
  2004 2003
     
  Recorded Valuation Recorded Valuation
  Investment Allowance Investment Allowance
         
Impaired loans                
 Valuation allowance required $51,620  $13,805  $28,781  $4,662 
 No valuation allowance required  10,749      15,331    
             
Total impaired loans $62,369  $13,805  $44,112  $4,662 
             
Average balance of impaired loans during the year $53,580      $48,917     
             
Interest income recognized on a cash basis on impaired loans during the year $2,501      $1,675     
             

74


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

5.     Loans and Leases — (Continued)

Nonperforming Loans

The following table sets forth the information regarding nonperforming loans and accruing loans 90 days or more overdue at the dates indicated:

          
December 31,

20032002


Nonaccrual loans        
 Residential real estate mortgages $7,157  $5,781 
 Commercial real estate loans  19,700   17,649 
 Commercial business loans and leases  24,412   32,693 
 Consumer loans and leases  8,493   9,194 
   
   
 
Total nonperforming loans $59,762  $65,317 
   
   
 
Accruing loans which are 90 days or more overdue $4,915  $3,373 
   
   
 

The following table presents the amount of foregone revenue on nonperforming loans for the periods indicated.

         
Year Ended
December 31,

20032002


Interest income that would have been recognized at original contractual terms $4,748  $5,839 
Amount recognized as interest income on a cash basis  2,746   2,900 
   
   
 
Forgone revenue $2,002  $2,939 
   
   
 

     Impaired loans are commercial and commercial real estate loans which Banknorth believes will probably not result in the collection of all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The definition of “impaired loans” is not the same as the definition of “nonaccrual loans,” although the two categories overlap. All commercial and commercial real estate nonaccrual loans are impaired, but not all impaired loans are on nonaccrual. Accrual of interest on commercial and commercial real estate loans is generally discontinued when collectibility of principal or interest is uncertain or on which payments of principal or interest have become contractually past due 90 days. Banknorth may choose to place a loan on nonaccrual status due to payment delinquency or uncertain collectibility. The amount of reserves for impaired loans is determined by the difference between the present value of the expected cash flows related to the loan, using the original contractual interest rate, and its recorded value, or, as a practical expedient in the case of collateralized loans, the difference between the fair value of the collateral and the recorded amount of the loans. When foreclosure is probable, impairment is measured based on the fair value of the collateral less cost to sell.

69


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

5.     Loans and Leases — (Continued)

The following table sets forth information on impaired loans at the dates indicated:

                  
As of or for the Year Ended December 31,

20032002


RecordedValuationRecordedValuation
InvestmentAllowanceInvestmentAllowance




Impaired loans                
 Valuation allowance required $28,781  $4,662  $33,585  $10,924 
 No valuation allowance required  15,331      16,757    
   
   
   
   
 
Total impaired loans $44,112  $4,662  $50,342  $10,924 
   
   
   
   
 
Average balance of impaired loans during the year $48,917      $53,265     
   
       
     
Interest income recognized on a cash basis on impaired loans during the year $1,675      $1,784     
   
       
     

6.Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

A summary of changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses follows:

             
Year Ended December 31,

200320022001



Balance at beginning of period $208,273  $189,837  $153,550 
Allowance related to business combinations  19,008   12,794   31,277 
Provisions charged to income  42,301   44,314   41,889 
Loans and leases charged off  (49,609)  (52,002)  (45,652)
Recoveries  12,314   13,330   8,773 
   
   
   
 
Balance at end of period $232,287  $208,273  $189,837 
   
   
   
 

      A summary of changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses follows:
             
  Year Ended December 31,
   
  2004 2003 2002
       
Balance at beginning of period $232,287  $208,273  $189,837 
Allowance related to business combinations  13,665   19,008   12,794 
Provisions charged to income  40,340   42,301   44,314 
Transfer for off-balance sheet loan commitments  (6,600)      
Charge-offs  (50,687)  (49,609)  (52,002)
Recoveries  14,147   12,314   13,330 
          
Balance at end of period $243,152  $232,287  $208,273 
          
      During 2004, a portion of the allowance for credit losses related to unfunded credit commitments was reclassified from the allowance for loan and lease losses to a separate liability account. The liability for unfunded credit commitments previously included in the allowance for loans and lease losses was $5.6 million and $3.3 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
7.Premises and Equipment

A summary of premises and equipment follows:

         
December 31,

20032002


Land $27,558  $23,079 
Buildings and leasehold improvements  268,444   245,400 
Capital lease on building  23,475   23,475 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment  425,862   388,903 
   
   
 
   745,339   680,857 
Accumulated depreciation and amortization  (478,304)  (408,528)
Accumulated amortization on capital lease  (2,217)  (652)
   
   
 
Net book value $264,818  $271,677 
   
   
 

     Details for internally developed software (consisting of software and dedicated hardware and is included with furniture, fixtures and equipment in the above table) is presented as follows as of the dates indicated.

70


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
      A summary of premises and equipment follows:
         
  December 31,
   
  2004 2003
     
Land $34,143  $27,558 
Buildings and leasehold improvements  299,712   268,444 
Capital leases on buildings  24,275   23,475 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment  316,833   274,480 
       
   674,963   593,957 
Accumulated depreciation and amortization  (371,030)  (326,922)
Accumulated amortization on capital leases  (3,813)  (2,217)
       
Net book value $300,120  $264,818 
       
      Details for internally developed software (consisting of software and dedicated hardware which is included with furniture, fixtures and equipment in the above table) is presented as follows as of the dates indicated.
         
  December 31,
   
  2004 2003
     
Internally developed software in use — cost $41,129  $32,367 
Internally developed software in use — amortization  (25,386)  (15,420)
Internally developed software in development  11,933   4,350 
       
  $27,676  $21,297 
       
      Amortization of the asset held under the capital lease is included with depreciation expense.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

75


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
7.Premises and Equipment — (Continued)
         
December 31,

20032002


Internally developed software in use — cost $32,367  $20,904 
Internally developed software in use — amortization  (15,420)  (8,535)
Internally developed software in development  4,350   8,923 
   
   
 
  $21,297  $21,292 
   
   
 

     A project to develop software to automate teller stations and customer service platforms was abandoned in December 2002. As a result, $6.2 million of previously capitalized costs that have no future benefit were written-off in December 2002.

During 2002, Banknorth entered into a 15-year lease to occupy 140,000 square feet of office space in the Greater Portland, Maine area. This lease is being accounted for as a capital lease. As of December 31, 2003, the gross amount of premises and equipment under the capital lease was $23.5 million. Amortization of the asset held under the capital lease is included with depreciation expense. As of December 31, 2003, the $22.5 million capital lease obligation was partially offset by a $16.5 million loan held by the Bank. The net obligation under the capital lease obligation of $6.0 million is included in other long-term debt.

8.
8.Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

     At December 31, 2003, Banknorth had $36.4 million in unamortized identifiable intangible assets consisting of core deposit intangibles, noncompete agreements and customer lists.

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill and other intangibles for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 are as follows:

                 
OtherTotal
Core DepositIdentifiableIdentifiable
GoodwillIntangiblesIntangiblesIntangibles




Balance, December 31, 2001 $409,340  $21,321  $35,972  $57,293 
Recorded during the year  215,586   14,817   5,754   20,571 
Reclassification under SFAS No. 147  34,695      (34,695)  (34,695)
Other reclassification  2,214   (2,214)      (2,214)
Amortization expense     (5,486)  (1,006)  (6,492)
Adjustment of purchase accounting estimates  (1,151)     11   11 
   
   
   
   
 
Balance, December 31, 2002  660,684   28,438   6,036 �� 34,474 
Recorded during the year  462,531   6,807   6,861   13,668 
Adjust Warren’s estimated CDI to actual  2,244   (2,244)     (2,244)
Amortization expense     (4,574)  (4,372)  (8,946)
Massachusetts REIT adjustment  2,473          
Other adjustment of purchase accounting estimates  (1,293)  (262)  (275)  (537)
   
   
   
   
 
Balance, December 31, 2003 $1,126,639  $28,165  $8,250  $36,415 
   
   
   
   
 

71


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

8.Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets — (Continued)
                  
OtherTotal
Core DepositIdentifiableIdentifiable
GoodwillIntangiblesIntangiblesIntangibles




Estimated Annual Amortization Expense:                
 2004    $3,878  $2,628  $6,506 
 2005     3,562   1,471   5,033 
 2006     3,365   724   4,089 
 2007     3,244   724   3,968 
 2008     3,238   353   3,591 
 Thereafter     10,878   621   11,499 

The components of identifiable intangible assets follow:

              
December 31, 2003

Gross CarryingAccumulatedNet Carrying
AmountAmortizationAmount



Identifiable intangible assets:            
Core deposit intangibles $55,145  $26,980  $28,165 
Other identifiable intangibles  13,703   5,453   8,250 
   
   
   
 
 Total $68,848  $32,433  $36,415 
   
   
   
 

72


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

8.Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets — (Continued)

Banknorth adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS No. 142”) effective January 1, 2002. As of the date of adoption, we had unamortized goodwill totaling $409.3 million and unamortized identifiable intangible assets totaling $57.3 million, all of which were subject to the transition provisions of SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations” and SFAS No. 142. The following table sets forth the reconcilement of net income and earning per share excluding goodwill and SFAS No. 72 intangible amortization for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001:

              
Year Ended December 31,

200320022001



Reported net income $350,759  $298,638  $238,795 
Add back, on a net of tax basis:            
 Goodwill amortization        10,986 
 SFAS No. 72 Intangible amortization        4,666 
   
   
   
 
Adjusted net income $350,759  $298,638  $254,447 
   
   
   
 
Basic earnings per share:            
Reported net income $2.18  $2.01  $1.70 
Add back, on a net of tax basis:            
 Goodwill amortization        0.08 
 SFAS No. 72 Intangible amortization        0.03 
   
   
   
 
Adjusted basic earnings per share $2.18  $2.01  $1.81 
   
   
   
 
Diluted earnings per share:            
Reported net income $2.15  $1.99  $1.68 
Add back, on a net of tax basis:            
 Goodwill amortization        0.08 
 SFAS No. 72 Intangible amortization        0.03 
   
   
   
 
Adjusted diluted earnings per share $2.15  $1.99  $1.79 
   
   
   
 
Assets
9.Income Taxes

The current and deferred components of income tax expense follow:

              
Year Ended December 31,

200320022001



Current            
 Federal $138,722  $128,523  $123,472 
 State  8,865   7,636   7,572 
Deferred            
 Federal  25,138   12,419   (6,620)
 State  935   103   (320)
   
   
   
 
  $173,660  $148,681  $124,104 
   
   
   
 

73

      The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill and other intangibles for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 were as follows:
                  
      Other Total
    Core Deposit Identifiable Identifiable
  Goodwill Intangibles Intangibles Intangibles
         
Balance, December 31, 2002 $660,684  $28,438  $6,036  $34,474 
Recorded during the year  462,531   6,807   6,861   13,668 
Adjust Warren’s estimated CDI to actual  2,244   (2,244)     (2,244)
Amortization expense     (4,574)  (4,372)  (8,946)
Massachusetts REIT adjustment  2,473          
Other adjustment of purchase accounting estimates  (1,293)  (262)  (275)  (537)
             
Balance, December 31, 2003  1,126,639   28,165   8,250   36,415 
Recorded during the year  245,930   21,566   1,042   22,608 
Amortization expense     (5,988)  (2,639)  (8,627)
Reclassification            
Other adjustment of purchase accounting estimates  (6,789)  (20)     (20)
             
Balance, December 31, 2004 $1,365,780  $43,723  $6,653  $50,376 
             
Estimated Annual Amortization Expense:                
 2005    $6,350  $1,492  $7,842 
 2006     5,679   745   6,424 
 2007     5,194   745   5,939 
 2008     5,190   375   5,565 
 2009     5,190   375   5,565 
 Thereafter     16,120   484   16,604 
      The components of identifiable intangible assets follow:
              
  December 31, 2004
   
  Gross Carrying Accumulated Net Carrying
  Amount Amortization Amount
       
Identifiable intangible assets:            
Core deposit intangibles $57,858  $14,135  $43,723 
Other identifiable intangibles  14,746   8,093   6,653 
          
 Total $72,604  $22,228  $50,376 
          
      There was no impairment recorded in 2004 and 2003 based on the valuations at December 31, 2004 and 2003.

76


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

9.Income Taxes
      The current and deferred components of income tax expense follow:
              
  Year Ended December 31,
   
  2004 2003 2002
       
Current            
 Federal $131,542  $138,722  $128,523 
 State  15,057   8,865   7,636 
Deferred            
 Federal  16,393   25,138   12,419 
 State  105   935   103 
          
  $163,097  $173,660  $148,681 
          
      The following table reconciles the expected federal income tax expense (computed by applying the federal statutory tax rate to income before taxes) to recorded income tax expense.
             
  Year Ended December 31,
   
  2004 2003 2002
       
Computed federal tax expense $163,709  $183,547  $156,561 
State income tax, net of federal benefits  9,855   6,370   5,030 
Benefit of tax-exempt income  (5,046)  (3,412)  (3,494)
Low income/rehabilitation credits  (4,270)  (2,700)  (1,540)
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance  (8,149)  (8,026)  (7,000)
Nondeductible compensation  6,931       
Other, net  67   (2,119)  (876)
          
Recorded income tax expense $163,097  $173,660  $148,681 
          

77


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
9.Income Taxes — (Continued)
      The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities, which are included in Other Assets and Other Liabilities, respectively, at December 31, 2004 and 2003 follow:
           
  December 31,
   
  2004 2003
     
Deferred tax assets        
 Allowance for loan and lease losses $86,505  $83,061 
 Compensation and employee benefits  20,268   18,597 
 Loans distributed from subsidiary  6,616   13,017 
 Book reserves not yet realized for tax purposes  405   1,304 
 Intangible assets  5,696   2,435 
 Other  2,023   1,643 
       
  Total gross deferred tax assets  121,513   120,057 
       
Deferred tax liabilities        
 Pension plan  35,194   31,035 
 Leases  7,488   7,820 
 Premises and equipment  24,930   26,563 
 Partnership investments  12,090   8,630 
 Loan basis difference  11,439   12,819 
 Purchase accounting  21,870   12,927 
 Unrealized appreciation on securities and hedging  105   3,920 
 Other  760   1,148 
       
  Total gross deferred tax liabilities  113,876   104,862 
       
Net deferred tax asset $7,637  $15,195 
       
      Banknorth has determined that a valuation allowance is not required for any of its deferred tax assets since it is more likely than not that these assets will be realized principally through carryback to taxable income in prior years and future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and by offsetting other future taxable income.
9.Income Taxes — (Continued)

The following table reconciles the expected federal income tax expense (computed by applying the federal statutory tax rate to income before taxes) to recorded income tax expense:

             
Year Ended December 31,

200320022001



Computed federal tax expense $183,547  $156,561  $127,116 
State income tax, net of federal benefits  6,370   5,030   4,714 
Benefit of tax-exempt income  (3,412)  (3,494)  (4,319)
Amortization of goodwill and other intangibles        3,271 
Low income/rehabilitation credits  (2,700)  (1,540)  (1,530)
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance  (8,026)  (7,000)  (6,437)
Other, net  (2,119)  (876)  1,289 
   
   
   
 
Recorded income tax expense $173,660  $148,681  $124,104 
   
   
   
 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities, which are included in Other Assets and Other Liabilities, respectively, at December 31, 2003 and 2002 follow:

           
December 31,

20032002


Deferred tax assets        
 Allowance for loan and lease losses $83,061  $75,214 
 Compensation and employee benefits  18,597   15,788 
 Loan basis difference  13,017    
 Book reserves not yet realized for tax purposes  1,304   7,093 
 Intangible asset  2,435   5,010 
 Other  1,643   3,426 
   
   
 
  Total gross deferred tax assets  120,057   106,531 
   
   
 
Deferred tax liabilities        
 Pension plan  31,035    
 Leases  7,820   10,889 
 Premises and equipment  26,563   22,377 
 Partnership investments  8,630   7,119 
 Loan origination costs  12,819   10,143 
 Purchase accounting  12,927   13,239 
 Deferred Income     20,122 
 Tax bad debt reserve     1,739 
 Unrealized appreciation on securities and hedging  3,920   62,338 
 Other  1,148   1,386 
   
   
 
  Total gross deferred tax liabilities  104,862   149,352 
   
   
 
Net deferred tax (liability) asset $15,195  $(42,821)
   
   
 

74

State Tax Assessment
      We are subject to examinations by various federal and state governmental tax authorities from time to time regarding tax returns we have filed. Currently, certain state income tax returns filed by us in recent years are under examination. In June 2004, the Vermont Department of Taxes assessed three Vermont-based banks, previously acquired by us, for taxes, interest and penalties for the years 2000 and 2001 on the basis that subsidiary investment companies established by these banks pursuant to Vermont law should be considered part of our banking subsidiary for purposes of calculating taxes due the State of Vermont. We believe that we have substantial defenses to this assessment and are in the process of appealing it in accordance with administrative procedures. Although not considered probable, there can be no assurance that Vermont will not ultimately prevail on this matter. Our estimate of the range of reasonably possible exposure above established reserves on this matter is from $0 to $2.0 million, after federal tax benefits.

78


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

10.Merger and Consolidation Costs
      Merger and consolidation costs include merger-related, charter consolidation, asset write-downs and branch closing expenses. The following table summarizes merger and consolidation costs for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002.
             
  Year-Ended December 31,
   
  2004 2003 2002
       
The Toronto-Dominion Bank Merger Charges
            
Personnel costs $34,986  $  $ 
Other costs  3,890       
          
   38,876       
          
Foxborough Savings Bank Merger Charges
            
Personnel costs  611       
Systems conversion and integration/customer communications  1,274   1    
Other costs  348       
          
   2,233   1    
          
CCBT Financial Companies, Inc. Merger Charges
            
Personnel costs  1,795       
Systems conversion and integration/customer communications  2,720       
Other costs  1,324       
          
   5,839       
          
BostonFed Bancorp, Inc. Merger Charges
            
Personnel costs  26         
Systems conversion and integration/customer communications  1,297       
Other costs  114       
          
   1,437       
          
Other
            
American Financial Holdings, Inc. merger charges  400   5,358   855 
First & Ocean Bancorp merger charges  1,342   458    
Warren Bancorp, Inc. merger charges  29   2,424   240 
Bancorp Connecticut merger charges  49   363   2,746 
Ipswich Bancshares merger charges     143   1,900 
Andover Bancorp, Inc./MetroWest Bank merger charges     12   5,830 
Banknorth Group, Inc. (Vermont) reverse reserves for auto lease residuals  (570)  (615)  (574)
Charter consolidation costs        3,601 
Branch Closings     (40)  93 
          
   1,250   8,103   14,691 
          
Total Merger and Consolidation Costs
 $49,635  $8,104  $14,691 
          
      Merger-related personnel costs on business combinations accounted for under the purchase method of accounting includes the costs of maintaining duplicate employees at the acquired bank during the systems integration period and related employee benefits and outplacement services. For business combinations accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, severance costs are accrued at merger date (and

79


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
10.Merger and Consolidation Costs — (Continued)
9.Income Taxes — (Continued)
are included in the determination of goodwill) for those employees identified to be severed at the time of closing. In 2004, personnel costs for the pending transaction with The Toronto-Dominion Bank (“TD”) included $33.2 million of long-term incentive payments pursuant to the change-in-control provision of the Executive Incentive Plan. These nonrefundable amounts were paid in anticipation of completion of this transaction, which constitutes a change in control for purposes of the Executive Incentive Plan.
      The following table presents the approximate number of employees that were severed in each of the banking acquisitions in 2004, 2003 and 2002.

Banknorth has determined that a valuation allowance is not required for any

Number of its deferred tax assets since it is more likely than not that these assets will be realized principally through carryback to taxable income in prior years and future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and by offsetting other future taxable income.
State Tax Assessment

     During the second quarter of 2003, we entered into a settlement with the Massachusetts Department of Revenue (“DOR”) concerning the dividends received deduction relating to certain banks that we had acquired prior to 2003. Legislation was enacted on March 5, 2003, which disallowed the dividends-received deduction for dividends received from a Real Estate Investment Trust (“REIT”) retroactive to 1999.

     The aggregate assessment of $5.9 million (net of Federal income tax benefit) was recorded in the first quarter of 2003 as an increase to goodwill related to the acquired banks. During the second quarter of 2003, we entered into (and paid) a settlement of $2.5 million, net of Federal income tax benefit, to the DOR, which was part of a global settlement negotiated with the DOR by approximately 50 similarly-situated financial institutions doing business in Massachusetts. Goodwill was reduced to reflect the final settlement.

75


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Terminated
10.Merger and Consolidation Costs

Merger and consolidation costs include merger-related, charter consolidation, asset write-downs and branch closing expenses. The following table summarizes special charges for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001.

             
200320022001



First & Ocean Bancorp
            
Personnel costs $25  $  $ 
Systems conversion and integration/customer communications  357       
Other costs  76       
   
   
   
 
   458       
   
   
   
 
American Merger Charges
            
Personnel costs  1,101       
Systems conversion and integration/customer communications  2,410   735    
Other costs  1,847   120    
   
   
   
 
   5,358   855    
   
   
   
 
Warren Merger Charges
            
Personnel costs  899       
Systems conversion and integration/customer communications  1,134   207    
Other costs  391   33    
   
   
   
 
   2,424   240    
   
   
   
 
Bancorp Connecticut Merger Charges
            
Personnel costs  (10)  684    
Systems conversion and integration/customer communications  24   1,486    
Other costs  349   576    
   
   
   
 
   363   2,746    
   
   
   
 
Ipswich Merger Charges
            
Personnel costs  16   62    
Systems conversion and integration/customer communications     1,537    
Other costs  127   301    
   
   
   
 
   143   1,900    
   
   
   
 
Andover/ MetroWest Merger Charges
            
Personnel costs  1   735   1,710 
Systems conversion and integration/customer communications     4,365   1,131 
Other costs  11   730   932 
   
   
   
 
   12   5,830   3,773 
   
   
   
 
Banknorth Group, Inc. (Vermont) Merger Charges
(pooling of interest method acquisition)
            
Personnel costs        2,329 
Asset write-downs/facility costs     29    
Reversal of prior accruals  (615)  (125)   
Gain on regulatory-mandated branch sales     (478)  (2,906)
Other costs        595 
   
   
   
 
   (615)  (574)  18 
   
   
   
 
Charter consolidation costs
     3,601   974 
   
   
   
 
Branch closings
  (40)  93   1,957 
   
   
   
 
Other Merger Charges
            
Foxborough merger charges  1       
Write-down of auto lease residuals        892 
   
   
   
 
   1      892 
   
   
   
 
Total Merger and Consolidation Costs
 $8,104  $14,691  $7,614 
   
   
   
 

     Merger-related personnel costs on business combinations accounted for under the purchase method of accounting includes the costs of maintaining duplicate employees at the acquired bank during the systems integration period and related employee benefits and outplacement services. For business combinations

76


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

AcquisitionEmployees
10.Merger and Consolidation Costs — (Continued)

accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, severance costs are accrued at merger date (and are included in the determination of goodwill) for those employees identified to be severed at the time of closing. Merger-related personnel costs on business combinations accounted for under the pooling of interests method include severance costs, the costs of maintaining duplicate employees at the acquired bank during the systems integration period, and related employee benefits and outplacement services. The following table presents the approximate number of employees that were severed in each of the banking acquisitions.

Number of
Terminated
AcquisitionEmployees


First & Ocean Bancorp30
American Financial Holdings, Inc. 140
CCBT Financial Companies, Inc. 155
Foxborough Savings Bank25
First & Ocean Bancorp60
American Financial Holdings, Inc. 330 
Warren Bancorp, Inc. 85
Bancorp Connecticut, Inc. 90
Ipswich Bancshares, Inc.   60 
Bancorp Connecticut, Inc. 75
Ipswich Bancshares, Inc. 30
Andover Bancorp, Inc./Metrowest Bank220
Banknorth Vermont220

     Systems conversions and integration costs and customer communications costs are recorded as incurred and are associated with the costs of converting the accounts, records and data processing equipment of the acquired companies to the systems maintained by Banknorth, as well as the costs of required notices to customers of the acquired bank concerning the acquisition and conversion of their accounts to Banknorth systems.

     Asset write-downs/facility costs relate primarily to branch closings and acquisitions accounted for under the pooling of interests. The costs represent lease termination costs and impairment of assets for redundant office space, closed branches and equipment to be disposed of or abandoned.

     Charter consolidation costs represent costs incurred to consolidate the charters of the Company’s eight national bank subsidiaries to a single national bank charter effective January 1, 2002.

     Other merger and consolidation costs include write-downs of $892 thousand in 2001 on the residual values assigned to auto lease receivables that were acquired in mergers completed prior to 2001. Banknorth ceased making auto leases in 1997.

77

      Systems conversions and integration costs and customer communications costs are recorded as incurred and are associated with the costs of converting the accounts, records and data processing equipment of the acquired companies to the systems maintained by Banknorth, as well as the costs of required notices to customers of the acquired bank concerning the acquisition and conversion of their accounts to Banknorth systems.
      Other costs include asset write-downs/facility costs relating primarily to facility closings. The costs represent lease termination costs and impairment of assets for redundant office space, closed branches and equipment to be disposed of or abandoned.
      Charter consolidation costs represent costs incurred to consolidate the charters of the Company’s eight national bank subsidiaries to a single national bank charter effective January 1, 2002.

80


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

10.Merger and Consolidation Costs — (Continued)
      The following table presents activity in the accrual account for merger and consolidation costs for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
                         
    Purchase     Non-cash  
    Accounting Merger and   Write Downs  
  Balance Adjustments at Consolidation Cash and Other Balance
  12/31/03 Acquisition Costs Payments Adjustments 12/31/04
             
The Toronto-Dominion Bank Merger $  $623  $38,879  $(39,070) $  $432 
BostonFed Bancorp, Inc. Merger        1,436   (1,436)      
Foxborough Savings Bank Merger     1,196   2,232   (2,880)  (87)  461 
CCBT Financial Companies, Inc. Merger     10,407   5,837   (13,908)  (370)  1,966 
First & Ocean Bancorp Merger  250   1,715   1,342   (3,101)     206 
American Financial Holdings, Inc. Merger  266      400   (400)  (266)   
Warren Bancorp, Inc. Merger  27      29   (29)  (27)   
Bancorp Connecticut, Inc. Merger  466      50   (516)      
Andover/ MetroWest Merger  84         (6)     78 
Other merger and consolidation costs  4      (570)  (2)  568    
                   
Total $1,097  $13,941  $49,635  $(61,348) $(182) $3,143 
                   
                         
    Purchase     Non-cash  
    Accounting Merger and   Write Downs  
  Balance Adjustments at Consolidation Cash and Other Balance
  12/31/02 Acquisition Costs Payments Adjustments 12/31/03
             
First & Ocean Bancorp Merger $  $585  $458  $(793) $  $250 
American Financial Holdings, Inc. Merger     13,600   5,358   (17,257)  (1,435)  266 
Warren Bancorp, Inc. Merger  2,052      2,424   (4,670)  221   27 
Bancorp Connecticut, Inc. Merger  3,097      363   (1,196)  (1,798)  466 
Ipswich Bancshares, Inc. Merger        143   (143)      
Andover/ MetroWest Merger  321      12   (60)  (189)  84 
Other Merger and Consolidation Costs  84      (654)  (37)  611   4 
                   
Total $5,554  $14,185  $8,104  $(24,156) $(2,590) $1,097 
                   

81


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
11.Short-term Borrowings
      A summary of short-term borrowings follows:
                           
  December 31,
   
  2004 2003 2002
       
  Amount Rate Amount Rate Amount Rate
             
At year-end
                        
 Securities sold under agreements to repurchase — retail $1,234,476   1.29% $1,086,900   0.59% $1,222,466   1.22%
 Securities sold under agreements to repurchase — wholesale        814,650   0.52%      
 Federal funds purchased  618,000   2.22%  358,000   0.94%  53,000   1.16%
 Treasury, tax and loan notes  375,347   2.16%  77,397   0.69%  1,001   0.91%
 Federal Home Loan Bank Advances  1,570,000   2.25%            
                   
  Total Short-term borrowings $3,797,823      $2,336,947      $1,276,467     
                   
Average for the year
                        
 Securities sold under agreements to repurchase — retail $1,094,309   0.99% $1,059,077   0.90% $955,887   1.40%
 Securities sold under agreements to repurchase — wholesale  948,711   1.07%  295,618   0.60%      
 Federal funds purchased  609,218   1.44%  264,062   1.20%  95,568   1.71%
 Treasury, tax and loan notes  143,529   1.74%  10,207   1.07%  13,036   1.61%
 Federal Home Loan Bank Advances  225,985   1.92%            
Maximum month-end balance
                        
 Securities sold under agreements to repurchase — retail $1,277,965      $1,167,325      $1,200,524     
 Securities sold under agreements to repurchase — wholesale  1,764,729       814,650            
 Federal funds purchased  947,000       655,000       256,000     
 Treasury, tax and loan notes  1,196,423       89,287       94,354     
 Federal Home Loan Bank Advances  1,570,000                   
      Retail securities sold under repurchase agreements generally have maturities of 365 days or less and are collateralized by mortgage-backed securities and U.S. Government obligations.
      At December 31, 2004, Banknorth also had a $110 million unsecured line of credit. The line is renewable every 364 days and, if used, carries interest at LIBOR plus 0.625%. Banknorth did not utilize the line of credit in 2004.

82


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
12.     Long-term Debt
      A summary of long-term debt (debt with original maturities of more than one year) follows:
         
  December 31,
   
  2004 2003
     
Federal Home Loan Bank advances $428,825  $1,495,821 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase — wholesale  1,100,000   1,400,000 
Junior subordinated debentures issued to affiliated trusts  310,746    
Capital trust securities     295,275 
Subordinated long-term debt 7.625%, due 2011  200,000   200,000 
Senior notes 3.75%, due 2008  149,810   149,753 
Hedge-related basis adjustments on long-term debt  (4,420)  (1,896)
Other long-term debt  7,921   6,964 
       
Total $2,192,882  $3,545,917 
       
      The following table presents the maturities of long-term debt outstanding at the dates indicated:
                       
December 31, 2004 December 31, 2003
   
Maturity Principal   Maturity Principal  
Dates Amounts Interest Rates Dates Amounts Interest Rates
           
 2005  $723,843   3.21 – 7.45%  2004  $1,879,358   0.17 – 8.09%
 2006   769,726   2.77 – 6.39%  2005   625,744   1.72 – 7.45%
 2007   8,079   3.45 – 8.04%  2006   291,063   2.24 – 6.39%
 2008   149,585   3.75 – 6.42%  2007   9,934   2.70 – 8.04%
 2009   2,515   6.97 – 6.97%  2008   151,253   3.07 – 6.42%
 2010 – 2032   539,134   1.00 – 10.52%  2009 – 2032   588,565   1.00 – 10.52%
                 
    $2,192,882          $3,545,917     
                 
      Callable borrowings of $105.0 million are shown in their respective periods assuming that the callable debt is redeemed at the initial call date while all other borrowings are shown in the periods corresponding to their scheduled maturity date.
      Borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank, which consist of both fixed and adjustable rate borrowings, are secured by a blanket lien on qualified collateral, consisting primarily of loans with first mortgages secured by one to four family properties, certain unencumbered investment securities and other qualified assets.

83


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
12.     Long-term Debt — (Continued)
      The following is a summary of the junior subordinated debentures outstanding as of December 31, 2004:
                         
        Junior    
  Issuance Capital Common Subordinated Stated Maturity
Name Date Securities Securities Debentures(1) Rate Date
             
Peoples Heritage Capital Trust I  1/31/1997  $61,775  $3,093  $64,868   9.06%   2/1/2027 
Banknorth Capital Trust I  5/1/1997   30,000   928   30,928   10.52%   5/1/2027 
Ipswich Statutory Trust I  2/22/2001   3,500   109   3,609   10.20%   2/22/2031 
CCBT Statutory Trust I  7/31/2001   5,000   155   5,155   5.74%   7/31/2031 
Banknorth Capital Trust II  2/22/2002   200,000   6,186   206,186   8.00%   4/1/2032 
                   
      $300,275  $10,471  $310,746         
                   
 
10.Merger and Consolidation Costs — (Continued)

The following table presents activity in the accrual account for merger and consolidation costs for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

                         
Merger &Non-cash Write
BalanceAccrued atConsolidationCashDowns and OtherBalance
12/31/02AcquisitionCostsPaymentsAdjustments12/31/03






First & Ocean $  $585  $458  $(792) $  $251 
American Merger     13,600   5,358   (17,257)  (1,435)  266 
Warren Merger  2,052      2,424   (4,670)  221   27 
Bancorp Connecticut Merger  3,097      363   (1,196)  (1,798)  466 
Ipswich Merger        143   (143)      
Andover/MetroWest Merger  321      12   (60)  (189)  84 
Other Merger and Consolidation Costs  84      (654)  (38)  611   3 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total $5,554  $14,185  $8,104  $(24,156) $(2,590) $1,097 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
                         
Merger &Non-cash Write
BalanceAccrued atConsolidationCashDowns and OtherBalance
12/31/01AcquisitionCostsPaymentsAdjustments12/31/02






Andover/MetroWest Merger $11,207  $  $5,830  $(16,474) $(242) $321 
Ipswich Merger     1,791   1,900   (3,155)  (536)   
Bancorp Connecticut Merger     4,413   2,746   (4,062)     3,097 
Warren Merger     2,250   240   (438)     2,052 
American Merger        855   (855)      
Banknorth Group, Inc. (Vermont) Merger  330      (574)  244       
Charter Consolidation        3,601   (2,927)  (674)   
Branch Closings  296      93   (310)  5   84 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total $11,833  $8,454  $14,691  $(27,977) $(1,447) $5,554 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 

11.     Short-term Borrowings

A summary of short-term borrowings follows:

              
At or for the Year Ended December 31,

200320022001



Balance outstanding at end of period
            
 Securities sold under agreements to repurchase — retail $1,086,900  $1,222,466  $999,506 
 Federal funds purchased  358,000   53,000   50,000 
 Treasury, tax and loan notes  77,397   1,001   41,713 
   
   
   
 
  $1,522,297  $1,276,467  $1,091,219 
   
   
   
 

78


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

11.     Short-term Borrowings — (Continued)
              
At or for the Year Ended December 31,

200320022001



Securities sold under agreements to repurchase — retail
            
 Balance outstanding at end of period $1,086,900  $1,222,466  $999,506 
 Market value of collateral at end of period  1,352,308   1,614,686   1,072,288 
 Amortized cost of collateral at end of period  1,350,568   1,563,198   1,056,099 
 Average balance outstanding during the year  1,059,077   955,887   803,186 
 Maximum outstanding at any month end during the year  1,167,325   1,200,524   999,506 
 Average interest rate during the year  0.90%  1.40%  3.31%
 Average interest rate at end of year  0.59%  1.22%  1.72%

     Retail securities sold under repurchase agreements generally have maturities of 365 days or less and are collateralized by mortgage-backed securities and U.S. Government obligations.

     At December 31, 2003, Banknorth also had a $110 million unsecured line of credit. The line is renewable every 364 days and, if used, carries interest at LIBOR plus 0.625%. Banknorth did not utilize the line of credit in 2003.

12.     Long-term Debt

A summary of long-term debt (debt with original maturities of more than one year) follows:

         
December 31,

20032002


Federal Home Loan Bank advances $1,495,821  $2,482,582 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase — wholesale  2,214,650   1,171,049 
Capital trust securities  295,275   295,056 
Subordinated long-term debt 7.625%, due 2011  200,000   200,000 
Senior notes 3.75%, due 2008  149,753    
Hedge-related basis adjustments on long-term debt  (1,896)   
Other long-term debt  6,964   7,427 
   
   
 
Total $4,360,567  $4,156,114 
   
   
 

     Wholesale securities sold under agreements to repurchase have maturities greater than one year and are generally sold to broker/dealers.

79


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

12.     Long-term Debt — (Continued)

The following table presents the maturities of long-term debt outstanding at the dates indicated:

                       
December 31, 2003December 31, 2002


MaturityPrincipalMaturityPrincipal
DatesAmountsInterest RatesDatesAmountsInterest Rates






 2004  $2,694,008   0.17 – 8.09%  2003  $1,170,870   1.68 – 7.14%
 2005   625,744   1.72 – 7.45%  2004   1,134,062   1.15 – 6.45%
 2006   291,063   2.24 – 6.39%  2005   718,134   2.32 – 7.45%
 2007   9,934   2.70 – 8.04%  2006   440,579   2.72 – 6.39%
 2008   151,253   3.07 – 6.42%  2007   8,199   3.45 – 8.04%
 2009 – 2032   588,565   1.00 – 10.52%  2008 – 2032   684,270   2.51 – 10.52%
     
           
     
    $4,360,567          $4,156,114     
     
           
     

     Callable borrowings of $1.8 billion are shown in their respective periods assuming that the callable debt is redeemed at the initial call date while all other borrowings are shown in the periods corresponding to their scheduled maturity date.

     Borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank, which consist of both fixed and adjustable rate borrowings, are secured by a blanket lien on qualified collateral, consisting primarily of loans with first mortgages secured by one to four family properties, certain unencumbered investment securities and other qualified assets.

The following is a summary of the capital trust securities outstanding as of December 31, 2003:

                 
IssuanceStatedMaturity
NameDateAmountRateDate





Peoples Heritage Capital Trust I  1/31/1997  $61,775   9.06%  2/1/2027 
Banknorth Capital Trust I  5/1/1997   30,000   10.52%  5/1/2027 
Ipswich Statutory Trust I  2/22/2001   3,500   10.20%  2/22/2031 
Banknorth Capital Trust II  2/22/2002   200,000   8.00%  4/1/2032 
       
         
      $295,275         
       
         

     There were issuance costs associated with the issuance of the capital trust securities. The net interest cost of the securities, including the amortization of the issuance costs was 8.64% and 8.72% for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

     On February 22, 2002, Banknorth Capital Trust II, a subsidiary of Banknorth issued $200 million of 8% trust preferred securities to the public and invested the proceeds from this offering in an equivalent amount of(1) Amounts include junior subordinated debentures issuedacquired by Banknorth. The proceedsaffiliated trusts from the offering to Banknorth, which was net of $6.8 million of issuance costs, were used for general corporate purposes. These securities pay interest quarterly, are mandatorily redeemable on April 1, 2032 and may be redeemed by the Trust at par any time on or after April 1, 2007.

     The trust preferred securities currently qualify as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes. See additional discussion in Note 2 regarding the impact of FIN 46R on trust preferred securities.

80


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

13.     Regulatory Matters

     Banknorth, NA must maintain noninterest-bearing cash balances on reserveus with the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”). In 2003 and 2002,capital contributed by us in exchange for the average required reserve balances were $79.5 million and $60.0 million, respectively.

     FRB adopted quantitative measures which assign risk weightingscommon securities of such trusts. Junior subordinated debentures are equal to assets and off-balance sheet items and also define and set minimum regulatory capital requirements (risk-based capital ratios.) Banks are required to have core capital (Tier 1) of at least 4% of risk-weighted assets, total capital of at least 8% of risk-weighted assets and a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 3% of adjusted quarterly average assets. Tier 1 capital consists principally of shareholders’ equity, including qualified perpetual preferred stock but excluding unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, less goodwill and certain other intangibles. Total capital consists of Tier 1 capital plus certain debt instruments and the reserve for credit losses, subject to limitations. Failure to meet certain capital requirements can initiate certain actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements. The regulations also define well-capitalized levels of Tier 1, total capital and Tier 1 leverage as 6%, 10% and 5%, respectively. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, Banknorth and its depository subsidiary were “well-capitalized”, as defined, and in compliance with all applicable regulatory capital requirements. There are no conditions or events since December 31, 2003 that management believes would cause a change in Banknorth’s well-capitalized status.

The following table summarizes Banknorth’s and its depository subsidiary’s regulatory capital requirements at December 31, 2003 and 2002.

                          
ActualCapital RequirementsExcess



AmountRatioAmountRatioAmountRatio






As of December 31, 2003
                        
Banknorth Group, Inc.                        
 Total capital (to risk weighted assets) $2,088,061   11.29% $1,479,352   8.00% $608,709   3.29%
 Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)  1,656,848   8.96%  739,676   4.00%  917,172   4.96%
 Tier 1 leverage capital ratio (to average assets)  1,656,848   6.65%  996,777   4.00%  660,071   2.65%
Banknorth NA                        
 Total capital (to risk weighted assets)  1,970,705   10.67%  1,477,591   8.00%  493,114   2.67%
 Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)  1,539,814   8.34%  738,796   4.00%  801,018   4.34%
 Tier 1 leverage capital ratio (to average assets)  1,539,814   6.18%  995,893   4.00%  543,921   2.18%
As of December 31, 2002
                        
Banknorth Group, Inc.                        
 Total capital (to risk weighted assets) $1,960,869   12.15% $1,291,616   8.00% $669,253   4.15%
 Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)  1,558,974   9.66%  645,808   4.00%  913,166   5.66%
 Tier 1 leverage capital ratio (to average assets)  1,558,974   7.13%  874,180   4.00%  684,794   3.13%
Banknorth NA                        
 Total capital (to risk weighted assets)  1,822,307   11.31%  1,288,562   8.00%  533,745   3.31%
 Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)  1,421,995   8.83%  644,281   4.00%  777,714   4.83%
 Tier 1 leverage capital ratio (to average assets)  1,421,995   6.52%  871,830   4.00%  550,165   2.52%

81common securities.

      There were issuance costs associated with the issuance of the capital trust securities. The average cost of the securities, including the amortization of the issuance costs was 8.55%, 8.64% and 8.72% for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
      At December 31, 2004, trust capital securities amounted to 14.6% of Banknorth’s Tier 1 capital. Although pursuant to FIN 46(R), the trusts which issued capital securities are no longer consolidated with Banknorth and these securities therefore are no longer considered a minority interest in consolidated subsidiary for accounting purposes, pursuant to a supervisory letter sent by the Federal Reserve Board to all bank holding companies in July 2003, Banknorth has continued to include trust preferred securities in its Tier 1 capital. On May 6, 2004, the Federal Reserve Board issued a proposed regulation which proposed to permit bank holding companies to continue to include trust preferred securities in Tier 1 capital, subject to stricter quantitative and qualitative standards. Under the proposed regulation, commencing on March 31, 2007, the aggregate amount of restricted core capital elements (which include qualifying trust preferred securities, as well as qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock and Class B and Class C minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, as defined) may not exceed 25% (15% for internationally active bank holding companies) of a bank holding company’s core capital elements (which consist of qualifying common stockholders’ equity, qualifying non-cumulative preferred stock and Class A minority interest in subsidiaries, as defined), net of goodwill. This test is more restrictive than the current limit for trust preferred securities, which does not deduct goodwill prior to calculating the 25% limit or explicitly include minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, and is likely to reduce the ability of some bank holding companies, particularly those that have completed significant purchase acquisitions, to include trust preferred securities in Tier 1 capital. In addition, the proposed rule would limit the amount of qualifying trust preferred securities and Class C minority interests in excess of the restricted core capital limit that can be included in Tier 2 capital by providing that the amount of such elements, together with subordinated debt and limited life preferred stock, that may be included in Tier 2 capital would be limited to 50% of Tier 1 capital. The proposed rule also would provide that during the last five years prior to maturity of the underlying subordinated note or debentures, trust preferred securities must be treated as limited-life preferred stock, excluding it from Tier 1 capital and amortizing it out of Tier 2 capital at the rate of 20% per year. If the proposed capital regulation were adopted as proposed, we believe that we would continue to qualify as “well capitalized” under Federal Reserve Board regulations. There can be no assurance that the proposed capital regulation will be adopted as proposed or at all.

84


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
12.     Long-term Debt — (Continued)
      Other long-term debt includes the net obligation under a capital lease of $6.0 million as of December 31, 2004. Although the gross obligation under capital lease obligation is $21.9 million, the Bank provided funding for the construction of the leased asset. Accordingly, the loan balance of $15.9 million has been reclassified to net down the capital lease obligation.
BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

13.Regulatory Matters

      Banknorth, NA must maintain noninterest-bearing cash balances on reserve with the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”). In the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, the average required reserve balances were $99.4 million and $79.5 million, respectively.
      Banking regulators adopted quantitative measures which assign risk weightings to assets and off-balance sheet items and also define and set minimum regulatory capital requirements (risk-based capital ratios.) Banks are required to have core capital (Tier 1) of at least 4% of risk-weighted assets, total capital of at least 8% of risk-weighted assets and a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 3% of adjusted quarterly average assets. Tier 1 capital consists principally of shareholders’ equity, including qualified perpetual preferred stock but excluding unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, less goodwill and certain other intangibles. Total capital consists of Tier 1 capital plus certain debt instruments and the reserve for credit losses, subject to limitations. Failure to meet certain capital requirements can initiate certain actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements. The regulations also define well-capitalized levels of Tier 1, total capital and Tier 1 leverage as 6%, 10% and 5%, respectively. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, Banknorth and its depository subsidiary were “well-capitalized”, as defined, and in compliance with all applicable regulatory capital requirements. There are no conditions or events since December 31, 2004 that management believes would cause a change in Banknorth’s well-capitalized status.
      The following table summarizes Banknorth’s and its depository subsidiary’s regulatory capital requirements at December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003.
                          
  Actual Capital Requirements Excess
       
  Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio
             
As of December 31, 2004
                        
Banknorth Group, Inc.                        
 Total capital (to risk weighted assets) $2,510,570   12.13%  $1,655,428   8.00%  $855,142   4.13% 
 Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)  2,060,335   9.96%   827,714   4.00%   1,232,621   5.96% 
 Tier 1 leverage capital ratio (to average assets)  2,060,335   7.58%   1,087,190   4.00%   973,145   3.58% 
Banknorth NA                        
 Total capital (to risk weighted assets)  2,387,678   11.57%   1,650,894   8.00%   736,784   3.57% 
 Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)  1,941,151   9.41%   825,447   4.00%   1,115,704   5.41% 
 Tier 1 leverage capital ratio (to average assets)  1,941,151   7.16%   1,084,507   4.00%   856,644   3.16% 

85


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
13.     Regulatory Matters — (Continued)
                          
  Actual Capital Requirements Excess
       
  Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio
             
As of December 31, 2003
                        
Banknorth Group, Inc.                        
 Total capital (to risk weighted assets) $2,088,061   11.29%  $1,479,352   8.00%  $608,709   3.29% 
 Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)  1,656,848   8.96%   739,676   4.00%   917,172   4.96% 
 Tier 1 leverage capital ratio (to average assets)  1,656,848   6.65%   996,777   4.00%   660,071   2.65% 
Banknorth NA                        
 Total capital (to risk weighted assets)  1,970,705   10.67%   1,477,591   8.00%   493,114   2.67% 
 Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)  1,539,814   8.34%   738,796   4.00%   801,018   4.34% 
 Tier 1 leverage capital ratio (to average assets)  1,539,814   6.18%   995,893   4.00%   543,921   2.18% 
14.Shareholders’ Equity

In 2003, Banknorth issued 13.4 million shares of common stock in connection with acquisitions. In February 2002, Banknorth’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 8 million shares, or approximately 6% of the outstanding Company common stock in addition to the 13 million share repurchase program authorized in 2001. During 2003, Banknorth repurchased 4.5 million shares at a total cost of $105.1 million. A total of 2.9 million shares remain under this authorization at December 31, 2003.

      In 2004 and 2003, Banknorth issued 9.4 million and 13.4 million of shares of common stock in connection with acquisitions, respectively. In February 2002, Banknorth’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 8 million shares, or approximately 6% of the then outstanding Company common stock in addition to the 13 million share repurchase program authorized in 2001. There were no repurchases in 2004 and there were 4.5 million shares and 6.3 million shares repurchased in 2003 and 2002, respectively. At December 31, 2004, Banknorth was authorized to purchase 2.9 million shares under the 8 million share repurchase program authorized in February 2002 and no shares under the 13 million share repurchase program authorized in 2001.
Dividend Limitations
      Dividends paid by subsidiaries are the primary source of funds available to Banknorth for payment of dividends to its shareholders. Banknorth’s banking subsidiary is subject to certain requirements imposed by federal banking laws and regulations. These requirements, among other things, establish minimum levels of capital and restrict the amount of dividends that may be distributed by the banking subsidiary to Banknorth. At December 31, 2004, Banknorth, NA had $736.8 million available for dividends that could be paid without prior regulatory approval.
Dividend Limitations

Dividends paid by subsidiaries are the primary source of funds available to Banknorth for payment of dividends to its shareholders. Banknorth’s banking subsidiary is subject to certain requirements imposed by federal banking laws and regulations. These requirements, among other things, establish minimum levels of capital and restrict the amount of dividends that may be distributed by the banking subsidiary to Banknorth. At December 31, 2003, Banknorth, NA had $491.8 million available for dividends that could be paid without prior regulatory approval.

Stockholder Rights Plan

     In 1989, Banknorth’s Board of Directors adopted a Stockholder Rights Plan declaring a dividend of one preferred Stock Purchase Right for each outstanding share of Company common stock. The rights will remain attached to the Common Stock and are not exercisable except under limited circumstances relating to the acquisition of, the right to acquire beneficial ownership of, or tender offer for 15% or more of the outstanding shares of Company common stock. The rights have no voting or dividend privileges and, until they become exercisable, have no dilutive effect on the earnings of Banknorth. On July 27, 1999 the Board of Directors amended and restated the Stockholder Rights Plan to, among other things, extend the expiration date of the rights to September 25, 2009. On July 25, 2000, Banknorth again amended and restated the Stockholder Rights Plan to reflect its acquisition of Banknorth (Vermont).

      In 1989, Banknorth’s Board of Directors adopted a Stockholder Rights Plan declaring a dividend of one preferred Stock Purchase Right for each outstanding share of Company common stock. The rights will remain attached to the Common Stock and are not exercisable except under limited circumstances relating to the acquisition of, the right to acquire beneficial ownership of, or tender offer for 15% or more of the outstanding shares of Company common stock. The rights have no voting or dividend privileges and, until they become exercisable, have no dilutive effect on the earnings of Banknorth. On July 27, 1999 the Board of Directors amended and restated the Stockholder Rights Plan to, among other things, extend the expiration date of the rights to September 25, 2009. On July 25, 2000, Banknorth again amended and

86


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
14.     Shareholders’ Equity — (Continued)
restated the Stockholder Rights Plan to reflect its acquisition of Banknorth (Vermont). The Stockholder Rights Plan was amended in 2004 to exclude the merger agreement between Banknorth and TD and the transactions contemplated thereby from its terms.
15.Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, Net

The following table presents the reconciliation of transactions affecting Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income included in shareholder’s equity for the periods indicated.

             
Pre-tax
AmountTax EffectNet of Tax



December 31, 2003
            
Unrealized (loss) on securities available for sale $(126,873) $44,405  $(82,468)
Unrealized (loss) on cash flow hedges  (6,226)  2,179   (4,047)
Minimum pension liability  (687)  241   (446)
Reclassification adjustment for (gains) realized in net income  (33,812)  11,834   (21,978)
   
   
   
 
Net change in unrealized (losses) $(167,598) $58,659  $(108,939)
   
   
   
 
      The following table presents the reconciliation of transactions affecting Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income included in shareholder’s equity for the periods indicated.
             
  Pre-tax    
  Amount Tax Effect Net of Tax
       
For the Year Ended December 31, 2004
            
Unrealized (loss) on securities available for sale $(18,826) $6,589  $(12,237)
Unrealized (loss) on cash flow hedges  (1,929)  675   (1,254)
Minimum pension liability  (1,660)  581   (1,079)
Reclassification adjustment for net losses realized in net income  9,855   (3,449)  6,406 
          
Net change in unrealized (losses) $(12,560) $4,396  $(8,164)
          
For the Year Ended December 31, 2003
            
Unrealized (loss) on securities available for sale $(126,873) $44,405  $(82,468)
Unrealized (loss) on cash flow hedges  (6,226)  2,179   (4,047)
Minimum pension liability  (687)  241   (446)
Reclassification adjustment for net (gains) realized in net income  (33,812)  11,834   (21,978)
          
Net change in unrealized (losses) $(167,598) $58,659  $(108,939)
          
For the Year Ended December 31, 2002
            
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale $126,028  $(44,038) $81,990 
Unrealized (loss) on cash flow hedges  (9,590)  3,355   (6,235)
Minimum pension liability  (1,270)  445   (825)
Reclassification adjustment for net (gains) realized in net income  (850)  298   (552)
          
Net change in unrealized gains $114,318  $(39,940) $74,378 
          

82


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
16.Derivative Instruments

      In the ordinary course of business, Banknorth enters into derivative transactions to manage its interest rate and prepayment risk and to accommodate the business of its customers. Banknorth uses various types of interest rate derivative contracts to protect against changes in the fair value of its fixed-rate assets and liabilities due to fluctuations in interest rates. Banknorth also uses these contracts to protect against changes in the cash flows of its variable-rate assets and liabilities, and anticipated transactions. In 2004 and 2003, nothing was excluded from the assessment of fair value and cash flow hedge effectiveness. Banknorth did not recognize any amounts in the consolidated statements of income related to ineffectiveness of fair value or cash flow hedges in 2004 and 2003. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, there were no hedging positions where it was probable that forecasted transactions would not occur within the originally designated time period.

87


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
16.     Derivative Instruments — (Continued)
      For cash flow hedges, gains and losses on derivative contracts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to current period earnings are included consistently in the consolidated statements of income with the respective hedged item and in the same period the hedge item affects earnings. During the next 12 months, net losses on derivative instruments included in accumulated other comprehensive income of approximately $58 thousand (after-tax) are expected to be reclassified into earnings. These net losses reclassified into earnings are expected to decrease income on the respective hedge items.
15.     Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, Net — (Continued)
             
Pre-tax
AmountTax EffectNet of Tax



December 31, 2002
            
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale $126,028  $(44,038) $81,990 
Unrealized (loss) on cash flow hedges  (9,590)  3,355   (6,235)
Minimum pension liability  (1,270)  445   (825)
Reclassification adjustment for (gains) realized in net income  (850)  298   (552)
   
   
   
 
Net change in unrealized gains $114,318  $(39,940) $74,378 
   
   
   
 
December 31, 2001
            
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale $116,377  $(40,732) $75,645 
Unrealized (loss) on cash flow hedges  (1,365)  478   (887)
Reclassification adjustment for losses realized in net income  457   (160)  297 
   
   
   
 
Net change in unrealized gains $115,469  $(40,414) $75,055 
   
   
   
 

16.     Earnings Per Share

The following table presents a computation of earnings per share for the periods indicated.

               
Year Ended December 31,

200320022001



Net income $350,759  $298,638  $238,795 
   
   
   
 
Weighted average shares outstanding            
 Basic  160,914   148,213   140,473 
  Dilutive effect of stock options  2,606   1,616   1,329 
   
   
   
 
 Diluted  163,520   149,829   141,802 
   
   
   
 
Net income per share:            
 Basic $2.18  $2.01  $1.70 
 Diluted  2.15   1.99   1.68 

17.Commitments, Contingent Liabilities and Other Off-Balance Sheet Risks

     Banknorth is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These financial instruments include commitments to originate loans, commitments to invest in real estate limited partnerships, standby letters of credit, recourse arrangements on serviced loans, forward commitments to sell loans, foreign currency forward contracts and commercial loan interest rate swaps. The instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement Banknorth has in particular classes of financial instruments.

     Banknorth’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for loan commitments, standby letters of credit and recourse arrangements is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. Banknorth uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. For forward commitments to sell

83

      Banknorth is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These financial instruments include commitments to originate loans, commitments to invest in real estate limited partnerships, standby letters of credit, recourse arrangements on serviced loans, forward commitments to sell loans, foreign currency forward contracts and commercial loan interest rate swaps. The instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement Banknorth has in particular classes of financial instruments.
      Banknorth’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for loan commitments, standby letters of credit and recourse arrangements is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. Banknorth uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. Banknorth controls the credit risk of its forward commitments to sell loans through credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures.

88


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

17.     Commitments, Contingent Liabilities and Other Off-Balance Sheet Risks — (Continued)
      Financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk at December 31, 2004 and 2003:
           
  Contract or Notional Amount
  at December 31,
   
  2004 2003
     
Financial instruments with notional or contract amounts which represent credit risk:        
 Commitments to originate loans, unused lines, standby letters of credit and unadvanced portions of construction loans $7,269,302  $6,245,086 
 Commitments to invest in real estate limited partnerships  22,729   24,971 
 Commitments to invest in small business investments limited partnerships  17,137   17,663 
 Loans serviced with recourse  223,333   5,569 
Financial instruments with notional or contract amounts which exceed the amount of credit risk:        
 Commercial loan swap program:        
  Interest rate swaps with commercial borrowers  690,856   325,023 
  Interest rate swaps with dealers  690,856   325,023 
 Interest rate swaps on borrowings  566,500   566,500 
 Forward commitments to sell loans  83,016   61,000 
 Foreign currency rate contracts:        
  Forward contracts with customers  33,575   23,438 
  Forward contracts with dealers  33,747   23,438 
  Foreign exchange options to purchase  35,713    
  Foreign exchange options to sell  35,713    
 Rate-locked loan commitments  35,961   30,779 
      Commitments to originate loans, unused lines of credit and unadvanced portions of construction loans are agreements to lend to a customer provided there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Because many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Banknorth evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by Banknorth upon extension of credit, is based on a credit evaluation of the borrower. Loan origination and commitment fees are generally deferred and amortized as an adjustment of the related loan’s yield in interest income.
      Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by Banknorth to guarantee the performance by a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. Fees received for the standby letters of credit are included in other noninterest income.
      At December 31, 2004, Banknorth had $61.3 million of investments in tax advantaged limited partnerships primarily involved in approved low income housing investment tax credit projects in Banknorth’s market area and commitments to invest up to an additional $22.7 million in such partnerships. At December 31, 2004, Banknorth had $30.2 million invested in small business limited partnerships which primarily provide seed money to businesses in Banknorth’s market area and commitments to invest up to

89


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
17.     Commitments, Contingent Liabilities and Other Off-Balance Sheet Risks — (Continued)
an additional $17.1 million in such partnerships. Investments in both of the foregoing categories of assets are included under other assets. Income or losses related to the limited partnerships are included in other noninterest income.
      Loans serviced with recourse represent potential obligations under certain loan servicing agreements. In the event of foreclosure on a serviced loan, Banknorth is obligated to repay the investor to the extent of the investor’s remaining balance after application of proceeds from the sale of the underlying collateral. To date, losses related to these recourse arrangements have been insignificant and while Banknorth cannot project future losses, the fair value of this recourse obligation is deemed to be likewise insignificant.
      Commercial loan swaps enable customers to synthetically convert variable interest rate loans to fixed rate loans. These pay variable, receive fixed interest rate swaps on our books are offset by entering into simultaneous pay fixed, receive variable rate swaps with a third party broker/ dealer. Both of these swap products are marked to market and carried on our balance sheet as assets and liabilities at fair value. Changes in the fair value of the commercial interest rate swaps (which largely offset) are included in net interest income.
      Interest rate swap agreements on borrowings synthetically convert fixed-rate debt to variable-rate debt tied to 1-month or 3-month LIBOR. These swaps are accounted for as fair value hedges. Changes in the fair value of these swap agreements are included in net interest income.
      Forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans are contracts which Banknorth enters into for the purpose of reducing the market risk associated with originating loans for sale. Risks may arise from the possible inability of Banknorth to originate loans to fulfill the contracts, in which case Banknorth would normally purchase loans from correspondent banks or in the open market to deliver against the contract. Gains and losses related to commitments to originate rate-locked loans are included in earnings with mortgage banking income.
      Foreign currency forward contracts are contracts that Banknorth enters into as an accommodation for customers involved in international trade for the future delivery or purchase of foreign currency at a specified price. For these customers, Banknorth generally sets aside a percentage of their available line of credit until the foreign currency contract is settled. Generally, Banknorth enters into forward foreign contracts with approved reputable dealers. Risks arise from the possible inability of the seller and/or our customer to perform and from any resultant exposure to movement in foreign currency exchange rates, limiting Banknorth’s exposure to the replacement value of the contracts rather than the notional principal or contract amounts. The foreign exchange contracts outstanding at December 31, 2004 all mature within two years. The foreign currency forward contracts are carried on our balance sheet at fair value. The changes in the fair value of the foreign currency contracts and the associated fees are included in other noninterest income.
Legal Proceedings
      In the ordinary course of business, Banknorth and its subsidiaries are routinely defendants in or parties to a number of pending and threatened legal actions, including actions brought on behalf of various putitive classes of claimants. Certain of these actions assert claims for substantial monetary damages against Banknorth and its subsidiaries. Based on currently available information, advice of counsel, available insurance coverage and established reserves, management does not believe that the eventual outcome of pending litigation against Banknorth and its subsidiaries will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations of Banknorth. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting such matters, however, there can be no assurance that the outcome of any such

90


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
17.     Commitments, Contingent Liabilities and Other Off-Balance Sheet Risks — (Continued)
action will not have a material adverse effect on Banknorth’s consolidated results of operations in any future reporting period.
Operating Lease Obligations
      Banknorth leases certain properties and equipment used in operations under terms of operating leases which include renewal options. Rental expense under these leases approximated $22.2 million, $20.3 million and $20.9 million for the years ended 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
      The following table sets forth the approximate future minimum lease payments over the remaining terms of the non-cancelable leases as of December 31, 2004.
     
2005 $24,396 
2006  21,361 
2007  17,170 
2008  14,192 
2009  12,510 
2010 and after  34,233 
    
  $123,862 
    
18.Other Noninterest Income
      The following table presents other noninterest income during the periods indicated.
              
  Year Ended December 31,
   
  2004 2003 2002
       
Loan fee income $26,453  $24,831  $21,893 
Covered call premiums  18,024   27,756   7,279 
Mortgage banking services income  6,562   10,212   8,539 
Venture capital write-downs  (2,880)  (592)  (2,753)
Miscellaneous income  6,657   7,099   4,020 
          
 Total $54,816  $69,306  $38,978 
          
      The following table presents the significant components of mortgage banking income during the periods indicated.
              
  Year Ended December 31,
   
  2004 2003 2002
       
Residential mortgage sales/fee income            
 Gains on sales and fee income $5,358  $9,577  $11,371 
 Net effect of derivatives  10   107   33 
          
   5,368   9,684   11,404 
Residential mortgage servicing income  1,194   725   (15)
Impairment charge on mortgage servicing rights     (197)  (2,850)
          
  $6,562  $10,212  $8,539 
          

91


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
19.Stock-Based Compensation Plans
Stock Option Plans
      As part of its employee and director compensation programs, Banknorth may grant certain stock awards under the provisions of the existing stock option and compensation plans. Banknorth has stock options outstanding under various plans at December 31, 2004, including plans assumed in acquisitions. The plans provide for grants of options to purchase shares of common stock generally at the stock’s fair market value at the date of grant. In addition, the plans provide for grants of shares of common stock that are subject to forfeiture if certain vesting requirements are not met, among other stock-based awards.
      Banknorth and its shareholders have adopted various stock option plans for key employees. These plans include a stock option plan adopted in 2003 (the “2003 Equity Incentive Plan”) and in 1996 (the “1996 Equity Incentive Plan”). The 2003 Equity Incentive Plan authorizes grants of options and other stock awards covering up to 8,100,000 shares of Banknorth common stock. The 1996 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, authorizes grants of options and other stock awards covering up to 13,000,000 shares of Banknorth common stock. Stock options are granted with an exercise price equal to the stock’s fair market value at the date of the grant and expire 10 years from the date of the grant. At December 31, 2004, there were 4,202,895 additional shares available for grant under the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan and 2,225,622 additional shares available for grant under the 1996 Equity Incentive Plan.
      Banknorth and its shareholders also have adopted a stock option plan for non-employee directors. The maximum number of shares of Banknorth common stock which may be issued under this plan, as amended, is 1,060,000 shares, of which 411,750 shares had been issued upon exercise of the stock options granted pursuant to this plan through December 31, 2004. Options to purchase 109,500 shares were granted in 2004 at an exercise price of $31.57 per share, options to purchase 112,500 shares were granted in 2003 at an exercise price of $23.37 per share and options to purchase 113,500 shares were granted in 2002 at $26.34 per share. At December 31, 2004, there were 243,000 shares available for future grants under this plan.
      The per share weighted-average fair value of all stock options granted by Banknorth during 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $8.47, $7.15 and $7.09 on the date of the grants using the Black Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:
             
  2004 2003 2002
       
Expected dividend yield  2.39%  2.65%  2.36%
Risk-free interest rate  3.52   3.31   3.82 
Expected life  5.00years  5.00years  5.00years
Volatility  32.22%  32.22%  36.26%
      Award authority under stock incentive plans of acquired companies is generally terminated at the merger closing dates. In stock acquisitions, option holders under such plans generally receive options to buy Banknorth common stock based on the conversion terms of the applicable merger agreement. The terms of such options are governed by the stock incentive plan of the acquired company under which they were issued.

92


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
19.Stock-Based Compensation Plans — (Continued)
      Activity for all stock option plans during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 is summarized as follows:
                          
  2004 2003 2002
       
    Weighted   Weighted   Weighted
  Number of Average Number of Average Number of Average
  Shares Exercise Price Shares Exercise Price Shares Exercise Price
             
Outstanding at beginning of year  16,379,053  $21.23   12,488,419  $19.23   9,655,231  $16.90 
 Granted  119,075   31.63   4,185,340   27.84   3,898,047   23.45 
 Granted in purchase acquisition  329,403   21.24   2,402,938   13.92   714,798   12.51 
 Exercised  (7,483,628)  19.26   (2,441,520)  15.11   (1,684,671)  12.58 
 Cancelled and forfeited  (263,447)  25.84   (256,124)  23.45   (94,986)  20.71 
                   
Outstanding at end of year  9,080,456  $22.87   16,379,053  $21.23   12,488,419  $19.23 
                   
Options exercisable at year end  5,237,604  $20.29   8,947,350  $17.64   6,729,062  $16.46 
                   
      The range of per share exercise prices for outstanding and exercisable stock options at December 31, 2004 was as follows:
                     
  Options Outstanding Options Exercisable
     
  Number Weighted Average   Number  
Range of Outstanding Remaining Weighted Average Outstanding Weighted Average
Exercise Prices at 12/31/2004 Contractual Life Exercise Price at 12/31/2004 Exercise Price
           
up to $12.99  195,858    1.8 years  $9.89   195,858  $9.89 
$13.00 – $16.24  1,066,532    5.1   13.69   1,066,532   13.69 
$16.25 – $19.49  754,488    4.6   17.27   754,488   17.27 
$19.50 – $22.74  1,294,929    6.2   20.86   1,144,929   20.93 
$22.75 – $25.98  2,417,297    7.7   23.40   1,218,260   23.38 
$25.99 – $29.23  3,256,352    8.7   28.11   772,877   27.94 
$29.24 – $32.48  95,000    9.3   31.65   84,660   31.58 
                
   9,080,456    7.2   22.87   5,237,604   20.29 
                
17.Commitments, Contingent Liabilities and Other Off-Balance Sheet Risks — (Continued)
401(k) Plan

loans, the contract or notional amounts do not represent exposure to credit loss. Banknorth controls the credit risk of its forward commitments to sell loans through credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures.

Financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk at December 31, 2003 and 2002 follow:

           
Contract or Notional Amount
at December 31,

20032002


Financial instruments with notional or contract amounts which represent credit risk:        
 Commitments to originate loans, unused lines, standby letters of credit and unadvanced portions of construction loans $6,245,086  $5,523,827 
 Commitments to invest in real estate limited partnerships  24,971   24,863 
 Commitments to invest in small business investments limited partnerships  17,663   15,751 
 Loans serviced with recourse  5,569   13,103 
Financial instruments with notional or contract amounts which exceed the amount of credit risk:        
 Forward commitments to sell loans  61,000   234,651 
 Foreign currency forward contracts (notional amount)        
  Forward contracts with customers  23,438   22,275 
  Forward contracts with dealers  23,438   22,275 
 Commercial loan swap program:        
  Interest rate swaps with commercial borrowers  325,023   60,325 
  Interest rate swaps with dealers  325,023   60,325 
 Interest rate swaps on borrowings  566,500    
 Rate-locked loan commitments  30,779   83,791 

     Commitments to originate loans, unused lines of credit and unadvanced portions of construction loans are agreements to lend to a customer provided there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Because many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Banknorth evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by Banknorth upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower.

     Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by Banknorth to guarantee the performance by a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.

     At December 31, 2003, Banknorth had $59.4 million of investments in tax advantaged limited partnerships primarily involved in approved low income housing investment tax credit projects in Banknorth’s market area and commitments to invest up to an additional $25.0 million in such partnerships. At December 31, 2003, Banknorth had $20.5 million invested in small business limited partnerships which primarily provide seed money to businesses in Banknorth’s market area and commitments to invest up to

84


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

17.                        Commitments, Contingent Liabilities and Other Off-Balance Sheet Risks — (Continued)

an additional $17.7 million in such partnerships. Investments in both of the foregoing categories of assets are included under other assets.

     Loans serviced with recourse represent Banknorth’s recourse obligations in certain of Banknorth’s servicing arrangements with investors for serviced loan portfolios. In the event of foreclosure on a serviced loan, Banknorth is obligated to repay the investor to the extent of the investor’s remaining balance after application of proceeds from the sale of the underlying collateral. To date, losses related to these recourse arrangements have been insignificant and while Banknorth cannot project future losses, the fair value of this recourse obligation is deemed to be likewise insignificant.

     Forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans are contracts which Banknorth enters into for the purpose of reducing the market risk associated with originating loans for sale. Risks may arise from the possible inability of Banknorth to originate loans to fulfill the contracts, in which case Banknorth would normally purchase loans from correspondent banks or in the open market to deliver against the contract.

     Foreign currency forward contracts are contracts that Banknorth enters into as an accommodation for customers involved in international trade for the future delivery or purchase of foreign currency at a specified price. For these customers, Banknorth generally sets aside a percentage of their available line of credit until the foreign currency contract is settled. Generally, Banknorth enters into forward foreign contracts with approved reputable dealers. Risks arise from the possible inability of the seller and/or our customer to perform and from any resultant exposure to movement in foreign currency exchange rates, limiting Banknorth’s exposure to the replacement value of the contracts rather than the notional principal or contract amounts. The foreign exchange contracts outstanding at December 31, 2003 all mature within two years. The foreign currency forward contracts are carried on our balance sheet at fair value.

     Commercial loan swaps enable customers to synthetically convert variable interest rate loans to fixed rate loans. These pay variable, receive fixed interest rate swaps on our books are offset by entering into simultaneous pay fixed, receive variable rate swaps with a third party broker/ dealer. Both of these swap products are marked to market and carried on our balance sheet at fair value.

Interest rate swap agreements on borrowings synthetically convert fixed-rate debt to variable-rate debt tied to 1-month or 3-month LIBOR. These swaps are accounted for as fair value hedges.

      Banknorth and its subsidiaries have 401(k) Plans covering substantially all permanent employees. Banknorth matches employee contributions based on a predetermined formula and may make additional discretionary contributions. The total expense for these plans in 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $9.6 million, $9.2 million and $7.5 million, respectively.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
      Banknorth and its shareholders have adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan that is available to employees with one year of service. Under the plan, shares of Banknorth common stock may be purchased at six-month intervals at 85% of the lower of the fair market value on the first or the last business day of each six-month period, subject to limitations set forth in the plan. Employees have the right to authorize

93


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
19.                        Stock-Based Compensation Plans — (Continued)
payroll deductions up to 10% of their salary. During 2004, 2003 and 2002, employees purchased 171,764 shares, 201,307 shares and 180,955 shares at average prices of $27.28, $20.67 and $19.24 per share, respectively. The maximum number of shares which may be issued under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended, is 2,852,000 shares. At December 31, 2004, 1,800,075 shares had been issued under this plan and 1,051,925 shares remain to be issued. The proforma expense included in the SFAS No. 123 calculation disclosed in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements approximated $1.2 million, $1.6 million and $933 thousand for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
Legal Proceedings

Banknorth and certain of its subsidiaries have been named as defendants in various legal proceedings arising from their normal business activities. Although the amount of any ultimate liability with respect to such proceedings cannot be determined, in the opinion of management, based upon the opinions of counsel, any such liability will not have a material effect on the consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity of Banknorth and its subsidiaries.

Operating Lease Obligations

     Banknorth leases certain properties and equipment used in operations under terms of operating leases which include renewal options. Rental expense under these leases approximated $20.3 million, $20.9 million and $19.9 million for the years ended 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

85


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

17.Commitments, Contingent Liabilities and Other Off-Balance Sheet Risks — (Continued)

The following table sets forth the approximate future minimum lease payments over the remaining terms of the leases as of December 31, 2003.

     
2004 $24,658 
2005  22,492 
2006  20,534 
2007  16,636 
2008  14,407 
2009 and after  62,013 
   
 
  $160,740 
   
 

18.     Other Noninterest Income

The following table presents other noninterest income during the periods indicated.

                              
Change

Year Ended December 31,2003-20022002-2001



200320022001AmountPercentAmountPercent







Covered call premiums $27,756  $7,279  $3,251  $20,477   281% $4,028   124%
Loan fee income  24,831   21,893   14,501   2,938   13%  7,392   51%
Mortgage banking services income  10,212   8,539   11,130   1,673   20%  (2,591)  (23)%
Venture capital write-downs  (592)  (2,753)  (1,514)  2,161   78%  (1,239)  (82)%
Miscellaneous income  7,099   4,020   6,961   3,079   77%  (2,941)  (42)%
   
   
   
   
       
     
 Total $69,306  $38,978  $34,329  $30,328   78% $4,649   14%
   
   
   
   
       
     

19.     Stock-Based Compensation Plans

Stock Option Plans

     As part of its employee and director compensation programs, Banknorth may grant certain stock awards under the provisions of the existing stock option and compensation plans. Banknorth has stock options outstanding under various plans at December 31, 2003, including plans assumed in acquisitions. The plans provide for grants of options to purchase shares of common stock generally at the stock’s fair market value at the date of grant. In addition, the plans provide for grants of shares of common stock that are subject to forfeiture if certain vesting requirements are not met.

     Banknorth has adopted or assumed in acquisitions various stock option plans for key employees. These plans include a stock option plan adopted in 2003 (the “2003 Equity Incentive Plan”) and in 1996 (the “1996 Option Plan”). The 2003 Equity Incentive Plan authorizes grants of options and other stock awards covering up to 8,100,000 shares of Common Stock. The 1996 Option Plan, as amended, authorizes grants of options and other stock awards covering up to 13,000,000 shares of Common Stock. Stock options are granted with an exercise price equal to the stock’s fair market value at the date of the grant and expire 10 years from the date of the grant. At December 31, 2003, there were 4,067,960 additional shares available for grant under the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan and 2,116,576 additional shares available for grant under the 1996 Option Plan.

86


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

19.Stock-Based Compensation Plans — (Continued)

     In 1995, Banknorth adopted a stock option plan for non-employee directors, which was amended and restated in 2000 to authorize the issuance of up to an additional 530,000 shares. The maximum number of shares which may be issued under the amended plan is 1,060,000 shares, of which 205,750 shares had been issued upon exercise of the stock options granted pursuant to this plan through December 31, 2003. Options to purchase 112,500 shares were granted in 2003 at an exercise price of $23.37 per share, options to purchase 113,500 shares were granted in 2002 at $26.34 per share and options to purchase 109,750 shares were granted in 2001 at $19.80 per share. At December 31, 2003, there were 350,250 shares available for future grants under this plan.

The per share weighted-average fair value of all stock options granted by Banknorth during 2003, 2002 and 2001 was $7.15, $7.09 and $6.10 on the date of the grants using the Black Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

             
200320022001



Expected dividend yield  2.65%  2.36%  2.48%
Risk-free interest rate  3.31   3.82   4.50 
Expected life  5.00years  5.00years  5.00years
Volatility  32.22%  36.26%  33.91%

     Stock incentive plans of acquired companies are generally terminated at the merger closing dates. Option holders under such plans generally receive options to buy Banknorth common stock based on the conversion terms of the various merger agreements.

Activity for all stock option plans during the three-year period ended December 31, 2003 is summarized as follows:

                          
200320022001



WeightedWeightedWeighted
Number ofAverageNumber ofAverageNumber ofAverage
SharesExercise PriceSharesExercise PriceSharesExercise Price






Outstanding at beginning of year  12,488,419  $19.23   9,655,231  $16.90   7,195,939  $15.00 
 Granted  4,185,340   27.84   3,898,047   23.45   3,193,168   20.81 
 Granted in purchase acquisition  2,402,938   13.92   714,798   12.51   1,018,863   10.01 
 Exercised  (2,441,520)  15.11   (1,684,671)  12.58   (1,589,917)  11.46 
 Forfeited  (256,124)  23.45   (94,986)  20.71   (162,822)  18.76 
   
       
       
     
Outstanding at end of year  16,379,053  $21.23   12,488,419  $19.23   9,655,231  $16.90 
   
       
       
     
Options exercisable at year end  8,947,350  $17.64   6,729,062  $16.46   5,935,610  $14.98 
   
       
       
     

87


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

19.Stock-Based Compensation Plans — (Continued)

The range of per share exercise prices for outstanding and exercisable stock options at December 31, 2003 was as follows:

                     
Options OutstandingOptions Exercisable



NumberWeighted AverageNumber
Range ofOutstandingRemainingWeighted AverageOutstandingWeighted Average
Exercise Pricesat 12/31/2003Contractual LifeExercise Priceat 12/31/2003Exercise Price






up to $12.99  833,520    2.7 years  $10.22   833,520  $10.22 
$13.00 – $16.24  2,269,986    6.2   13.67   2,269,986   13.67 
$16.25 – $19.49  2,055,112    5.9   17.25   2,055,112   17.25 
$19.50 – $22.74  3,394,049    7.1   20.79   2,372,986   20.78 
$22.75 – $25.98  3,754,071    8.7   23.37   1,274,142   23.36 
$25.99 – $29.23  4,070,315    9.7   28.10   141,604   26.30 
$29.24 – $32.48  2,000   10.0   32.48       
   
           
     
   16,379,053    7.6   21.23   8,947,350   17.64 
   
           
     
401(k) Plan

Banknorth and its subsidiaries have 401(k) Plans covering substantially all permanent employees. Banknorth matches employee contributions based on a predetermined formula and may make additional discretionary contributions. The total expense for these plans in 2003, 2002 and 2001 was $9.2 million, $7.5 million and $5.2 million, respectively.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

     Banknorth has an Employee Stock Purchase Plan that is available to employees with one year of service. Under the plan, shares of Banknorth’s common stock may be purchased at six-month intervals at 85% of the lower of the fair market value on the first or the last business day of each six-month period, subject to limitations set forth in the plan. Employees have the right to authorize payroll deductions up to 10% of their salary. During 2003, 2002 and 2001, employees purchased 201,307 shares, 180,955 shares and 139,427 shares at average prices of $20.67, $19.24 and $17.51 per share, respectively. The maximum number of shares which may be issued under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan is 2,852,000 shares, of which an additional 1,500,000 shares was approved by shareholders in April 2002. As of December 31, 2003, 1,628,311 shares have been issued out of this plan with 1,223,689 shares remaining to be issued. The proforma expense included in the SFAS No. 123 calculation disclosed in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements approximated $1.6 million, $933 thousand and $709 thousand for 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

Restricted Stock Plan

     In 1990, Banknorth adopted a Restricted Stock Plan under which up to $10,000 of the annual fee payable to each non-employee Director of Banknorth and participating subsidiaries is payable solely in shares of Company common stock. Shares issued under this plan totaled 8,869, 5,599 and 6,358 in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

88


      Banknorth and its shareholders have adopted a Restricted Stock Plan under which up to $10,000 of the annual fee payable to each non-employee Director of Banknorth and participating subsidiaries is payable solely in shares of Company common stock. Shares issued under this plan totaled 3,991, 8,869 and 5,599 in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

19.Stock-Based Compensation Plans — (Continued)

Incentive Plans

     Banknorth has

      Banknorth and its shareholders have adopted an Incentive Plan covering all full and part-time employees, other than executive officers. Incentives are earned based on Banknorth’s, department or individual performance as measured against targets set in connection with the annual budget. Each employee’s incentive potential is a fixed percentage of their base pay and, for a significant number of employees, can be modified up or down based on actual performance versus target.
      Banknorth and its shareholders have also adopted an Executive Incentive Plan under which Banknorth may pay cash awards to officers and other employees. Incentives payments may be short-term or long-term in nature and based on corporate performance as measured against performance targets which are established in connection with the preparation of the annual budget. As noted in Note 10, in December 2004 Banknorth paid $33.2 million of incentive awards pursuant to the change-in-control provision of the Executive Incentive Plan in anticipation of completion of the pending transaction between Banknorth and TD, which constitutes a change-in-control as defined in this plan.
20.Retirement and part-time employees. Incentives are earned based on Banknorth’s, department or individual performance as measured against targets set in connection with the annual budget. Each employee’s incentive potential is a fixed percentage of their base pay and, for a significant number of employees, can be modified up or down based on actual performance versus target.

In 2002, shareholders approved the Executive Incentive Plan under which Banknorth may pay cash incentive awards to selected officers based on Banknorth’s performance over specified periods. The Executive Incentive Plan is administered by a committee of the Board of Directors.Other Benefit Plans

20.Retirement and Other Benefit Plans

Pension Plans

      Banknorth has a noncontributory defined benefit retirement plan covering most permanent, full-time employees. Employees are fully vested after five years of service. Benefits are based on career average earnings and length of service. Banknorth has historically made cash contributions to the defined benefit pension plan for the maximum amount that can be deducted for federal income tax purposes. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date, but also for those expected to be earned in the future. Banknorth contributed $17.1 million to the plan in 2004 and estimates that the 2005 contribution will be approximately $20 million.
      Banknorth has adopted supplemental retirement plans for certain key officers. These plans, which are unfunded and nonqualified, were designed to offset the impact of changes in the pension plans that limit the benefits for highly-paid employees under qualified pension plans.

94


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
20.Retirement and Other Benefit Plans — (Continued)
Post-Retirement Benefits Other Than Pensions
      Banknorth and its subsidiaries sponsor limited post-retirement benefit programs which provide medical coverage and life insurance benefits to a closed group of employees and directors who meet minimum age and service requirements.
      Banknorth and its subsidiaries recognize costs related to post-retirement benefits under the accrual method, which recognizes costs over the employee’s period of active employment. The impact of adopting SFAS No. 106 is being amortized over a twenty-year period beginning January 1, 1993.
      The following tables set forth the funded status and amounts recognized in Banknorth’s Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2004 and 2003 for the pension plans (defined benefit and supplemental executive retirement plans) and other post-retirement benefit plans:
                         
      Other Postretirement
  Qualified Pension Nonqualified Pension Benefits
       
  2004 2003 2004 2003 2004 2003
             
Change in Benefit Obligation
                        
Benefit obligation at beginning of year $204,409  $147,666  $26,264  $21,288  $18,329  $15,813 
Service cost  12,326   9,251   576   311   195   123 
Interest cost  12,639   12,168   1,736   1,580   1,463   1,155 
Assumption changes  17,825   14,916   (70)  (2,406)  2,307   517 
Plan amendment        957          
Actuarial loss  1,867   7,408   3,369   4,111   (800)  653 
Acquisitions  91   21,698   (1,343)  2,289   5,570   1,566 
Benefits paid  (9,212)  (8,268)  (1,408)  (909)  (1,431)  (1,498)
Expenses paid  (621)  (430)            
                   
Benefit obligation at end of year $239,324  $204,409  $30,081  $26,264  $25,633  $18,329 
                   
Change in plan assets
                        
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year $237,536  $154,902  $  $  $  $ 
Actual return (loss) on plan assets  19,128   25,929             
Employer contribution  17,100   47,442   1,408   909   1,431   1,498 
Benefits paid  (9,212)  (8,268)  (1,408)  (909)  (1,431)  (1,498)
Expenses paid  (621)  (430)            
Acquisitions     17,961             
                   
Fair value of plan assets at end of year $263,931  $237,536  $  $  $  $ 
                   

95


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
20.Retirement and Other Benefit Plans — (Continued)
                         
      Other Postretirement
  Qualified Pension Nonqualified Pension Benefits
       
  2004 2003 2004 2003 2004 2003
             
Funded (unfunded) status
 $24,607  $33,127  $(30,081) $(26,264) $(25,633) $(18,329)
Unrecognized net actuarial (gain) loss  71,778   54,896   7,774   5,462   7,783   6,620 
Unrecognized prior service cost  43   50   2,327   1,607   937   1,076 
Unrecognized net transition obligation  (498)  (756)  110   121   3,292   3,685 
                   
Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost $95,930  $87,317  $(19,870) $(19,074) $(13,621) $(6,948)
                   
Amounts recognized in the statement of financial position consist of:
                        
Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost $95,930  $87,317  $(19,870) $(19,074) $(13,621) $(6,948)
Accrued benefit liability        25,925   22,758       
Intangible asset        (2,437)  (1,728)      
Accumulated other comprehensive income        (3,618)  (1,956)      
                   
Net amount recognized $95,930  $87,317  $  $  $(13,621) $(6,948)
                   
Accumulated benefit obligation
 $223,488  $193,835  $25,925  $22,760         
                   
             
  Year Ended December 31,
   
  2004 2003 2002
       
Components of net periodic benefit cost
            
Qualified Pension
            
Service cost $12,326  $9,251  $6,810 
Interest cost  12,639   12,168   9,223 
Expected (gain) on plan assets  (19,821)  (14,343)  (12,373)
Recognized actuarial loss  3,503   3,865    
Net amortization and deferral  (251)  (251)  (251)
Other  91       
          
Net periodic benefit cost $8,487  $10,690  $3,409 
          
Nonqualified Pension
            
Service cost $576  $311  $208 
Interest cost  1,736   1,580   1,322 
Expected return on plan assets         
Recognized actuarial loss  413   124   70 
Net amortization and deferral  248   183   258 
          
Net periodic benefit cost $2,973  $2,198  $1,858 
          

96


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
20.Retirement and Other Benefit Plans — (Continued)
             
  Year Ended December 31,
   
  2004 2003 2002
       
Other Postretirement Benefits
            
Service cost $195  $123  $99 
Interest cost  1,463   1,155   1,001 
Expected return on plan assets         
Recognized actuarial loss  344   310   132 
Net amortization and deferral  532   532   532 
          
Net periodic benefit cost $2,534  $2,120  $1,764 
          
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations as of December 31
         
  2004 2003
     
Discount rate  5.75%  6.25%
Rate of compensation increase  4.50%  4.50%
Medical inflation rate  8.00%  9.00%
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for years ended December 31
         
  2004 2003
     
Discount rate  6.25%  6.75%
Expected return on plan assets  8.50%  8.50%
Rate of compensation increase  4.50%  4.50%
Medical inflation rate  9.00%  10.00%
         
  2004 2003
     
Assumed health care cost trend rates at December 31
        
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year  7.00%  8.00%
Rate that the cost trend rate gradually declines to  5.00%  5.00%
Year that the rate reaches the rate it is assumed to remain at  2007   2007 
Effect of one-percentage change in assumed health care cost trend rates in 2004
         
  1% Increase 1% Decrease
     
Effect on total service and interest cost components $123,065  $(105,563)
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation  1,948,614   (1,672,485)

97


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
20.Retirement and Other Benefit Plans — (Continued)
Estimated Future Benefit Payments
      The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:
             
      Other
  Qualified Nonqualified Postretirement
  Pension Pension Benefits
       
2005 $8,518,186  $2,191,582  $2,126,158 
2006  8,681,680   2,273,333   2,106,161 
2007  9,267,800   2,641,818   2,033,685 
2008  10,019,916   2,716,953   1,946,149 
2009  10,748,152   6,058,615   1,879,914 
2010 - 2014  71,262,751   11,687,393   9,212,736 
          
  $118,498,485  $27,569,694  $19,304,803 
          
      Assumptions for long-term expected return on pension plan assets in the Banknorth qualified retirement plan are periodically reviewed. As part of the review, Banknorth’s independent consulting actuaries performed a stochastic analysis of expected returns based on the plan’s asset allocation as of both January 1, 2003 and January 1, 2004 to develop expected rates of return. This forecast reflects the actuarial firm’s expected long-term rates of return for each significant asset class or economic indicator, for example, 9.6% for US large cap stocks, 6.1% for US long-term corporate bonds, and 2.7% inflation as of January 1, 2004. The range of returns developed relies both on forecasts and on broad-market historical benchmarks for expected return, correlation, and volatility for each asset class.
      The following table presents the plan assets as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and respective target allocations.
             
  December 31,  
     
  2004 2003  
       
  Actual Actual Target
  Percentage Percentage Allocation
Asset category of Fair Value of Fair Value Percentage
       
Cash  1%  20%  0 - 25%
Equities  59%  53%  40 - 75%
Fixed Income  40%  27%  25 - 60%
          
   100%  100%    
          
      Equity securities at December 31, 2004 and 2003 do not include any Banknorth common stock.
      Banknorth’s key investment objectives in managing its defined benefit plan assets are to ensure that present and future benefit obligations to all participants and beneficiaries are met as they become due (a) to provide a total return that, over the long-term, maximizes the ratio of the plan assets to liabilities, while minimizing the present value of required Company contributions, at the appropriate levels of risk, (b) to meet statutory requirements and regulatory agencies’ requirements (c) and to satisfy applicable accounting standards. Banknorth periodically evaluates the asset allocations, funded status, investment manager structure, rate of return assumption and contribution strategy for satisfaction of our investment objectives. The Retirement Committee meets quarterly to review the performance management reports prepared by our investment managers.

98


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
20.Retirement and Other Benefit Plans — (Continued)
      The expected return on plan assets equals the long-term rate of return multiplied by the market related value, plus the expected contributions, weighted for timing, plus expected expenses, minus the expected distributions, weighted for timing.
      Interest cost equals the discount rate multiplied by the projected benefit obligation plus the service cost minus expected expenses, minus the expected distributions, weighted for timing.
21.Fair Value of Financial Instruments
      Banknorth discloses fair value information about financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate fair value. Fair value estimates are made as of a specific point in time based on the characteristics of the financial instruments and relevant market information. Where available, quoted market prices are used. In other cases, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. These techniques involve uncertainties and are significantly affected by the assumptions used and judgments made regarding risk characteristics of various financial instruments, discount rates, estimates of future cash flows, future expected loss experience and other factors. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect these estimates. Derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in certain cases, could not be realized in an immediate sale of the instrument. Also, because of differences in methodologies and assumptions used to estimate fair values, Banknorth’s fair values should not be compared to those of other banks.
      Fair value estimates are based on existing financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not purport to represent the underlying market value of Banknorth. For certain assets and liabilities, the information required under SFAS No. 107 is supplemented with additional information relevant to an understanding of the fair value.
      The following describes the methods and assumptions used by Banknorth in estimating the fair values of financial instruments and certain non-financial instruments:
Cash and cash equivalents, including cash and due from banks, short-term investments and federal funds sold. For these cash and cash equivalents, which have maturities of 90 days or less, the carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet approximate fair values.
Securities and loans held for sale. Fair values are based on quoted bid market prices, where available. Where quoted market prices for an instrument are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of similar instruments, adjusted for differences between the quoted instruments and the instrument being valued. Fair values are calculated based on the value of one unit without regard to premiums or discounts that might result from selling all of Banknorth’s holdings of a particular security in one transaction.
Loans and leases. The fair values of portfolio loans and leases are estimated by discounting the contractual cash flows using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar quality.
      For certain variable-rate consumer loans, including home equity lines of credit the carrying value approximates fair value.
      For nonperforming loans and certain loans where the credit quality of the borrower has deteriorated significantly, fair values are estimated by discounting cash flows at a rate commensurate with the risk associated with those cash flows.

99


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
21.Fair Value of Financial Instruments — (Continued)
      Commitments and letters of credit not included in the table have contractual values of $7.3 billion and $6.2 billion at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. These instruments generate ongoing fees at Banknorth’s current pricing levels. Of the commitments at December 31, 2004, 36% mature within one year. At December 31, 2004, the approximate fair value of standby letters of credit was $377 thousand, of which $184 thousand was unamortized and included in other liabilities on the balance sheet. At December 31, 2003, the approximate fair value of the standby letters of credit was $696 thousand.
Mortgage Servicing Rights. The fair value of Banknorth’s mortgage servicing rights was based on a third party valuation analysis (performed as of November 30, 2004) which considered the expected present value of future mortgage servicing income, net of estimated servicing costs, considering market consensus loan prepayment predictions at that date.
Deposits. The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity is equal to the carrying amount. The fair value of time deposits is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows, applying interest rates currently being offered on wholesale funding products of similar maturities.
      The fair value estimates for deposits do not include the benefit that results from the low-cost funding provided by the deposit liabilities compared to the cost of alternative forms of funding (“deposit base intangibles”).
Borrowings, including federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements, borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank and other borrowings. The fair value of Banknorth’s long-term borrowings is estimated by discounting cash flows based on current rates available to Banknorth for similar types of borrowing arrangements taking into account any optionality. For short-term borrowings that mature or reprice in 90 days or less, carrying value approximates fair value.
     Off-balance sheet financial instruments:
Forward commitments to sell loans held for sale. The fair value of Banknorth’s forward commitments to sell loans reflects the amount Banknorth would receive or pay to terminate the commitment at the reporting date. Of the $83.0 million of forward sales commitments at December 31, 2004, Banknorth had $51.7 million in loans available to sell at that date as well as sufficient loan originations subsequent to December 31, 2004 to fulfill the commitments. Consequently, Banknorth expects to meet all of its forward sales commitments.
Rate-lock commitments to originate loans held for sale. The fair values on commitment to originate residential loans at an agreed upon rate (rate-locked) are based on the estimated gain or loss that would be recognized had the underlying loans been funded and sold on the reporting date (i.e., mark-to-market value).
Commercial loan interest rate swaps. The estimated fair value of these derivative financial instruments is based on dealer quotes.
Loans sold or serviced with recourse. Under certain of Banknorth’s loan servicing or sales arrangements, Banknorth has $223.3 million of recourse obligations. In the event of foreclosure on a sold or serviced loan, Banknorth is obligated to repay the buyer or investor to the extent of the remaining balance after application of proceeds from the sale of the underlying collateral. To date, losses related to these recourse arrangements have been insignificant and while Banknorth cannot project future losses, the fair value of this recourse obligation also is deemed to be insignificant.

100


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
21.Fair Value of Financial Instruments — (Continued)
      A summary of the carrying values and estimated fair values of Banknorth’s significant financial instruments at December 31, 2004 and 2003 follows:
                  
  2004 2003
     
  Carrying Fair Carrying Fair
  Value Value Value Value
         
Assets:                
 Cash and cash equivalents $544,306  $544,306  $674,331  $674,331 
 Securities — available for sale  6,905,765   6,905,765   7,122,992   7,122,992 
 Securities — held to maturity  87,013   87,507   124,240   124,344 
 Loans held for sale  51,693   52,936   41,696   42,801 
 Loans and leases, net  18,349,842   18,510,642   16,113,675   16,153,360 
 Mortgage servicing rights  5,155   5,888   2,783   3,115 
Liabilities:                
 Fed funds purchased  618,000   618,000   358,000   358,000 
 Deposits (with no stated maturity)  14,742,635   14,742,635   13,168,081   13,168,081 
 Time deposits  4,484,946   4,474,769   4,733,104   4,763,865 
 Borrowings  5,372,705   5,438,189   5,524,864   5,674,074 
Financial instruments with off-balance sheet notional amounts:                
 Forward commitments to sell loans  (149)  (149)  (425)  (425)
 Rate-lock commitments to originate loans held for sale  147   147   188   188 
 Commercial loan interest rate swaps with borrower  17,836   17,836   7,357   7,357 
 Commercial loan interest rate swaps with broker  (17,836)  (17,836)  (7,357)  (7,357)
 Interest rate contracts on borrowings  (4,420)  (4,420)  (1,896)  (1,896)
 Foreign currency forward contracts with customers  3,307   3,307   3,132   3,132 
 Foreign currency forward contracts with dealers  (3,056)  (3,056)  (3,132)  (3,132)
 Foreign exchange options to purchase  1,727   1,727       
 Foreign exchange options to sell  (1,727)  (1,727)      

101


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
22.Condensed Financial Information — Parent Company Only
Condensed Financial Statements of Banknorth
           
  December 31,
   
  2004 2003
     
Balance Sheets
        
Assets:        
 Cash and due from banks $55,674  $27,492 
 Interest bearing deposits with subsidiaries  193,942   225,492 
 Securities available for sale  54,387   45,216 
 Investment in subsidiaries  3,361,786   2,710,080 
 Goodwill and other intangibles  618   618 
 Amounts receivable from subsidiaries  10,917    
 Other assets  25,295   16,679 
       
  Total assets $3,702,619  $3,025,577 
       
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity        
 Amounts payable to subsidiaries $  $978 
 Senior notes, net of hedge  148,330   149,991 
 Subordinated debentures supporting mandatory redeemable trust securities  349,854   344,403 
 Other liabilities  28,321   9,686 
 Shareholders’ equity  3,176,114   2,520,519 
       
  Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $3,702,619  $3,025,577 
       
              
  Year Ended December 31,
   
  2004 2003 2002
       
Operating income:            
 Dividends from subsidiaries $  $193,950  $112,331 
 Net gains (losses) on sales of securities  (6)  53   648 
 Other operating income  6,680   6,226   6,456 
          
 Total operating income  6,674   200,229   119,435 
          
Operating expenses:            
 Interest on borrowings  32,716   31,266   26,994 
 Merger and consolidation costs  5,447       
 Write-off of branch automation project        6,170 
 Other operating expenses  5,104   3,944   3,603 
          
 Total operating expenses  43,267   35,210   36,767 
          
Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries  (36,593)  165,019   82,668 
Income tax benefit  (12,811)  (10,126)  (9,736)
          
Income before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries  (23,782)  175,145   92,404 
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries  328,425   175,614   206,234 
          
Net income $304,643  $350,759  $298,638 
          

102


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
22.Condensed Financial Information — Parent Company Only — (Continued)
              
  Year Ended December 31,
   
  2004 2003 2002
       
Cash flows from operating activities:            
 Net income $304,643  $350,759  $298,638 
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used) provided by operating activities:            
 Undistributed net income from subsidiaries  (328,425)  (175,614)  (206,234)
 Write-off of branch automation project        6,170 
 (Increase) decrease in amounts receivable from subsidiaries  (10,917)  83   23,618 
 Decrease (increase) in other assets  (8,380)  5,266   (3,969)
 Increase (decrease) in amounts payable to subsidiaries  (978)  978   (1,029)
 Increase (decrease) in other liabilities  19,164   (10,920)  4,813 
          
Net cash provided by operating activities  (24,893)  170,552   122,007 
          
Cash flows from investing activities:            
 Net decrease (increase) in interest bearing deposits with subsidiaries  31,550   (110,040)  (97,097)
 Purchase of available for sale securities     (3,171)  (3,037)
 Sales of available for sale securities  28   840    
 Capital contribution to subsidiaries     (70,000)   
 Cash acquired in acquisition  1,518   36,022   6,110 
 Proceeds from sale of investment to subsidiary  6,150       
          
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities  39,246   (146,349)  (94,024)
          
Cash flows from financing activities:            
 Proceeds from line of credit        25,000 
 Payment of line of credit        (25,000)
 Proceeds from sale of trust preferred securities        193,150 
 Proceeds from sale of senior notes     148,693    
 Payment of notes payable        (1,068)
 Dividends paid to shareholders  (135,132)  (111,889)  (85,894)
 Treasury stock acquired     (105,071)  (154,054)
 Proceeds from stock issued in connection with employee benefit plans  148,961   48,677   30,406 
          
Net cash (used in) financing activities  13,829   (19,590)  (17,460)
          
Net increase in cash due from banks  28,182   4,613   10,523 
Cash and due from banks at beginning of year  27,492   22,879   12,356 
          
Cash and due from banks at end of year $55,674  $27,492  $22,879 
          
Supplemental disclosure information:            
 Interest paid on borrowings $32,666  $30,329  $22,867 

103


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
22.Condensed Financial Information — Parent Company Only — (Continued)
      The parent-only Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity are substantially similar to the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and therefore are not presented here.
      Banknorth also holds an investment in a subsidiary, Northgroup Captive Insurance, Inc., which insures approximately $140,000 of the $1 million retention on the existing directors’ and officers’ liability policy of Banknorth.
23.Subsequent Events (unaudited)
      On January 21, 2005, Banknorth completed the acquisition of BostonFed Bancorp, Inc. (“BostonFed”), the parent company of Boston Federal Savings Bank. BostonFed had $1.5 billion of assets and $100.0 million of shareholders’ equity at the acquisition date. Under terms of the acquisition agreement, each outstanding share of BostonFed was converted into the right to receive 1.241 shares of Banknorth common stock or, at the election of the holder of BostonFed common stock, 1.055 shares of Banknorth common stock and $6.12 in cash, plus, in each case, cash in lieu of any fractional share interest. An aggregate of 6.1 million shares of Banknorth common stock will be issued and $325 thousand of cash paid by Banknorth in connection with this transaction.
      Banknorth, TD, a Canadian chartered bank, Berlin Merger Co., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of TD, and Banknorth Delaware Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Banknorth (“Banknorth Delaware”) are parties to an amended and restated agreement and plan of merger, dated as of August 25, 2004. Subject to the terms and conditions in the TD/Banknorth merger agreement, Banknorth will merge with and into Banknorth Delaware, and immediately thereafter Berlin Merger Co. will merge with and into Banknorth Delaware. Upon completion of the transaction, each Banknorth shareholder will be entitled to receive, in exchange for the shares of Banknorth common stock owned by such shareholder, a package of consideration consisting of (a) a number of TD common shares equal to 0.2351, (b) an amount in cash equal to $12.24 and (c) a number of shares of Banknorth Delaware common stock equal to 0.49, in each case multiplied by the number of shares of Banknorth common stock owned by such shareholder, plus cash in lieu of any fractional share interests. Upon completion of the transaction, TD will hold 51% of the outstanding common stock of Banknorth Delaware, which will change its name to TD Banknorth Inc. The transaction is subject to all required regulatory approvals, approval of the shareholders of Banknorth and other customary conditions. Banknorth shareholders approved the merger agreement and related proposals at a special meeting of Banknorth shareholders held on February 18, 2005. The transaction is expected to close on or about March 1, 2005.
      In January 2005, Banknorth replaced an existing line of credit agreement with a similar line of credit with TD for $110 million at prevailing market terms and conditions.
      In February 2005, Banknorth authorized a balance sheet restructuring under which it sold or intends to sell approximately $3.0 billion of interest-earning assets and will use the net proceeds to pay down approximately $3.0 billion of borrowings. The loss on this balance sheet restructuring will total approximately $38 million after-tax, or $0.21 per diluted share. The yield on assets sold was 4.03% and the weighted average rate on borrowings that were paid off was approximately LIBOR plus 23 basis points. As a result of these actions, the sensitivity of our balance sheet to future increases in interest rates has been reduced because the assets sold or to be sold are primarily fixed-rate and have a duration of approximately 3.8 years and the borrowings to be paid down have floating rates and are short-term.

104


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
24.Selected Quarterly Data (unaudited)
                                    
    2004 2003
       
    Fourth Third Second First Fourth Third Second First
    Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter
                   
Condensed Income Statement
                                  
Interest income   $329,846  $325,361  $309,146  $292,652  $290,414  $290,750  $302,478  $309,327 
Interest expense    83,783   85,701   79,096   75,043   77,126   80,918   90,904   103,190 
                           
Net interest income (A)  246,063   239,660   230,050   217,609   213,288   209,832   211,574   206,137 
Provision for loan and lease losses    10,670   10,670   9,500   9,500   10,400   10,500   10,500   10,901 
                           
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses    235,393   228,990   220,550   208,109   202,888   199,332   201,074   195,236 
Noninterest income(1) (B)  70,591   91,513   89,476   88,217   84,435   88,656   115,828   78,238 
Noninterest expense, excluding merger and consolidation costs(2) (C)  229,073   168,595   159,691   158,105   154,360   150,839   182,509   145,458 
Merger and consolidation costs (D)  38,286   5,603   4,135   1,614   1,316   808   1,530   4,450 
                           
Income before income taxes    38,625   146,305   146,200   136,607   131,647   136,341   132,863   123,566 
Income tax expense    17,927   48,534   50,353   46,280   40,085   46,063   45,338   42,173 
      ��                    
Net income(1)(2)   $20,698  $97,771  $95,847  $90,327  $91,562  $90,278  $87,525  $81,393 
                           
Weighted average shares outstanding:                                  
 Basic    177,071   173,271   169,637   162,965   162,149   161,517   162,312   157,667 
 Diluted    179,953   176,756   173,109   166,657   165,685   164,446   164,559   159,328 
Basic earnings per share:   $0.12  $0.56  $0.57  $0.55  $0.56  $0.56  $0.54  $0.52 
Diluted earnings per share:   $0.12  $0.55  $0.55  $0.54  $0.55  $0.55  $0.53  $0.51 
Financial Ratios
                                  
Return on average assets(1)(2)(3)    0.29%  1.33%  1.36%  1.37%  1.39%  1.39%  1.38%  1.32%
Return on average equity(1)(2)(3)    2.66%  13.24%  13.54%  14.13%  14.72%  14.85%  14.24%  14.26%
Net interest margin (fully-taxable equivalent)(3)    3.87%  3.68%  3.66%  3.68%  3.65%  3.63%  3.71%  3.66%
Noninterest income as a percent of total income(4)    22.29%  27.63%  28.00%  28.85%  28.36%  29.70%  35.38%  27.51%
Efficiency ratio(1)(2)(5)    84.43%  52.60%  51.27%  52.23%  52.29%  50.81%  56.21%  52.71%
(1) Noninterest income included net securities gains (losses) of ($17.8) million and $29.2 million in the future. Banknorth contributed $47.4 million to the plan in 2003 and estimates that the 2004 contribution will be between $15 and $20 million.

Banknorth has adopted supplemental retirement plans for certain key officers. These plans, which are unfunded and nonqualified, were designed to offset the impact of changes in the pension plans that limit the benefits for highly-paid employees under qualified pension plans.

Post Retirement Benefits Other Than Pensions

     Banknorth and its subsidiaries sponsor limited post-retirement benefit programs which provide medical coverage and life insurance benefits to a closed group of employees and directors who meet minimum age and service requirements.

     Banknorth and its subsidiaries recognize costs related to post-retirement benefits under the accrual method, which recognizes costs over the employee’s period of active employment. The impact of adopting SFAS No. 106 is being amortized over a twenty-year period beginning January 1, 1993.

89


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

20.Retirement and Other Benefit Plans — (Continued)

The following tables set forth the funded status and amounts recognized in Banknorth’s Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2003 and 2002 for the pension plans (defined benefit and supplemental executive retirement plans) and other post-retirement benefit plans:

                         
Other Postretirement
Qualified PensionNonqualified PensionBenefits



200320022003200220032002






Change in benefit obligation
                        
Benefit obligation at beginning of year $147,666  $121,331  $21,288  $17,491  $15,813  $12,416 
Service cost  9,251   6,810   311   208   123   99 
Interest cost  12,168   9,223   1,580   1,322   1,155   1,001 
Assumption changes  14,916   10,130   (2,406)  1,058   517   1,788 
Plan amendment           892       
Actuarial loss  7,408   2,562   4,111   293   653   1,777 
Acquisitions  21,698   6,410   2,289   1,311   1,566   307 
Benefits paid  (8,268)  (8,236)  (909)  (1,287)  (1,498)  (1,575)
Expenses paid  (430)  (564)             
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Benefit obligation at end of year $204,409  $147,666  $26,264  $21,288  $18,329  $15,813 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Change in plan assets
                        
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year $154,902  $140,971  $  $  $  $ 
Actual return (loss) on plan assets  25,929   (12,576)            
Employer contribution  47,442   30,300   909   1,287   1,498   1,575 
Benefits paid  (8,268)  (8,236)  (909)  (1,287)  (1,498)  (1,575)
Expenses paid  (430)  (564)             
Acquisitions  17,961   5,007              
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year $237,536  $154,902  $  $  $  $ 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Funded (unfunded) status
 $33,127  $7,236  $(26,264) $(21,288) $(18,329) $(15,813)
Unrecognized net actuarial (gain) loss  54,896   47,233   5,462   3,882   6,620   5,107 
Unrecognized prior service cost  50   57   1,607   1,778   1,076   1,215 
Unrecognized net transition obligation  (756)  (1,014)  121   132   3,685   4,078 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost $87,317  $53,512  $(19,074) $(15,496) $(6,948) $(5,413)
   
   
   
   
   
   
 

90


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

20.Retirement and Other Benefit Plans — (Continued)
                         
Other Postretirement
Qualified PensionNonqualified PensionBenefits



200320022003200220032002






Amounts recognized in the statement of financial position consist of:
                        
Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost $87,317  $53,512  $(19,074) $(15,496) $(6,948) $(5,413)
Accrued benefit liability        22,758   18,676       
Intangible asset        (1,728)  (1,910)      
Accumulated other comprehensive income        (1,956)  (1,270)      
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net amount recognized $87,317  $53,512  $  $  $(6,948) $(5,413)
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Accumulated benefit obligation
 $193,835  $135,569  $22,760  $17,365         
   
   
   
   
         
             
Year Ended December 31,

200320022001



Components of net periodic benefit cost
            
Qualified Pension
            
Service cost $9,251  $6,810  $4,733 
Interest cost  12,168   9,223   8,076 
Expected (gain) on plan assets  (14,343)  (12,373)  (10,670)
Recognized actuarial loss  3,865       
Net amortization and deferral  (251)  (251)  (896)
   
   
   
 
Net periodic benefit cost $10,690  $3,409  $1,243 
   
   
   
 
Nonqualified Pension
            
Service cost $311  $208  $330 
Interest cost  1,580   1,322   1,197 
Expected return on plan assets         
Recognized actuarial loss  124   70   10 
Net amortization and deferral  183   258   242 
   
   
   
 
Net periodic benefit cost $2,198  $1,858  $1,779 
   
   
   
 
Other Postretirement Benefits
            
Service cost $123  $99  $87 
Interest cost  1,155   1,001   883 
Expected return on plan assets         
Recognized actuarial loss  310   132   2 
Net amortization and deferral  532   532   532 
   
   
   
 
Net periodic benefit cost $2,120  $1,764  $1,504 
   
   
   
 

91


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

20.Retirement and Other Benefit Plans — (Continued)

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations as of December 31

         
20032002


Discount rate  6.25%  6.75%
Rate of compensation increase  4.50%  4.50%
Medical inflation rate  9.00%  10.00%

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for years ended December 31

         
20032002


Discount rate  6.75%  7.25%
Expected return on plan assets  8.50%  8.50%
Rate of compensation increase  4.50%  4.50%
Medical inflation rate  10.00%  5.86%
         
20032002


Assumed health care cost trend rates at December 31
        
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year  8.00%  9.00%
Rate that the cost trend rate gradually declines to  5.00%  5.00%
Year that the rate reaches the rate it is assumed to remain at  2007   2007 

Effect of one-percentage change in assumed health care cost trend rates in 2003

         
1% Increase1% Decrease


Effect on total service and interest cost components $66,961  $(59,508)
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation  1,014,703   (901,834)

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

             
Other
QualifiedNonqualifiedPostretirement
PensionPensionBenefits



2004 $6,331  $1,362  $1,768 
2005  6,700   1,365   1,766 
2006  6,939   1,317   1,748 
2007  7,472   1,316   1,710 
2008  8,192   1,290   1,639 
2009 — 2013  55,374   12,299   7,442 
   
   
   
 
  $91,008  $18,949  $16,073 
   
   
   
 

     Assumptions for long-term expected return on pension plan assets in the qualified Banknorth Group, Inc. Retirement Plan are periodically reviewed. As part of the review, the Banknorth’s independent consulting actuaries performed a stochastic analysis of expected returns based on the plan’s asset allocation as of both January 1, 2003 and January 1, 2004 to develop expected rates of return. This forecast reflects the actuarial firm’s expected long-term rates of return for each significant asset class or economic

92


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

20.Retirement and Other Benefit Plans — (Continued)

indicator, for example, 9.8% for US large cap stocks, 6.0% for US long-term corporate bonds, and 2.4% inflation as of January 1, 2003. The range of returns developed relies both on forecasts and on broad-market historical benchmarks for expected return, correlation, and volatility for each asset class.

The following table presents the plan assets as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and respective target allocations.

             
December 31,

20032002


ActualActualTarget
PercentagePercentageAllocation
Asset categoryof Fair Valueof Fair ValuePercentage




Cash  20%  21%  0 - 25%
Equities  53%  45%  40 - 75%
Fixed Income  27%  34%  25 - 60%
   
   
     
   100%  100%    
   
   
     

     Equity securities at December 31, 2003 and 2002 do not include any Banknorth common stock.

     Banknorth’s key investment objectives in managing its defined benefit plan assets are to ensure that present and future benefit obligations to all participants and beneficiaries are met as they become due; to provide a total return that, over the long-term, maximizes the ratio of the plan assets to liabilities, while minimizing the present value of required Company contributions, at the appropriate levels of risk; to meet statutory requirements and regulatory agencies’ requirements; and to satisfy applicable accounting standards. Banknorth periodically evaluates the asset allocations, funded status, investment manager structure, rate of return assumption and contribution strategy for satisfaction of our investment objectives. The Retirement Committee meets quarterly to review the performance management reports prepared by our investment managers.

     The expected return on plan assets equals the long-term rate of return multiplied by the market related value, plus the expected contributions, weighted for timing, plus expected expenses, minus the expected distributions, weighted for timing.

Interest cost equals the discount rate multiplied by the projected benefit obligation plus the service cost minus expected expenses, minus the expected distributions, weighted for timing.

21.Fair Value of Financial Instruments

     Banknorth discloses fair value information about financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate fair value. Fair value estimates are made as of a specific point in time based on the characteristics of the financial instruments and relevant market information. Where available, quoted market prices are used. In other cases, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. These techniques involve uncertainties and are significantly affected by the assumptions used and judgments made regarding risk characteristics of various financial instruments, discount rates, estimates of future cash flows, future expected loss experience and other factors. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect these estimates. Derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in certain cases, could not be realized in an immediate sale of the instrument. Also, because of differences in methodologies and assumptions used to estimate fair values, Banknorth’s fair values should not be compared to those of other banks.

93


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

21.Fair Value of Financial Instruments — (Continued)

     Fair value estimates are based on existing financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not purport to represent the underlying market value of Banknorth. For certain assets and liabilities, the information required under SFAS No. 107 is supplemented with additional information relevant to an understanding of the fair value.

     The following describes the methods and assumptions used by Banknorth in estimating the fair values of financial instruments and certain non-financial instruments:

Cash and cash equivalents, including cash and due from banks, short-term investments and federal funds sold.For these cash and cash equivalents, which have maturities of 90 days or less, the carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet approximate fair values.

Securities and loans held for sale.Fair values are based on quoted bid market prices, where available. Where quoted market prices for an instrument are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of similar instruments, adjusted for differences between the quoted instruments and the instrument being valued. Fair values are calculated based on the value of one unit without regard to premiums or discounts that might result from selling all of Banknorth’s holdings of a particular security in one transaction.

Loans and leases.The fair values of portfolio loans and leases are estimated by discounting the contractual cash flows using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar quality.

     For certain variable-rate consumer loans, including home equity lines of credit the carrying value approximates fair value.

     For nonperforming loans and certain loans where the credit quality of the borrower has deteriorated significantly, fair values are estimated by discounting cash flows at a rate commensurate with the risk associated with those cash flows.

     Commitments and letters of credit not included in the table have contractual values of $6.2 billion and $5.5 billion at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. These instruments generate ongoing fees at Banknorth’s current pricing levels. Of the commitments at December 31, 2003, 24% mature within one year. At December 31, 2003, the approximate fair value of standby letter of credit was $696 thousand, of which $312 thousand was unamortized and included in other liabilities on the balance sheet. At December 31, 2002, the approximate fair value of the standby letter of credit was $590 thousand. The fair value of the issuance of the guarantees was recorded on January 1, 2003 in accordance with the implementation of FASB Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others.”

Mortgage Servicing Rights.The fair value of Banknorth’s mortgage servicing rights was based on a third party valuation analysis (performed as of November 30, 2003) which considered the expected present value of future mortgage servicing income, net of estimated servicing costs, considering market consensus loan prepayment predictions at that date.

Deposits.The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity is equal to the carrying amount. The fair value of time deposits is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows, applying interest rates currently being offered on wholesale funding products of similar maturities.

94


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

21.Fair Value of Financial Instruments — (Continued)

     The fair value estimates for deposits do not include the benefit that results from the low-cost funding provided by the deposit liabilities compared to the cost of alternative forms of funding (“deposit base intangibles”).

Borrowings, including federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements, borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank and other borrowings.The fair value of Banknorth’s long-term borrowings is estimated by discounting cash flows based on current rates available to Banknorth for similar types of borrowing arrangements taking into account any optionality. For short-term borrowings that mature or reprice in 90 days or less, carrying value approximates fair value.

Off-balance sheet financial instruments:

Forward commitments to sell loans held for sale.The fair value of Banknorth’s forward commitments to sell loans reflects the amount Banknorth would receive or pay to terminate the commitment at the reporting date. Of the $61.0 million of forward sales commitments at December 31, 2003, Banknorth had $41.7 million in loans available to sell at that date as well as sufficient loan originations subsequent to December 31, 2003 to fulfill the commitments. Consequently, Banknorth expects to meet all of its forward sales commitments.

Rate-lock commitments to originate loans held for sale.The fair values on commitment to originate residential loans at an agreed upon rate (rate-locked) are based on the estimated gain or loss that would be recognized had the underlying loans been funded and sold on the reporting date (i.e., mark-to-market value).

Commercial loan interest rate swaps.The estimated fair value of these derivative financial instruments is based on dealer quotes.

Loans serviced with recourse.Under certain of Banknorth’s servicing arrangements with investors, Banknorth has $5.6 million of recourse obligations to those serviced loan portfolios. In the event of foreclosure on a serviced loan, Banknorth is obligated to repay the investor to the extent of the investor’s remaining balance after application of proceeds from the sale of the underlying collateral. To date, losses related to these recourse arrangements have been insignificant and while Banknorth cannot project future losses, the fair value of this recourse obligation is deemed to be likewise insignificant.

A summary of the carrying values and estimated fair values of Banknorth’s significant financial instruments at December 31, 2003 and 2002 follows:

                  
20032002


CarryingFairCarryingFair
ValueValueValueValue




Assets:                
 Cash and cash equivalents $316,331  $316,331  $717,003  $717,003 
 Securities — available for sale  7,122,992   7,122,992   6,731,467   6,731,467 
 Securities — held to maturity  124,240   124,344   216,409   221,571 
 Loans held for sale  41,696   42,801   128,622   135,799 
 Loans and leases, net  16,113,675   16,153,360   13,847,735   14,202,064 
 Mortgage servicing rights  2,783   3,115   3,598   3,598 

95


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

21.Fair Value of Financial Instruments — (Continued)
                  
20032002


CarryingFairCarryingFair
ValueValueValueValue




Liabilities:                
 Deposits (with no stated maturity)  13,168,081   13,168,081   11,005,823   11,005,823 
 Time deposits  4,733,104   4,763,865   4,658,778   4,719,291 
 Borrowings  5,524,864   5,674,074   5,432,581   5,595,742 
Financial instruments with off-balance sheet notional amounts:                
 Forward commitments to sell loans  (425)  (425)  (3,532)  (3,532)
 Rate-lock commitments to originate loans held for sale  188   188   766   766 
 Commercial loan interest rate swaps with borrower  7,357   7,357   1,546   1,546 
 Commercial loan interest rate swaps with broker  (7,357)  (7,357)  (1,546)  (1,546)
 Interest rate contracts on borrowings  (1,896)  (1,896)      
 Foreign currency forward contracts with customers  3,132   3,132   175   175 
 Foreign currency forward contracts with dealers  (3,132)  (3,132)  (175)  (175)

96


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

22.Condensed Financial Information — Parent Company Only

Condensed Financial Statements of Banknorth

           
December 31,

20032002


Balance Sheets
        
Assets:        
 Cash and due from banks $27,492  $22,879 
 Interest bearing deposits with subsidiaries  225,492   115,452 
 Securities available for sale  45,216   42,180 
 Investment in subsidiaries  2,710,080   2,234,291 
 Goodwill and other intangibles  618   618 
 Amounts receivable from subsidiaries     83 
 Other assets  16,679   16,917 
   
   
 
  Total assets $3,025,577  $2,432,420 
   
   
 
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity        
 Amounts payable to subsidiaries $978  $ 
 Senior notes, net of hedge  149,991    
 Subordinated debentures supporting mandatory redeemable trust securities  344,403   344,424 
 Other liabilities  9,686   24,511 
 Shareholders’ equity  2,520,519   2,063,485 
   
   
 
  Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $3,025,577  $2,432,420 
   
   
 

97


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

22.Condensed Financial Information — Parent Company Only — (Continued)

Statements of Income

              
Year Ended December 31,

200320022001



Operating income:            
 Dividends from subsidiaries $193,950  $112,331  $175,793 
 Net gains (losses) on sales of securities  53   648    
 Other operating income  6,226   6,456   4,989 
   
   
   
 
 Total operating income  200,229   119,435   180,782 
   
   
   
 
Operating expenses:            
 Interest on borrowings  31,266   26,994   12,900 
 Amortization of goodwill and other intangibles        1,847 
 Merger and consolidation costs        4,277 
 Write-off of branch automation project     6,170    
 Other operating expenses  3,944   3,603   224 
   
   
   
 
 Total operating expenses  35,210   36,767   19,248 
   
   
   
 
Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries  165,019   82,668   161,534 
Income tax benefit  (10,126)  (9,736)  (4,485)
   
   
   
 
Income before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries  175,145   92,404   166,019 
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries  175,614   206,234   72,776 
   
   
   
 
Net income $350,759  $298,638  $238,795 
   
   
   
 

     The Parent Company’s Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity are identical to the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and therefore are not presented here.

98


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

22.Condensed Financial Information — Parent Company Only — (Continued)

Statements of Cash Flows

              
Year Ended December 31,

200320022001



Cash flows from operating activities:            
 Net income $350,759  $298,638  $238,795 
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used) provided by operating activities:            
 Undistributed net income from subsidiaries  (175,614)  (206,234)  (72,776)
 Amortization of goodwill and other intangibles        1,847 
 Decrease in unearned compensation        2,005 
 Write-off of branch automation project     6,170    
 (Increase) decrease in amounts receivable from subsidiaries  83   23,618   (19,869)
 Decrease (increase) in other assets  5,266   (3,969)  (13,705)
 Increase (decrease) in amounts payable to subsidiaries  978   (1,029)  (5,920)
 Increase (decrease) in other liabilities  (10,920)  4,813   24,931 
 Other, net        68 
   
   
   
 
Net cash provided by operating activities  170,552   122,007   155,376 
   
   
   
 
Cash flows from investing activities:            
 Net decrease (increase) in interest bearing deposits with subsidiaries  (110,040)  (97,097)  49,539 
 Purchase of available for sale securities  (3,171)  (3,037)  (4,990)
 Sales of available for sale securities  840       
 Capital contribution to subsidiaries  (70,000)      
 Cash acquired in acquisition  36,022   6,110   6,328 
   
   
   
 
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities  (146,349)  (94,024)  50,877 
   
   
   
 
Cash flows from financing activities:            
 Proceeds from line of credit     25,000   35,000 
 Payment of line of credit     (25,000)  (35,000)
 Proceeds from sale of trust preferred securities     193,150    
 Proceeds from sale of senior notes  148,693       
 Payment of notes payable     (1,068)  (356)
 Dividends paid to shareholders  (111,889)  (85,894)  (72,277)
 Treasury stock acquired  (105,071)  (154,054)  (151,546)
 Proceeds from stock issued in connection with employee benefit plans  48,677   30,406   26,148 
   
   
   
 
Net cash (used in) financing activities  (19,590)  (17,460)  (198,031)
   
   
   
 
Net increase in cash due from banks  4,613   10,523   8,222 
Cash and due from banks at beginning of year  22,879   12,356   4,134 
   
   
   
 
Cash and due from banks at end of year $27,492  $22,879  $12,356 
   
   
   
 
Supplemental disclosure information:            
 Interest paid on borrowings $30,329  $22,867  $13,033 

99


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

23.     Subsequent Events (unaudited)

     On November 25, 2003, Banknorth announced that it had entered into an agreement to acquire Foxborough Savings Bank (“Foxborough”) for $89.6 million in a cash transaction. Foxborough had $248.9 million of assets and $27.6 million of shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2003. The Banknorth and Foxborough boards of directors have approved the agreement. The transaction is expected to close in the firstfourth quarter of 2004 and is subject tosecond quarter of 2003, respectively, which were incurred as part of balance sheet deleveraging programs implemented during these periods.

(2) Noninterest expense included prepayment penalties on borrowings of $61.5 million and $28.5 million in the approvalfourth quarter of the shareholders of Foxborough2004 and the receipt of all regulatory approvals and other customary conditions.

     On December 9, 2003, Banknorth announced that it had entered into an agreement to acquire CCBT Financial Companies, Inc. (“CCBT”), the parent company of Cape Cod Bank and Trust Company NA. CCBT had $1.3 billion of assets and $114.5 million of shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2003. Under terms of the agreement, each outstanding share of CCBT will be converted into 1.084 shares of Banknorth common stock, plus cash in lieu of any fractional share interest. The Banknorth and CCBT boards of directors have approved the agreement. The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2004 and is subject to the approval2003, respectively, which were incurred as part of the shareholders of CCBT and the receipt of all regulatory approvals and other customary conditions.

100


BANKNORTH GROUP INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

24.     Selected Quarterly Data (unaudited)

                                    
20032002


FourthThirdSecondFirstFourthThirdSecondFirst
QuarterQuarterQuarterQuarterQuarterQuarterQuarterQuarter








Interest income   $290,414  $290,750  $302,478  $309,327  $306,569  $313,156  $309,387  $306,006 
Interest expense    77,126   80,918   90,904   103,190   107,006   112,160   109,914   109,520 
     
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net interest income (A)  213,288   209,832   211,574   206,137   199,563   200,996   199,473   196,486 
Provision for loan and lease losses    10,400   10,500   10,500   10,901   10,829   10,829   10,828   11,828 
     
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses    202,888   199,332   201,074   195,236   188,734   190,167   188,645   184,658 
Noninterest income(1) (B)  84,435   88,656   115,828   78,238   84,441   65,505   62,986   61,576 
Noninterest expense(2) (C)  155,676   151,647   184,039   149,908   158,126   141,577   136,791   142,897 
     
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Income before income taxes    131,647   136,341   132,863   123,566   115,049   114,095   114,840   103,337 
Income tax expense    40,085   46,063   45,338   42,173   37,911   37,233   38,680   34,859 
     
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net income   $91,562  $90,278  $87,525  $81,393  $77,138  $76,862  $76,160  $68,478 
     
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Weighted average shares outstanding:                                  
 Basic    162,149   161,517   162,312   157,667   148,226   148,099   147,233   149,347 
 Diluted    165,685   164,446   164,559   159,328   149,389   149,662   149,064   151,116 
Basic earnings per share:   $0.56  $0.56  $0.54  $0.52  $0.52  $0.52  $0.52  $0.46 
Diluted earnings per share:   $0.55  $0.55  $0.53  $0.51  $0.52  $0.51  $0.51  $0.45 
Return on average assets(3)    1.39%   1.39%   1.38%   1.32%   1.35%   1.40%   1.46%   1.36% 
Return on average equity(3)    14.72%   14.85%   14.24%   14.26%   15.75%   16.25%   17.45%   15.73% 
Net interest margin (fully-taxable equivalent)(3)    3.65%   3.63%   3.71%   3.66%   3.86%   4.03%   4.18%   4.23% 
Noninterest income as a percent of total income(4)    28.36%   29.70%   35.38%   27.51%   29.73%   24.58%   24.00%   23.86% 
Efficiency ratio(5)    52.29%   50.81%   56.21%   52.71%   55.68%   53.12%   52.12%   55.37% 


(1) In the second quarter of 2003 noninterest income included $29.2 million of net securities gains incurred as part of the deleveraging program.
(2) In the second quarter of 2003, noninterest expense included $28.5 million of prepayment penalties on borrowings incurred as part of the deleveraging program.balance sheet deleveraging programs implemented during these periods.
 
(3) Annualized.
 
(4) Represents noninterest income as a percentage of net interest income and noninterest income. Noninterest income as a percent of total income is calculated as (B) divided by (A+B).
(5) Represents noninterest expenses as a percentage of net interest income and noninterest income. Efficiency ratio is calculated as (C+D) divided by (A+B).
(5) Represents noninterest expenses as a percentage of net interest income and noninterest income. Efficiency ratio is calculated as (C) divided by (A+B).

101


Independent Auditors’ Report

The Board of Directors

Banknorth Group, Inc.:

105


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Banknorth Group, Inc.:
      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Banknorth Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (“Banknorth”) as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of Banknorth’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
      We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
      In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Banknorth Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
      We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Banknorth’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established inInternal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 25, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of, and the effective operation of, internal control over financial reporting.
Boston, Massachusetts
February 25, 2004

106


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Banknorth Group, Inc.:
      We have audited management’s assessment, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, that Banknorth Group, Inc. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established inInternal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Banknorth’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Banknorth’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
      We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
      A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
      Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
      In our opinion, management’s assessment that Banknorth maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established inInternal Control — Integrated Framework issued by Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Also, in our opinion, Banknorth maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
      We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Banknorth Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’

107


equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, and our report dated February 25, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
Boston, Massachusetts
February 25, 2005

108


Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
      None.
Item 9A.Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. We carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and are operating in an effective manner.
Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework inInternal Control — Integrated Frameworkissued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation under the framework inInternal Control — Integrated Framework,our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2004. Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 has been audited by its independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report included in Item 8.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. No change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) occurred during the last fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B.Other Information
      Not applicable.
PART III.
Item 10.Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
      Incorporated by reference to “Election of Directors”, “Governance of Banknorth — Committees of the Board of Directors”, “Governance of Banknorth — Code of Conduct and Ethics” and “Executive Officers who are not Directors” in our definitive proxy statement for 2005 (the “Proxy Statement”), which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or before April 30, 2005.
      Incorporated by reference to “Beneficial Ownership of Capital Stock by Certain Beneficial Owners and Management — Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Proxy Statement.
      Incorporated by reference to “Governance of Banknorth — Code of Conduct and Ethics” in the Proxy Statement.
Item 11.Executive Compensation
      Incorporated by reference to “Compensation of Executive Officers and Transactions with Management” in the Proxy Statement.

109


Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management. Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference to “Beneficial Ownership of Capital Stock by Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the Proxy Statement.
Equity Compensation Plan Information. Equity compensation plan information is incorporated by reference to “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in the Proxy Statement.
Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
      Incorporated by reference to “Compensation of Executive Officers and Transactions with Management — Indebtedness of Directors and Management and Certain Transactions” in the Proxy Statement.
Item 14.Principal Accountant Fees and Services
      Incorporated by reference to “Relationship with Independent Public Accountants” in the Proxy Statement.
PART IV.
Item 15.Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
      (a)(1) The following financial statements are incorporated by reference from Item 8 hereof:
Consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2004 and 2003
Consolidated statements of income for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004
Consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004
Consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of Banknorth’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Banknorth Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

     As discussed in Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, effective January 1, 2002, Banknorth adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” and SFAS No. 147, “Acquisitions of Certain Financial Institutions.”2004

      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
      Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
      (a)(2) All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the required information is included in the financial statements and related notes thereto.
      (a)(3) The following exhibits are included as part of this Form 10-K. Where applicable, references to Banknorth include Peoples Heritage Financial Group, Inc., its name prior to May 10, 2000.
         
Exhibit No. Exhibit Location
     
 3(a)(1) Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Banknorth  (1) 
 3(a)(2) Amendments to the Articles of Incorporation of Banknorth  (2) 
 3(b) Bylaws of Banknorth  (3) 
 4(a) Specimen Common Stock certificate  (4) 
 4(b) Stockholder Rights Agreement, dated as of September 12, 1989 and amended and restated as of July 27, 1999 and as of July  25, 2000, between Banknorth and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent  (5) 
 4(c) Instruments defining the rights of security holders, including indentures  (6) 

Boston, Massachusetts110


         
Exhibit No. Exhibit Location
     
 10(a) Employment Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2004, by and among Banknorth, Banknorth Delaware, TD and William J. Ryan  (7) 
 10(b) Employment Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2004, by and among Banknorth, Banknorth Delaware, TD and Peter J. Verrill  (7) 
 10(c) Form of Retention Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2004, between Banknorth and David J. Ott  (7) 
 10(d) Form of Retention Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2004, between Banknorth and Andrew W. Greene  (7) 
 10(e) Form of Retention Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2004, between Banknorth and Wendy Suechrstedt  (7) 
 10(f) Form of Retention Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2004, between Banknorth and Stephen J. Boyle  (7) 
 10(g) Form of Retention Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2004, between Banknorth and John W. Fridlington  (7) 
 10(h) Form of Retention Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2004, between Banknorth and Carol L. Mitchell  (7) 
 10(i) Retention Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2004, between Banknorth and Edward P. Schreiber    
 10(j)(1) Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Agreement between Banknorth and William J. Ryan  (8) 
 10(j)(2) First Amendment to Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Agreement between Banknorth and William J. Ryan    
 10(k)(1) Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Agreement between Banknorth and Peter J. Verrill  (8) 
 10(k)(2) First Amendment to Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Agreement between Banknorth and Peter J. Verrill    
 10(l)(1) Supplemental Retirement Agreement between Banknorth and John W. Fridlington  (9) 
 10(l)(2) First Amendment to Supplemental Retirement Agreement between Banknorth and John W. Fridlington  (10) 
 10(l)(3) Second Amendment to Supplemental Retirement Agreement between Banknorth and John W. Fridlington  (8) 
 10(1)(4) Third Amendment to Supplemental Retirement Agreement between Banknorth and John W. Fridlington    
 10(m)(1) Banknorth Group, Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan (which covers each executive officer of Banknorth named in the Proxy Statement, other than Messrs. Ryan, Verrill and Fridlington)  (10) 
 10(m)(2) First Amendment to the Banknorth Group Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan    
 10(n)(1) Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors and Key Employees, effective January 1, 2003  (10) 
 10(n)(2) First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors and Key Employees    
 10(o) 1986 Stock Option and Stock Appreciation Rights Plan, as amended  (11) 
 10(p) Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan  (12) 
 10(q) Amended and Restated Restricted Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors  (13) 
 10(r) Amended and Restated 1995 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors  (8) 

111


         
Exhibit No. Exhibit Location
     
 10(s)(1) Amended and Restated 401(k) Plan, effective January 1, 2004  (8) 
 10(s)(2) First Amendment to the Amended and Restated 401(k) Plan    
 10(t) 1996 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended  (10) 
 10(u) Executive Incentive Plan  (10) 
 10(v) 2003 Equity Incentive Plan  (14) 
 10(w) Amended and Restated 2003 Equity Incentive Plan  (15) 
 21  Subsidiaries of Banknorth Group, Inc.    
 23  Consent of KPMG LLP    
 31.1  Certification of Chief Executive Officer under Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14    
 31.2  Certification of Chief Financial Officer under Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14    
 32.1  Certification of Chief Executive Officer Under 18 U.S.C. §1350    
 32.2  Certification of Chief Financial Officer Under 18 U.S.C. §1350    
February 23, 2004

102


 
(1) 
Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.Controls and Procedures

We carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and are operating in an effective manner.

PART III.

Item 10.Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

Incorporated by reference to “ElectionExhibit A to the Agreement and Plan of Directors” on pages 14 through 17Merger, dated as of our definitive proxy statement, dated March 22, 2004 (the “Proxy Statement”), “Governance ofOctober 27, 1997, between Banknorth — Committees ofand CFX Corporation, which agreement is included as Exhibit A to the Board of Directors” on pages 6 and 7 of theProspectus/ Proxy Statement “Governance ofincluded in the Form S-4 Registration Statement (No. 333-23991) filed by Banknorth — Code of Conduct and Ethics”with the SEC on pages 10 and 11 of the Proxy Statement and “Executive Officers whoDecember 31, 1997.

(2) Exhibits are not Directors” on pages 18 and 19 of the Proxy Statement.

     Incorporatedincorporated by reference to “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”(i) the proxy statement filed by Banknorth with the SEC on pageMarch 23, 1998, (ii) the proxy statement filed by Banknorth with the SEC on March 22, 2000 and (iii) the Form S-4 Registration Statement (No. 333-95587) filed by Banknorth with the SEC on January 28, 2000, which describes an amendment which changed the name of the Proxy Statement.

Incorporated by referenceregistrant to “Code of Conduct and Ethics” on pages 10 to 11 of the Proxy Statement.

Item 11.Executive Compensation“Banknorth Group, Inc.”

Incorporated by reference to “Compensation of Executive Officers and Transactions with Management” on pages 23 through 30 of the Proxy Statement.

Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management. Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management

(3) Exhibit is incorporated by reference to “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stockthe Form 10-Q report filed by Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” on pages 20 and 21 ofBanknorth for the Proxy Statement.

Equity Compensation Plan Information.The following table provides information as of December 31, 2003 with respect to shares of Banknorth Common Stock that may be issued under our existing equity compensation plans, which consist of the following plans: 2003 Equity Incentive Plan, 1996 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, Amended and Restated 1995 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as amended, Amended and Restated Restricted Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors and our Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan, all of which have been approved by our stockholders.

     The table does not include information with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding options granted under equity compensation plans assumed by us in connection with mergers and acquisitions of the companies which originally granted those options. Note 5 to the table sets forth the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of assumed options as of

103


December 31, 2003 and the weighted average exercise price of those options. No additional options may be granted under those assumed plans.
              
Number of securities
Number of securitiesWeighted-averageremaining available for
to be issuedexercise price offuture issuance under
upon exercise ofoutstandingequity compensation plans
outstanding options,options, warrants(excluding securities
warrants and rightsand rightsreflected in column (a))
Plan Category(a)(b)(c)




Equity compensation plans approved by security holders  13,543,087(1)(2) $21.23(1)(2)  3,690,515(3)(4)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders         
   
   
   
 
 Total  13,543,087  $21.23   3,690,515 
   
   
   
 


(1) Excludes purchase rights accruing under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which has a stockholder approved reserve of 2,852,000 shares. Under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, each eligible employee may purchase shares of Common Stock at semi-annual intervals each year at a purchase price determined by the committee of our board of directors which administers the plan, which shall not be less than the lesser of (i) 85% of the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the first business day of the applicable semi-annual offering period or (ii) 85% of the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the last business day of such offering period. In no event may the amount of Common Stock purchased by a participant in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan in a calendar year exceed $25,000, measured as of the time an option under the plan is granted.
(2) Includes information about Banknorth’s 1986 Stock Option and Stock Appreciation Rights Plan, which was approved by stockholders of Banknorth and has expired. No additional options may be granted under this plan.
(3) Does not take into account shares available for future issuance under the Restricted Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors, under which up to $10,000 of the annual fee payable to each non-employee director of Banknorth and participating subsidiaries is payable in shares of Common Stock. Because the number of shares of Common Stock issuable under the Restricted Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors is based on a formula and not a specific reserve amount, the number of shares which may be issued pursuant to this plan in the future is not determinable. During 2003, 2002 and 2001, a total of 8,869, 5,599 and 6,358 shares were issued under this plan, respectively.
(4) Includes shares available for future issuance under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. As of December 31, 2003, an aggregate of 1,223,689 shares of Common Stock were available for issuance under this plan.
(5) The table does not include information for equity compensation plans assumed by us in connection with mergers and acquisitions of the companies which originally established those plans. As of December 31, 2003, a total of 2,835,966 shares of Common Stock were issuable upon exercise of outstanding options under those assumed plans and the weighted average exercise price of those outstanding options was $14.00 per share. No additional options may be granted under any assumed plans.three months ended September 30, 2003.

Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

Incorporated

(4) Exhibit is incorporated by reference to “Indebtedness of Directors and Management and Certain Transactions”the Form S-4 Registration Statement (No. 333-95587) filed by Banknorth with the SEC on page 27 of the Proxy Statement.
Item 14.Principal Accountant Fees and ServicesJanuary 28, 2000.

     Incorporated

(5) Exhibit is incorporated by reference to “Relationshipthe Form 8-A/ A report filed by Banknorth with Independent Public Accountants”the SEC on pages 11 and 12July 26, 2000.
(6) Banknorth has no instruments defining the rights of holders of its long-term debt where the amount of securities authorized under any such instrument exceeds 10% of the Proxy Statement.

104


PART IV.

Item 15.Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-Ktotal assets of Banknorth and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Banknorth hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any such instrument to the SEC upon request.

     (a)(1) The following financial statements are

(7) Exhibit is incorporated by reference from Item 8 hereof:

Consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2003 and 2002
Consolidated statements of income for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003
Consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003
Consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     Independent Auditors’ Report

     (a)(2) All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulationsForm 8-K report filed by Banknorth on August 31, 2004. Upon completion of the SecuritiesTD acquisition, the indicated agreement will supersede the previously-filed severance agreement between Banknorth and Exchange Commission are omitted because ofsuch officer.

(8) Exhibit is incorporated by reference to Banknorth’s Form 10-K report for the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the required information is included in the financial statements and related notes thereto.

(a)(3) The following exhibits are included as part of this Form 10-K. Where applicable, references to Banknorth include Peoples Heritage Financial Group, Inc., its name prior to May 10, 2000.

         
Exhibit No.ExhibitLocation



 3(a)(1) Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Banknorth  (1) 
 3(a)(2) Amendments to the Articles of Incorporation of Banknorth  (2) 
 3(b) Bylaws of Banknorth  (3) 
 4(a) Specimen Common Stock certificate  (4) 
 4(b) Stockholder Rights Agreement, dated as of September 12, 1989 and amended and restated as of July 27, 1999 and as of July 25, 2000, between Banknorth and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent  (5) 
 4(c) Instruments defining the rights of security holders, including indentures  (6) 
 10(a) Severance Agreement between Banknorth and William J. Ryan    
 10(b) Form of Severance Agreement between Banknorth and each executive officer of Banknorth identified in the Proxy Statement, other than William J. Ryan    
 10(c) Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Agreement between Banknorth and William J. Ryan    
 10(d) Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Agreement between Banknorth and Peter J. Verrill    
 10(e)(1) Supplemental Retirement Agreement between Banknorth and John W. Fridlington  (7) 
 10(e)(2) First Amendment to Supplemental Retirement Agreement between Banknorth and John W. Fridlington  (8) 
 10(e)(3) Second Amendment to Supplemental Retirement Agreement between Banknorth and John W. Fridlington    
 10(f) Banknorth Group, Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan (which covers each executive officer of Banknorth named in the Proxy Statement, other than Messrs. Ryan, Verrill and Fridlington)  (8) 
 10(g) Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors and Key Employees, effective January 1, 2003  (8) 
 10(h) 1986 Stock Option and Stock Appreciation Rights Plan, as amended  (9) 

105


         
Exhibit No.ExhibitLocation



 10(i) Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan  (10) 
 10(j) Amended and Restated Restricted Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors  (11) 
 10(k) Amended and Restated 1995 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors    
 10(l) Amended and Restated 401(k) Plan, effective January 1, 2004    
 10(m) 1996 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended  (8) 
 10(n) Executive Incentive Plan  (8) 
 10(o) Bank of New Hampshire Corporation Executive Excess Benefit Plan for Paul R. Shea  (12) 
 10(p) Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan of Evergreen Bancorp, Inc. (which covers only Director Dougan)  (13) 
 10(q) 2003 Equity Incentive Plan  (14) 
 21  Subsidiaries of Banknorth Group, Inc.    
 23  Consent of KPMG LLP    
 31.1  Certification of Chief Executive Officer under Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14    
 31.2  Certification of Chief Financial Officer under Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14    
 32.1  Certification of Chief Executive Officer Under 18 U.S.C. § 1350    
 32.2  Certification of Chief Financial Officer Under 18 U.S.C. § 1350    


(1) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 27, 1997, between Banknorth and CFX Corporation, which agreement is included as Exhibit A to the Prospectus/ Proxy Statement included in the Form S-4 Registration Statement (No. 333-23991) filed by Banknorth with the SEC on December 31, 1997.
(2) Exhibits are incorporated by reference to (i) the proxy statement filed by Banknorth with the SEC on March 23, 1998, (ii) the proxy statement filed by Banknorth with the SEC on March 22, 2000 and (iii) the Form S-4 Registration Statement (No. 333-95587) filed by Banknorth with the SEC on January 28, 2000, which describes an amendment which changed the name of the registrant to “Banknorth Group, Inc.”
(3) Exhibit is incorporated by reference to the Form 10-Q report filed by Banknorth for the three months ended September 30, 2003.
(4) Exhibit is incorporated by reference to the Form S-4 Registration Statement (No. 333-95587) filed by Banknorth with the SEC on January 28, 2000.
(5) Exhibit is incorporated by reference to the Form 8-A/ A report filed by Banknorth with the SEC on July 26, 2000.
(6) Banknorth has no instruments defining the rights of holders of its long-term debt where the amount of securities authorized under any such instrument exceeds 10% of the total assets of Banknorth and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Banknorth hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any such instrument to the SEC upon request.
(7)year ended December 31, 2003.
(9) Exhibit is incorporated by reference to Banknorth’s Form 10-K report for the year ended December 31, 1995.
(8) Exhibit is incorporated by reference to Banknorth’s Form 10-K report for the year ended December 31, 2002.
(9)

(10) Exhibit is incorporated by reference to Banknorth’s Form 10-K report for the year ended December 31, 2002.
(11) Exhibit is incorporated by reference to the Form S-4 Registration Statement (No. 33-20243) filed by Banknorth with the SEC on February 22, 1988. An amendment to the 1986 Stock Option and Stock Appreciation Rights Plan is incorporated by reference to the proxy statement filed by Banknorth with the SEC on March 24, 1994.

(10)112


(12) Exhibit is incorporated by reference to the proxy statement dated March 22, 2002 filed by Banknorth with the SEC.

106


(11)
(13) Exhibit is incorporated by reference to the Form 10-K report filed by Banknorth for the year ended December 31, 1996.
(12) Exhibit is incorporated by reference to the Form 10-K report filed by Bank of New Hampshire Corporation (File No. 0-9517) for the year ended December 31, 1994.
(13) Exhibit is incorporated by reference to the Form 10-K report filed by Evergreen Bancorp, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 1996.
 
(14) Exhibit is incorporated by reference to the proxy statement dated March 10, 2003 filed by Banknorth with the SEC.

(15) Exhibit is incorporated by reference to Annex B to Banknorth’s management contractsproxy statement for its 2005 annual meeting of stockholders, which will be filed on or compensatory plans or arrangements consist of Exhibit Nos. 10(a)-(q).

     (b) During the fourth quarter of the period covered by this report, Banknorth filed a Current Report on Form 8-K on October 16, 2003, November 5, 2003, November 10, 2003, November 26, 2003 and December 10, 2003.

     (c) See (a)(3) above for all exhibits filed herewith and the Exhibit Index.

     (d) There are no other financial statements and financial statement schedules which were excluded from this report which are required to be included herein.

107


SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Banknorth has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

BANKNORTH GROUP, INC.

By: /s/ WILLIAM J. RYANbefore April 30, 2005.

      Banknorth’s management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements consist of Exhibit Nos. 10(a)-(w).
      (c) See (a)(3) above for all exhibits filed herewith and the Exhibit Index.
      (d) There are no other financial statements and financial statement schedules which were excluded from this report which are required to be included herein.

113


SIGNATURES
      Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Banknorth Group, Inc. has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

William J. Ryan
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer

Date: February 27, 2004

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Banknorth Group, Inc. 
 
By:/s/William J. Ryan
William J. Ryan
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
Date: February 25, 2005
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


Gary G. Bahre
 Director  
/s/
Gary G. Bahre
Director

Date:
/s/Robert G. Clarke
Robert G. Clarke
Director
Date: February 24, 2005
/s/P. Kevin Condron
P. Kevin Condron
Director
Date: February 23, 2005
/s/John Otis Drew
John Otis Drew
Director
Date: February 24, 2005
/s/Colleen A. Khoury
Colleen A. Khoury
Director
Date: February 23, 2005
/s/Dana S. Levenson
Dana S. Levenson
Director
Date: February 24, 2005
/s/
Steven T. Martin
Director

Date:
/s/John M. Naughton
John M. Naughton
Director
Date: February 24, 2005

114


 
/s/Malcolm W. Philbrook, Jr.
Malcolm W. Philbrook, Jr. 
Director
Date: February 23, 2005
/s/
Angelo P. Pizzagali
Director

Date:                               
/s/
Irving E. Rogers, III
Director

Date:                               
/s/William J. Ryan
William J. Ryan
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
Date: February 25, 2005
/s/Curtis M. Scribner
Curtis M. Scribner
Director
Date: February 24, 2005
/s/Gerry S. Weidema
Gerry S. Weidema
Director
Date: February 23, 2005
/s/Stephen J. Boyle
Stephen J. Boyle
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial and
accounting officer)
Date: February 24, 2005
/s/ ROBERT G. CLARKE

Robert G. Clarke
DirectorDate: February 27, 2004
/s/ P. KEVIN CONDRON

P. Kevin Condron
DirectorDate: February 27, 2004
/s/ GEORGE W. DOUGAN

George W. Dougan
DirectorDate: February 27, 2004
/s/ COLLEEN KHOURY

Colleen Khoury
DirectorDate: February 27, 2004


Dana S. Levenson
Director
/s/ STEVEN T. MARTIN

Steven T. Martin
DirectorDate: February 27, 2004


John M. Naughton
Director
/s/ MALCOLM W. PHILBROOK, JR.

Malcolm W. Philbrook, Jr.
DirectorDate: February 27, 2004
/s/ ANGELO P. PIZZAGALI

Angelo P. Pizzagali
DirectorDate: February 27, 2004

115

108


/s/ IRVING E. ROGERS, III

Irving E. Rogers, III
DirectorDate: February 27, 2004
/s/ WILLIAM J. RYAN

William J. Ryan
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
Date: February 27, 2004


Curtis M. Scribner
Director
/s/ PAUL R. SHEA

Paul R. Shea
DirectorDate: February 27, 2004
/s/ GERRY S. WEIDEMA

Gerry S. Weidema
DirectorDate: February 27, 2004
/s/ STEPHEN J. BOYLE

Stephen J. Boyle
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial and accounting officer)
Date: February 27, 2004

109